Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
23A-115 (3)
March 24, 1997 HEALTHCARE ARCHITECTS INC. ADDENDUM NO. 5: CORPORATE DIRECTOR Fit-Out For Medical Offices Edward L.]endry,A.I.A. Cooley Dickinson Hospital/ Valley Urological Associates SENIOR PRINCIPAL 10 Main Street Whitham Florence, Massachusetts 01060 PRINCIPALS GENERAL Don Hafner Richard E.Katsanos Ann Lawrence Knox A. This Addendum shall supplement, amend and become Richard P.Wilk part of the Bid Documents . All Bids and the Construction Contract shall be based on these ENGINEERING ASSOCIATES Modifications . William M.Barry,P.E. Ronald G.Stenlund,P.E. B . The General Contractor shall alter his bid and be bound by the following changes which affect both the plans and specifications of the Construction Documents . ITEMS 1 . The Bids will be extended until 7 : 30 p .m. , March 24, 1997 instead of at 5 :00 p .m. , March 24, 1997 They will still be at the same place Architects Inc . , 64 Gothic Street , Northampton, MA 01060 . END OF ADDENDUM HEALTHCARE �RCHITECTSINC. 5.4 GOTHICSTREET NORTHAMPTON. rETTS olil':U =i?-�.�•!�i: WIRE SECTION 16120 - PAGE 4 3 . 05 WIRE INSTALLATION SCHEDULE A. Concealed Interior Locations: Building wire in raceways, armored cable. B. Exposed Interior Locations: Building wire in raceways, armored cable. C. Above Accessible Ceilings : Building wire in raceways, armored cable. D. Wet or Damp Interior Locations: Building wire in raceway. E. Exterior Locations: Building wire in raceways. F. Underground Locations : Building wire in raceways. END OF SECTION 16120-4 WIRE SECTION 16120 - PAGE 3 exclude dust, moisture, plaster, or mortar while building is under construction. Lubricants or cleaning agents which might have deleterious effect on conductor coverings shall not be used for drawing conductors into raceways . D. Completely and thoroughly swab raceway system before installing conductors. 3 . 03 WIRING CONNECTIONS AND TERMINATIONS A. Splice only in accessible junction boxes. B. Use solderless pressure connectors with insulating covers for copper wire splices and taps, 8 AWG and smaller. For 10 AWG and smaller, use insulated spring wire connectors with plastic caps . C. Use split bolt connectors for copper wire splices and taps, 6 AWG and larger. Tape uninsulated conductors and connectors with electrical tape to 150 percent of the insulation value of conductor. D. Thoroughly clean wires before installing lugs and connectors. E. Make splices, taps and terminations to carry full ampacity of conductors without perceptible temperature rise. F. Terminate spare conductors with electrical tape. 3 . 04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of General Conditions . B. Inspect wire and cable for physical damage and proper connection. C. Torque test conductor connections and terminations to manufacturer' s recommended values. D. Perform continuity test on all power and equipment branch circuit conductors . Verify proper phasing connections . 16120-3 WIRE SECTION 16120 - PAGE 2 2 . 02 ARMORED CABLE (HOSPITAL GRADE) A. Armored Cable, Size 14 through 6 AWG: Copper conductor, 600 volt thermoplastic thermosetting insulation, rated 90° C, Type AC. ACT. B. Armored Cable, Size 4 through 1 AWG: Copper conductor, 600 volt thermoplastic thermosetting insulation, rated 90° C, Type AC. ACT. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 GENERAL WIRING METHODS A. Use no wire smaller than 12 AWG for power and lighting circuits, and no smaller than 14 AWG for control wiring. B. Use 10 AWG conductor for 20 ampere, 120 volt branch circuit home runs longer than 75 feet (23 m) . C. Place an equal number of conductors for each phase of a circuit in same raceway or cable. D. Splice only in junction or outlet boxes. E. Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes, equipment, and panelboards. F. Make conductor lengths for parallel circuits equal . 3 . 02 WIRING INSTALLATION IN RACEWAYS A. Pull all conductors into a raceway at the same time. Use UL listed wire pulling lubricate for pulling 4 AWG and larger wires. B. Install wire in raceway after interior of building has been physically protected from the weather and all mechanical work likely to injure conductors has been completed. C. Carefully clean and dry all conduit before installation of conductors. Do not pull wires into conduit system until building roof and walls are weather-tight and all rough plastering is completed. Plug conduit ends to 16120-2 WIRE SECTION 16120 - PAGE 1 SECTION 16120 WIRE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1. 02 WORK INCLUDED A. Building wire. B. Wiring connections and terminations . 1 . 03 REFERENCES A. NEMA WC 3 - Rubber-Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy. B. NEMA WC 5 - Thermoplastic-Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 BUILDING WIRE A. Thermoplastic-Insulated Building Wire : NEMA WC 5 . B. Feeders and Branch Circuits Larger Than 6 AWG: Copper, stranded conductor, 600 volt insulation, THHN or THWN. C. Feeders and Branch Circuits 6 AWG and Smaller: Copper conductor, 600 volt insulation, THHN/THWN or THWN. 6 and 8 AWG, stranded conductor; smaller than 8 AWG, solid conductor. D. Control Circuits : Copper, stranded conductor 600 volt insulation, THHN/THWN. 16120-1 Third Floor: At corridor near Council #1 , File Room, Kitchenette, and Meeting Room. (Total 8) D. Second and Third Floor Mechanical Room: Provide Heat Detector in each room (Total 2) . E. Attic: 1) Provide heat detectors and fire alarm audio/visual horn in Mechanical Room #402 , #407 . 2) Provide smoke detectors in Room #403 and #404. 5 . ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONDUIT AND WIRING, CLARIFICATION: A. Hospital grade MC cable may be used in lieu of conduit where allowed by Code and electrical inspector . See attached specification Section 16120 . END OF ADDENDUM Attachment : Section 16120 - Wire 3 of 3 3 . Sheet P-3 of 4: A. Extend 2" drain and provide hub drain in ceiling space of Toilet Rooms in Urology Office for condensate from HVAC unit to ceiling space. B. Re-route 3/4" gas line serving HVAC unit for Urology Office from Attic to above Toilet Room ceilings . C. Extend new 1/2" NPW line from riser to ceiling space above Toilet Rooms in Urology Office for humidifier. 4. ELECTRICAL CHANGES TO THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS: A. Clarification: 1) Electrical Contractor to wire and zone all Fire Alarm Devices to Owner, provide Fire Alarm Control Panel located in basement , and Owner is to provide Annunciator Panel in first floor foyer. 2 ) Nurse Call System to be provided by Owner. Electrical Contractor to install and wire. B. Second Floor Plan: Provide visual alarms at each stair landing (Total 2) . C. Second and Third Floor Plan: 1) Provide audio/visual alarm above each pull station at main corridor (Total 4) . 2 ) Provide visual alarms in each toilet (Total 7 ) . 3) Provide 1 audio/visual alarms in the following areas : Second Floor: Prevention Center at staff area, Physical Therapy at exercise area, Urology at corridor near toilets . 2 of 3 March 21 , 1997 HEALTHCARE ARCHITECTS INC. ADDENDUM NO. 4 : Fit-Out For Medical Offices Cooley Dickinson Hospital/ CORPORATE DIRECTOR Valley Urological Associates EdwardL.Jendry,A.I.A. 10 Main Street Florence, Massachusetts 01060 SENIOR PRINCIPAL C.J.Whitham GENERAL: PRINCIPALS Don Hafner A. This Addendum shall supplement, amend and become Richard E.Katsanos part of the Bid Documents . All Bids and the Ann Lawrence Knox Richard P.Wilk Construction Contract shall be based on these Modifications . ENGINEERING ASSOCIATES B, The General Contractor shall alter his bid and be William M.Barry.P.E. bound b y t g Ronald G.Stenlund,P.E. he following changes which affect both the plans and specifications of the Construction Documents . CHANGES TO THE DRAWINGS: 1 . Drawing P-2 , First Floor Plan: Clarification: The Contractor will connect his new sanitary piping into two Landlord provided risers below the second floor and above the first floor ceiling. There will be two landlord provided water risers running vertically through the building that the Contractor can tap into for the second and third floor work . 2 . Drawing H-1 , Basement Plan: DELETE reference to "exterior chase" for refrigerant piping and secure piping to masonry walls in appropriate manner with painted metal brackets and fasteners . 1 of 3 HEALTHCARE .ARCHITECTS INC. 64 GOTHIC STREET NORTHAMPTON. MASSACHUSETTS 01060 :13-585-1512 MgR.ZO.193 2:51PM gRCHITECTS IIC, ETRL No.555 P.4 9. Drawing FP1 of 4. Attic plan„,,Add the Follpying Note: "Re-configure sprinkler system run-outs and heads at new mechanical and storage rooms to comply with NPPA 70 and other Code requirements.” 10. Drawing FP1 of 4, wa-p- ont__Plan, Add the Fol l2wina Note, - "Note: Work to the basement floor sprinkler system is NOT IN CONTRACT. 11. Drawing E1 of S. ,AAsement Plan: Add the following for an HVAC condensing unit being placed to the north side of the elevator tower (refer to Drawing H1 condensing unit #CU- 13) . "Electrical Connection to CU-13: Circuit to Panel "P", 3J4" C, 50/2P, 2-#8 + 1-#12 Grd. � �� END OF ADDENDUM 3 of 3 f'tAR.ckl.1997 2:51PM ARCHITECTS IHC, ETAL HO.555 P.S 3. Drawing_T-1 - Title She Add the Following to the General Notes: "11. The General Contractor is responsible for reframing floor areas out open far new mechanical penetrations. Box out and frame between existing wood 'beams with minimum double 2 x la's. " 4. Drawings 1A.A2 and All , Floor Plan.s__ Make the Following Changes to Corridors 211 and 219: The west wall (existing brick) is to be covered with a Type 6 wall and have GWB return into the window openings at sills, jambs and hears. 5. Drawing Floor Plan, Corridgr 302: Clarificatlon: The west wall (existing brick) is to be a Type wall . Delete window Detail 22/A7 and finish window sills similar to Detail 25/A7 . 6. 1r wino A4. _Floor Plan - Raom 334: Arid designation for wall Type & to the north axed east walls. 7 . Drawing- t o Wall Type 5 "Landlord will construct stair well walls and install two layers of GWB at stair side. Contractor will iu5 tall two layers of 5/8" GWB at room silo along with 3-1/2" F.G. insulation arid finish per Contract Documents ." 8. Drawing A9: Room riniAb Schedule P.T. : Add listing for Corridor #219 which is to receive same finishes as Corridor #219 described on finish schedule on Drawing A10. 2 of 3 tIHR.20.1997 2:50PM RRCHITECTS INC., ETgL N0.555 P.2 1 All March 20, 1997 HEALTBCARE ARCHITECTS INC. ADDENDUM N04 3_: Fit-out For Medical Ottices Cooley Dickinson Hospital/ CORPORhadDIRECTOR Valley Urological Associates &darudL.Jandry,AI.A 10 Main Street Florence, Massachusetts 01060 SENIOR PRINCIPAL C_1 Wh;Iham GENERAL:- PRINCIPALS DonHaner A. This Addendum shall supplement, amend and become RicbUdEKatsxks part of the Bid Documents. All Bids and the Uwftace Kan Ridtatd P.Wilk Construction Contract shall be based on these Modifications. ENGINEERINGAMCIATFS $, The General Contractor shall alter his bid and be ur'law M.BMI bound by the following changes which affect both Raoald G.Srealund,F.E. the plans and specifications of the Construction Documents- CHANGES TO IrK S DRAW1140S I . Drawing No. 1 - Floor Plan_ Add The Following. "Owner, to provide needle disposal receptacle (sharps) which is to be installed by Contractor, one each at Room 229, 230 and 233.". 2 . Drawiaa No. 2, - Floor plan: Add The Following: "Owner to provide needle disposal receptacle. (sharps) which is to be installed by the Contractor, one each at Rooms 203, 204, 205 and 209. " 1 of 3 HEALTHCARE ARCHITECTS INC. 64 GOTHIC STREET NORTHAI4IPTON. MASSACHUS=S 01064 413-555-1512 A. Delete information for Door #54 and add the following: Door #54, Elevation #3 , V -0" x V -0" x 1-3/4", insulated hollow metal , B label , no glazing, one leaf, H.M. frame, Hardware Set No. 1. B. Add Door #55 : To be the same as Door #54 as changed in this addendum. 17 . Drawings E1 thru E5: DELETE these drawings and substitute the revised drawings attached to this addendum. 18 . Drawina E2 of 5, Urology Office, Business Office: A. Provide and install an additional telephone location on the south wall adjacent to Receptacle #U13 . 19. Drawina E3 of 5: Clarification A. The "One Line Diagram" for electrical service is NOT IN CONTRACT and is to be done by Landloads forces . It is included on this drawing for reference only. END OF ADDENDUM Attachments : Title Page Drawing A3 P1 of 4 P2 of 4 P3 of 4 P4 of 4 H1 of 4 H2 of 4 H3 of 4 H4 of 4 FP1 of 4 FP2 of 4 FP3 of 4 FP4 of 4 E1 of 5 E2 of 5 5 of 5 E3 of 5 E4 of 5 E5 of 5 11 . Drawing A7 of 14 , Detail 23A: A. Sliding track assembly to be equal to Knape & Vogt anodized aluminum assembly #P1092 ANOD. Also, install #1093 channel continuous at two jambs with #1087 bumpers , #984 lock in bottom track and blocking in head track to prevent removal . 12 . Drawing No. A4, Enlarged Floor Plan: A. Two public toilets adjacent to elevator are to be included in this project. Also, adjust room dimensions to include a janitors closet which is also part of this Contract and is to have fixtures, doors , and finishes the same as Toilet Room #323 . Also, include 2 ' -0" x 7 ' -0" x 1-3/4" FSCW door and H.M. frame with Hardware Set No. 2 . Provide janitor's sink as described on the plumbing plans . Reduce depth of janitor's room with duct chase with wall type 1 . 13 . Drawing A10 Door Schedule; Change Door #36 as Follows : "Bi-parting folding doors to be equal to Pella #558 . Approximately finished opening is 24 ' -0" long by 9' -0" high. Provide all accessories required for complete installation. Construct end wing walls required to a djoining wall constructions and head trim. 14 . _Drawing A10 of 14, Room Finish Schedule: A. Room #334 - Add designation 6� for all walls to be painted. 15 . Drawing A10 of 14, Finish Materials Key: A. Add to Designation : 5 Apply two spray coats of Silocks WB sealer ySILPRO Masonry Systems to exposed brick after cleaning per manufacturer' s recommendations . 16 . Drawing A10 of 14: Door Schedule (Prevention Center) 4 of 5 6. Clarification: Light gauge metal studs may be used in lieu of wood studs . Comply with ASTM C645, C754 and GA203 for industry standards . 7 . Clarification: General Contractor is to coordinate with mechanical contractors in providing necessary roof penetrations . General Contractor will be responsible for penetrations , miscellaneous framing and roof related asphalt and .05 aluminum flashing and curbs . Mechanical contractors will be responsible for pipe boot flashings and duct flashings etc. 8 . Drawing Al of 14: A. The two public Toilet Rooms #235 and #236 and the Janitor' s Closet are to be included in this Contract are to have fixtures, doors and finishes the same as Toilet Room #323 . Janitor's closet is to have fixtures as described on the plumbing plans . Reduce depth of janitor 's closet for duct chase to be enclosed in wall type 1 . 9 . Delete Sheet A3 of 14 dated March 14, 1997 from the set of drawings and add the enclosed Drawing A3 with revision date March 18 , 1997 . The primary revisions are: - Re-configuration of mechanical room spaces . - Change to Door #54 . - Addition of Door #55 . - Location of skylites and roof trusses . - Attic floor framing reinforcement . Delete reference to Door #55 at Mechanical Room #406 and use Door #55 designation for new Mechanical Room #407 . 10 . Drawing A4 of 14 , Floor Plan: A. Rooms 327 , 308 & 313 : To the interior elevation designation add the drawing number "A6" . 3 of 5 3 . Section 16742 : Telephone Service - Remodeling: A. 1 .02 Description, Add the Following: " 3 . Data, fax and modem systems . " CHANGES TO THE DRAWINGS: 4. Add The Following Drawings : Plumbina P1 of 4 P2 of 4 P3 of 4 P4 of 4 HVAC H1 of 4 H2 of 4 H3 of 4 H4 of 4 Fire Protection FP1 of 4 FP2 of 4 FP3 of 4 FP4 of 4 S . Clarification: The Alternate designations on several drawings are not identified correctly. They should be as follows : Alternate No. 1 : Renovate and fit-out office spaces for Valley Urological Associates at the north end of the second floor. Alternate No. 2 : Provide and install wood library shelving at Room #220 . 2 of 5 34-115 March 19, 1997 ADDENDUM NO. 2 : HEALTHCARE ARCHITECTS INC. Fit-Out For Medical Offices Cooley Dickinson Hospital/ Valley Urological Associates CORPORATE DIRECTOR 10 Main Street Edward L.lendry,A.I.A. Florence, Massachusetts 01060 SENIOR PRINCIPAL GENERAL C.1.Whitham A. This Addendum shall supplement , amend and become PRINCIPALS part of the Bid Documents . All Bids and the Don Hafner Construction Contract shall be based on these Richard E.Katsanos Modifications . Ann Lawrence Knox Richard P.Wilk B. The General Contractor shall alter his bid and be bound by the following changes which affect both ENGINEERING ASSOCIATES the plans and specifications of the Construction William M.Barry,P.E. Documents . Ronald G.Stenlund,P.E. CHANGES TO THE SPECIFICATIONS: 1 . Section 08111 : Hollow Metal Frames : A. Part 2 - Products, 2 .02 . C: Add the following, "Knock-down frames may be used in lieu of welded frames". 2 . Section 08630 : Interior Aluminum Storm Windows : 2 .03 Components : Change 2.03 C. to Read: 1 . 1/4" plate glass at Urology Alternate No. 1 , corridors and Physical Therapy. 2 . 1/4" safety glass and 2nd and 3rd floor Prevention Center. Glass installation to be designed to meet Mass Building Code requirements . 1 of 5 HEALTHCARE ARCHITECTS INC. 64 GOTHIC STREET NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS 01060 413-585-1512 March 17 , 1997 ARCHITECTS INC. ADDENDUM NO. 1 : DIRECTOR Fit-Out For Medical Offices Edward L.Jendry,A.I.A. Cooley Dickinson Hospital/ Valley Urological Associates 10 Main Street PRINCIPAL Florence, Massachusetts 01060 C.J.Whitham SENIOR ASSOCIATES GENERAL: Don Hafner Richard E.Katsanos A. This Addendum shall supplement , amend and become part of the Bid Documents . All Bids and the ASSOCIATES Construction Contract shall be based on these Ann Lawrence Knox Modifications . B . The General Contractor shall alter his bid and be bound by the following changes which affect both the plans and specifications of the Construction Documents . ITEMS: 1 . The Walk-Through that is scheduled Wednesday, March 19 , 1997 at 9: 30 a. m. , has been changed to Wednesday, March 19, 1997 at 4:00 p.m. , beginning at the project site on 10 Main Street , Florence , Massachusetts . END OF ADDENDUM ARCHITECTS INC. 64 GOTHIC STREET NORTHA>IPTO\. SIASSACHUSETTS 01060 1I3-;ZK1.7231 on 40 TELEPHONE SERVICE - REMODELING SECTOPM 16742 - PAGE 1 SECTION 16742 TELEPHONE SERVICE - REMODELING PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1 . 02 DESCRIPTION A. Work included: 1. Scope 2 . Telephone System 1 . 03 TELEPHONE SYSTEM A. Provide complete raceway system, 3/4" conduit stub from each outlet to an accessible ceiling space with sufficient conduit sleeves through walls and floors to reach the terminal board, pull boxes, outlets, etc. , as indicated on the plans and as further described in the specifications . B. Contractor shall check with the Owner and the telephone company to verify all information specified herein and shown on the plans before submitting his bid. C. Terminate conduits in telephone equipment area as directed. Install #16 galvanized pull wire in all conduits . Cable will be by telephone company. D. Telephone wall outlets shall be made using a 4 x 4 x 1-1/2 inch deep box with a rectangular shape square cut device extension with a raised single gang opening. E. Telephone instruments by Tenants . END OF SECTION '"'" 16742-1 go OR FIRE ALARM AND SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEMS MW SECTION 16721 - PAGE 9 B. Include services of certified technician to supervise installation, adjustments, final connections, and system testing. 3 . 04 FIRE ALARM WIRE AND CABLE COLOR CODE A. Provide fire alarm circuit conductors with color coded insulation, or use color coded tape at each conductor termination and in each junction box as follows : 1. Power Branch Circuit Conductors : Black & white. 2 . Initiating Device Circuit : Black & red. 3 . Signal Device Circuit : Blue, positive - white, negative . END OF SECTION ""' 16721-9 FIRE ALARM AND SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEMS SECTION 16721 - PAGE 8 PART 3 - EXECUTION .� 3 . 01 INSTALLATION A. Install system in accordance with manufacturer' s instructions . B. Install manual station with operating handle 48 inches above floor. Install audible and visual signal devices 80 inches above floor to bottom of device . • C. Use 14 AWG minimum size conductors for fire alarm detection and signal circuit conductors . Install wiring in conduit . D. Mount end-of-line device in box with last device. E. Mount outlet box for electric door holder to withstand 80 pounds pulling force. F. Automatic Detector Installation: NFPA F72E. G. Make conduit and wiring connections to sprinkler flow switches, valves and auto dialer. H. Install 120/1 power to devices as required. I . Provide conduit and wiring from all fire-smoke detectors to Fire Alarm Panel . 3 . 02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of General Conditions. B. Test in accordance with NFPA 72H and local fire department requirements . 3 . 03 MANUFACTURER' S FIELD SERVICES A. Provide manufacturer' s field services under provisions of General Specifications . 16721-8 FIRE ALARM AND SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEMS SECTION 16721 - PAGE 7 record messages and have them stored in solid-state memory shall not be considered. C. To ensure that the alarm notification cycle is as efficient as possible, the dialer shall have the capability of detecting busy and ring-back signals �. and at a minimum, utilize these signals . Dialers that do not have this capability shall not be considered. D. Capability to pulse or tone dial . E. Dialer shall be housed in a NEMA, 4X enclosure. The enclosure shall have a windowed door to allow the dialer' s visual indicators to be seen without opening the enclosure door. The visual indicators shall include, but not be limited to: 1 . Low battery condition. 2 . Digital input channel in alarm. F. Dialer shall have internal battery back-up capacity sufficient to allow the dialer to perform its alarm call - out function for a minimum of 10 consecutive hours upon loss of primary AC power. 2 . 07 SPRINKLER FLOW AND TAMPER SWITCHES A. Furnished by Sprinkler Contractor, wired to fire alarm panel by Electrical Contractor. 2 . 08 FIRE ALARM WIRE AND CABLE A. Fire Alarm Power Branch Circuits : Building wire as specified in Section 16120 . B. Initiating and Signal Circuits : Building wire as specified in Section 16120 . Non-power limited fire-protective signaling cable, copper conductor, 150 volt insulation rated 60 degrees C. 16721-7 am FIRE ALARM AND SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEMS SECTION 16721 - PAGE 6 C. Ceiling Mounted Smoke Detector: NFPA 72 E; .� photoelectric type with plug-in base, and visual indication of detector actuation, suitable for mounting on 4 inch outlet box. Two-wire detector with common power supply and signal circuit . D. Remote Test Switch: Key-operated switch mounted on flush cover with lamp to indicate detector " actuation. Provide one switch for each duct mounted smoke detector. aw 2 . 04 SIGNALING DEVICES A. Alarm Horn: Audible/Visual, Simplex 4903 Series or equal, NFPA 72G/Surface type fire alarm horn. Sound rating 87 dB at 10 feet . Provide integral strobe lamp and flasher. The white lexan lens shall have the word "Fire" in red lettering on the side . Wire to 120V circuit . B. Alarm Horn: Visual, Simplex 4904 Series or equal ; „ NFPA 72G/Surface type fire alarm horn. Provide integral strobe lamp and flasher. The white lexan lens shall have the word "Fire" in red lettering on the side . Wire to 120V circuit . C. Remote Annunciator Panel : Provide a graphics display panel showing location of all initiating devices and indication of system problem. 2 . 05 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - DIALER A. Kaye B. Raco 2 . 06 DIALER A. Microprocessor based, four (4) separate, digital •* input channels . B. The location and alarm message shall be recorded by speaking into the dialer ' s integral microphone . These messages shall be capable of being a minimum of 8 seconds in length each, and shall be stored in the dialer' s non-volatile, Flash EPROM memory chips . Dialers that do not allow the user to 16721-6 ,�,, on IN FIRE ALARM AND SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEMS in SECTION 16721 - PAGE 5 MW C. Detection Circuits : Supervised zone module with alarm and trouble indication. go D. Signal Circuits : Supervised coded signal outputs sufficient for signal devices connected to system. E. Municipal Trip Circuit : Provide output connections for connection to parallel telephone circuit municipal master fire alarm box. Include municipal trip DISCONNECT switch. F. Remote Station Signal Transmitter: Electrically supervised, capable of transmitting alarm and trouble signals over telephone lines to remote station receiver. G. Remote Station signal Receiver: Electrically supervised, capable of receiving signals from remote station transmitter over telephone lines with up to 4, 000 ohms loop resistance, and visually annunciating alarm signals and common trouble signal . Include circuit for remote audible alarm and trouble signal, accessory alarm and trouble • relays with single pole, double throw (SPDT) contacts, and separate manual alarm and trouble SILENCE functions . ■ H. Auxiliary relays : Provide sufficient SPDT auxiliary relays contacts to provide accessory functions specified. IM I . Provide TROUBLE ACKNOWLEDGE, DRILL, and ALARM SILENCE switch. 2 . 03 INITIATING DEVICES A. Manual Station: Semi-flush mounted, single action, manual station with break-glass rod. B. Heat Detector: Fixed temperature, rated 200° F, when the fixed temperature portion is activated the units shall be non-restorable and give visual evidence of such operation. Mounted as indicated on plan. 16721-5 FIRE ALARM AND SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEMS SECTION 16721 - PAGE 4 1 . 09 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site under provisions of General Conditions. B. Store and protect products under provisions of General Conditions. o 1 . 10 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Provide spare parts under provisions of General Conditions . B. Provide Three (3) manual station break-glass rods . C. Provide two (2) keys of each type. D. Provide Two (2) smoke detectors . �^ E. Provide Two (2) Heat of Rise Detectors F. Provide Three (3) Fire Alarm Horns, Audible and Visual . G. Provide Two (2) Fire Alarm Horns, Visual only. PART 2 - PRODUCTS ..� 2 . 01 MANUFACTURERS A. Simplex B. Faraday C. Edwards 2 . 02 FIRE ALARM AND SMOKE DETECTION CONTROL PANELS A. Control Panel : Modular construction with surface wall-mounted enclosure. B. Power supply: Adequate to serve control panel modules, remote detectors, remote annunciators, door holders, relays, and alarm signaling devices . Include battery-operated emergency power supply with capacity for operating system in standby mode for 24 hours followed by alarm mode for 5 minutes . 16721-4 ,� FIRE ALARM AND SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEMS SECTION 16721 - PAGE 3 1 . Visual and audible trouble alarm by zone at control panel . 2 . Visual and audible trouble alarm at annunciator panel . 3 . Manual ACKNOWLEDGE function at control panel silences audible trouble alarm; visual alarm is displayed until initiating trouble is cleared. F. Lamp Test : Manual LAMP TEST function at control panel silences audible trouble alarm; visual alarm is displayed until initiating trouble is cleared. G. Zoning: As scheduled. 1 . 06 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in smoke detection and fire alarm systems with five (5) years documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in smoke detection and fire alarm systems with five (5) years experience as fire alarm installing contractor. 1 . 07 PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS A. Submit documents under the provisions of General ' Conditions . B . Include location of initiating devices . 1 . 08 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit data under provisions of General Conditions . B . Include operating instructions, and maintenance and repair procedures . C. Include manufacturer representative ' s letter stating that system is operational . 16721-3 FIRE ALARM AND SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEMS SECTION 16721 - PAGE 2 1 . 05 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION , A. Fire Alarm System: NFPA 72 Automatic and manual fire alarm system. B. System Supervision: Provide electrically- supervised system, with supervised alarm initiating and alarm signaling circuits. Occurrence of single ground or open condition in initiating or signaling circuit places circuit in TROUBLE mode. Component or power supply failure places system in TROUBLE ., mode. Occurrence of single ground or open condition on signaling circuit does not disable that circuit from transmitting in ALARM. C. Alarm Sequence of Operation: Actuation of manual fire alarm station or automatic initiating device causes system to enter ALARM, which includes the .. following operation: 1 . Sound and display local fire alarm signaling devices with coded signal . 2 . Transmit zone-coded signal to remote station equipment . 3 . Indicate location of alarm zone on fire alarm control panel and on remote annunciator panel . 4 . Transmit signals to building elevator control panel to initiate return to main floor or alternate floor. 5 . Transmit signal to Dialer System. D. Alarm Reset : Key-accessible RESET function resets alarm system out of ALARM if alarm initiating circuits have cleared. ., E. Trouble Sequence of Operation: System trouble, including grounding or open circuit of supervised circuits, or power or system failure causes system to enter TROUBLE mode, including the following operations : 16721-2 FIRE ALARM AND SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEMS SECTION 16721 - PAGE 1 SECTION 16721 FIRE ALARM AND SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEMS ass PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1 . 01 SECTION INCLUDES .. A. Fire alarm and smoke detection systems . 1 . 02 RELATED SECTIONS . A. General Specifications - Systems Demonstration. B. Section 15300 - Sprinkler system. C. Section 16111 - Conduit . D. Section 16120 - Wire and Cable . 1 . 03 REFERENCES * A. NFPA 72 - National Fire Alarm Code 1993 . B. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code. C. A.D.A. - American Disabilities Act. 1 . 04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. System: UL listed. B. Conform to requirements of NFPA 101 . C. Conform to applicable State and local Codes . a. ""' 16721-1 SPECIAL SYSTEMS SECTION 16600 - PAGE 3 3 . 03 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR A. Electrical Contractor to rough-in all junction boxes, switch boxes, outlets, circuit breaker, conduit and wire from Control Panel to point of use for: 1 . Security Alarm System 2 . Telephone System - Including pay phones 3 . Fire Alarm System 4 . Signage - Interior, exterior and pylon END OF SECTION * 16600-3 SPECIAL SYSTEMS SECTION 16600 - PAGE 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 WIRING OF SPRINKLER SYSTEM SUPERVISORY SWITCHES A. Flow Alarm Switches 1 . The Electrical Contractor shall furnish and install all wiring from the fire alarm control panel to the flow alarm switches and make all final electrical connections to same. 2 . Flow alarm switches shall be furnished and installed by the sprinkler Sub-Contractor. B. OS & Y Supervisory Switch 1 . The Electrical Contractor shall extend the fire alarm zone supervisory wiring from the standpipe flow alarm switches to the OS & Y *�* supervisory switch and make all final electrical connections. The end-of-line resistors shall be installed in the fire alarm control panel . 2 . OS & Y normally closed supervisory switch shall be furnished and installed by the sprinkler Sub-' Contractor. 3 . See wiring diagram on the drawings for additional information. 3 . 02 ELECTRICAL SERVICE TO ELEVATOR A. Furnish and install a 3-phase feeder to a fused line disconnect switch (furnished by E.C. ) and elevator controller as shown on the drawings . B . Wiring and conduit work associated with elevator floor control and safeties shall be furnished and installed from the elevator controller by the elevator installer. C. Installation of all electrical equipment shall comply with State and local elevator codes . .w 16600-2 SPECIAL SYSTEMS SECTION 16600 - PAGE 1 SECTION 16600 SPECIAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1 . 02 DESCRIPTION A. The work in this section consists of furnishing all materials, accessories, tools, equipment, transportation, labor, services and performing all operations necessary to complete the Electrical Work for this project . All as indicated and detailed on the drawings and herein specified. Provide all electrical items set in place and complete with all accessories . Cooperate fully with other trades . B. Provide special systems as called for on the drawings and for systems as herein specified. 1 . 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installation shall be by qualified personnel who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the skills required and who are completely familiar with the manufacturer' s current recommended methods of installation as well as the requirements of this work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. See Section 16120, Wire and Cable; Section 16130, �. Boxes; Section 16141, Wiring Devices; and Section 16180, Equipment Wiring Systems . 16600-1 EMERGENCY LIGHTING EQUIPMENT SECTON 16535 - PAGE 3 2 . 04 SELF-CONTAINED EMERGENCY POWER EXIT SIGNS A. Type: Exit signs with integral battery-operated emergency power supply, including power failure relay, test switch, AC ON pilot light, battery, and fully-automatic two-rate charger. B. Battery: Sealed lead calcium cell, requiring no maintenance or replacement for 10 years under normal conditions . C. Exit Signs : Translucent face, 6 inch high, red letters on white background, directional arrows as indicated, universal mounting type as indicated. D. Lamps : Electroluminescent lamp constructed of two conductors and a phospher-coated dielectric, encapsulated in a fluorocarbon material for protection from contaminants, six to eight year lamp life, lamps become five times brighter during emergency operations . E. Lamps : LED lamp, dual conductors, life exceeds 25 years based on continuous operation, lamp becomes 40% brighter in the emergency mode. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 INSTALLATION • A. Install units plumb and level . B. Aim directional lampheads as directed. END OF SECTION +�* 16535-3 EMERGENCY LIGHTING EQUIPMENT SECTON 16535 - PAGE 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNITS A. Lithonia ELU-2 B. Dual-Lite ED aw C. Emergilite 12LS 2 . 02 EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNITS ow A. Emergency Lighting Unit : FS W-L-305; Type I, Class I, Style D self-contained unit with rechargeable ow storage batteries, charger, and lamps . B. Battery: 6 volt, lead calcium type, with 1 . 5 hour .w capacity to supply the connected lamp load. C. Charger: Dual-rate charger, capable of maintaining the battery in a full-charge state during normal conditions, and capable of recharging discharged battery to full charged within 12 hours . D. Lamps : 8 Watt minimum, Tungsten-Halogen sealed beam type in nickel or chrome plated steel housing. E. Unit Housing: Corrosion resistant Noryl . 'W F. Indicators : Provide lamps to indicate AC ON and RECHARGING. ow G. Provide switch to transfer unit from normal supply to battery supply. ow H. Accessories : Low voltage disconnect, current limiting thermal, and short circuit protection. 4W I . Electrical Connection: 3 foot cord with NEMA WD 1, Type 5-15P cap. or J. Unit Voltage: 120 volts, AC. 2 . 03 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - SELF-CONTAINED EMERGENCY POWER EXIT SIGNS A. Emergi-Lite B. Lithonia •* C. Light Alarms 16535-2 EMERGENCY LIGHTING EQUIPMENT SECTON 16535 - PAGE 1 SECTION 16535 EMERGENCY LIGHTING EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1 . 02 WORK INCLUDED A. Emergency lighting units . B. Emergency exit signs . 1 . 03 REFERENCES w A. FS W-L-305 - Light Set, General Illumination (Emergency or Auxiliary) . B. NFPA 101 - Code for Safety to Life from Fire in Buildings and Structures . C. NEMA WD1 - General - Purpose Wiring Devices . 1 . 04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to local and state building codes for installation requirements . 1 . 05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of General Conditions . B. Provide product data on emergency lighting units **� and exit signs . °" ' 16535-1 am LIGHTING FIXTURES SECTION 16510 — PAGE 6 installation of equipment by other trades encroaching on this space . .. 3 . 02 RELAMPING A. Relamp luminaires which have failed lamps at .� completion of work. 3 . 03 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING ' A. Align luminaires and clean lenses and diffusers at completion of work. Clean paint splatters, dirt, and debris from installed luminaires . B. Touch up luminaire and pole finish at completion of work. 3 . 04 LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE - See Plans MW END OF SECTION M„ am am IM .W 16510-6 w LIGHTING FIXTURES SECTION 16510 - PAGE 5 D. Anchor Bolts : As recommended by pole manufacturer. Provide template, flat washers, lock washers, and hex nuts for each pole. • E. Color to match fixture specified. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 INSTALLATION A. Install lamps in luminaires and lampholders . B. Support surface-mounted luminaires directly from .�. building structure from ceiling grid T structure; fasten to T using bolts, screws, rivets, or approved ceiling framing member clips. C. Install recessed luminaires to permit removal from below. Install grid clips . Install plaster frames in sheetrock and plaster ceilings. D. Luminaire Pole Bases : All poles shall be anchored with hot dipped galvanized anchor bolts set into cast-in-place concrete bases in accordance with installation details on the drawings . After leveling to within %° of vertical, pole bases shall be neatly grouted with non-shrink expoxy-cement grout . All fixtures shall be set plumb and square to arms and poles and shall be oriented as indicated on the drawings . E. Use belt slings or non-chafing ropes to raise and set pre-finished luminaire poles . F. Note that the installation of recessed type light fixtures takes priority over the materials to be installed by other trades . Accordingly, this Contractor shall examine the fixture types, noting the size and depth of each recessed type "lighting fixture, including additional space as may be. •• required for installation. He is hereby charged with the responsibility of locating and reserving adequate space for the installation of such fixtures . He shall notify other contractors of his space requirements for recessed lighting fixtures, and he shall notify the architect of the 16510-5 LIGHTING FIXTURES SECTION 16510 - PAGE 4 .� 2 . 05 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - FLUORESCENT BALLASTS (ELECTRONIC) A. Magnetek, B. Valmont - Ultra-Miser Electric, ,! C. Advance Transformer Company. D. Thomas Industries Inc. 2 . 06 FLUORESCENT BALLASTS (ELECTRONIC) A. Fluorescent lamp ballast shall be high frequency electronic type, operating lamps at a frequency of 20 KHZ or higher with no detectable flicker. B. Ballasts shall comply with FCC and NEMA limits governing electromagnetic and radio frequency interference and shall not interfere with operation of other normal electrical equipment . C. Ballast shall not be affected by lamp failure and shall yield normal lamp life. D. Lamp current crest factor shall not exceed 1 . 6 . E. Ballasts shall operate at an input frequency of 60 HZ and an input voltage of 108 to 132 (120V models) or 249 - 305 (277v models) . F. Ballasts shall have power factor above 90%. *� G. Ballasts shall carry three-year warranty, including labor allowances . 2 . 07 LIGHTING POLES A. Metal Poles : Decorative aluminum lighting pole with anchor. B. Wind Load: 20 mph velocity, with luminaires and brackets mounted. C. Hand Hole : Drilled hand access hole at manufacturer' s standard location. Provide matching gasketed cover plate. 16510-4 , ON LIGHTING FIXTURES SECTION 16510 - PAGE 3 2 . 02 EXTERIOR LUMINAIRES AND ACCESSORIES A. Housing: Extruded aluminum, mitred corners, welded and then sealed with pressure injected silicone to provide a continuous weatherproof seal . B. Reflector Assembly: Segmented reflectors of electro-chemically brightened, anodized and sealed aluminum sheet set in faceted arc-image duplicator patterns to produce IES distribution pattern as indicated on plans/schedules . Assembly shall be easily field rotatable for aiming in any direction without rotating luminaire. C. Lens Assembly: Frame constructed of mitred anodized aluminum, with all stainless steel hardware, including concealed spring hinge pins and latching mechanism for toolless access . Lens - tempered flat glass; sealing gasket - hollow section silicone rubber. D. Ballast : CWA (constant wattage auto-transformer) . 2 . 03 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - LAMPS A. Sylvania. B. General Electric. C. Westinghouse. 2 . 04 LAMPS A. General Use Incandescent Lamps : Inside frosted type, rated 130 volts. B. Incandescent Reflector Lamps : Shape as scheduled, rated 130 volts . �. C. Fluorescent Lamps : Color as scheduled. All by same manufacturer. D. Metal Halide HID Lamps : Phosphor coated. E. High Pressure Sodium HID Lamps : Coated, suitable for all burning positions . ' ' 16510-3 LIGHTING FIXTURES SECTION 16510 - PAGE 2 D. NEMA LE 2 - H-I-D Lighting System Noise Criterion (LS-NC) Ratings. 1 . 05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of General Conditions. B. Include outline drawings, lamp and ballast data, support points, weights, and accessory information for each luminaire type. .R 1 . 06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store and protect products under provisions of General Conditions. B. Handle metal poles carefully to prevent breakage and damage to finish. 1 . 07 EXTRA STOCK A. Provide extra stock under provisions of General Conditions. B. Lamps : One box of each type specified. C. Lenses : Three percent of quantity furnished, minimum of one of each size and type . D. Ballasts : 12 . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 INTERIOR LUMINAIRES AND ACCESSORIES A. Fluorescent Luminaires : FS W-F-414 : provide hinged frames with latches and lenses as scheduled. �- B. Recessed Incandescent Luminaires : Pre-wired type. C. Recessed Fluorescent Luminaires : Provide trim type and accessories required for installation in ceiling system installed. Maximum depth of luminaire, 6 inches including yokes and bridges . See Architectural plans for ceiling construction. 16510-2 .w "■ on LIGHTING FIXTURES SECTION 16510 - PAGE 1 SECTION 16510 LIGHTING FIXTURES PART 1 - GENERAL "* 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. NO 1 . 02 WORK INCLUDED A. Interior luminaires and accessories . on B. Exterior luminaires and accessories. C. Lamps . D. Ballasts . E. Poles . 1 . 03 RELATED WORK A. General Specifications - Trenching: Excavation and backfill for utilities . B. General Specifications : Concrete pole bases . C. General Specifications : Ceilings . D. General Specifications : Painting. 1 . 04 REFERENCES A. ANSI C82 . 1 - Specification for Fluorescent Lamp w Ballasts . B . ANSI C82 . 4 - Specifications for High-Intensity- Discharge Lamp Ballasts (Multiple Supply Type) . C. FS W-F-414 - Fixture, Lighting (Fluorescent, Alternating Current, Pendant Mounting) . M 16510-1 ww DISCONNECT SWITCHES ON SECTION 16440 — PAGE 3 C. Install per manufacturer' s recommendations and as per codes . D. Install disconnect switches at all HVAC equipment *® at locations shown on HVAC plans. See Section 15010-5, Par. 3 . 04 (G) . END OF SECTION aw aw """ 16440-3 DISCONNECT SWITCHES SECTION 16440 - PAGE 2 C. General Electric . D. Substitutions : Under provisions of General Conditions. 2 . 02 DISCONNECT SWITCHES o A. Fusible Switch Assemblies : FS W-S-865 quick-make, quick-break, load interrupter enclosed knife switch with externally operable handle interlocked to "® prevent opening front cover with switch in ON position. Handle lockable in OFF position. Fuse Clips : FS W-F-870 . Designed to accommodate Class •R R fuses . B. Nonfusible Switch Assemblies : FS W-S-865 quick- make, quick-break, load interrupter enclosed knife switch with externally operable handle interlocked to prevent opening front cover with switch in ON position. Handle lockable in OFF position. ow C. Enclosures : NEMA KS 1, Type 1 as indicated on Drawings . am 2 . 03 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - FUSES A. Bussman. 4W B. Gould Shawmut . C. Substitutions : Under provisions of General Conditions . ow 2 . 04 FUSES A. Fuses 600 Amperes and Less : ANSI/UL 198E, Class RK1 as indicated on drawings . Dual element current limiting, time delay, one-time fuse, 250 volt . B. Interrupting Rating: 200, 000 rms amperes . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 INSTALLATION A. Install disconnect switches where indicated on Drawings and as required per Code . B. Install fuses in fusible disconnect switches. 16440-2 ,,, DISCONNECT SWITCHES SECTION 16440 - PAGE 1 SECTION 16440 DISCONNECT SWITCHES PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1 . 02 WORK INCLUDED A. Disconnect switches . B. Fuses . C. Enclosures . 1 . 03 REFERENCES A. ANSI/UL 198E - Class R Fuses. B. FS W-F-870 - Fuseholders (For Plug and Enclosed Cartridge Fuses) . C. FS W-S-865 - Switch, Box, (Enclosed) , Surface- Mounted. 1 . 04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of General *■ Conditions . B. Include outline drawings with dimensions, and equipment ratings for voltage, capacity, horsepower, and short circuit . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. Square D. B. Westinghouse. 16440-1 PANELBOARDS SECTION 16420 - PAGE 6 E. Circuit numbers indicated on the drawings are shown for the purpose of clarifying the grouping of outlets . The actual number assigned to the circuit in the panelboard shall suit the bussing and branch circuiting to the panel. 3 . 02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Measure steady state load currents at each panelboard feeder. Should the difference at any panelboard between phases exceed 20 percent, rearrange circuits in the panelboard to balance the phase loads within 20 percent . Take care to maintain proper phasing for multi-wire branch circuits . MP B. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: Inspect for physical damage, proper alignment, anchorage, and grounding. Check proper installation and tightness ow of connections for circuit breakers, fusible switches, and fuses. 3 . 3 PANELBOARD SCHEDULE - See Drawings END OF SECTION 16420-6 ,., an No PANELBOARDS No SECTION 16420 - PAGE 5 E. Provide panelboards with copper bus, ratings as on scheduled on Drawings . Provide ground bus in all panelboards . on F. Minimum Integrated Short Circuit Rating: 10, 000 amperes rms symmetrical for 208 volt panelboards. ON G. Circuit breakers shall be quick-break, thermal magnetic, trip indicating and have common trip on all multiple breakers . Trip indication shall be clearly shown by the breaker handle taking position g" between ON and OFF when the breaker is tripped. Connections to the bus shall be bolt-on. Circuit breakers shall be U.L. listed and meet the WN requirements of Federal Spec . WC-375a. , Class 1 . H. Bus bar connections to the branch circuit breakers shall be the "distributed phase" or "phase sequence" type. Three phase, four wire bussing shall be such that any three adjacent single pole breakers are individually connected to each of the *" three different phases in such a manner that two or three pole breakers can be installed at any location. All current-carrying parts of the bus assembly shall be plated. Mains ratings shall be as shown in the panelboard schedule of the plans. w PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 INSTALLATION �r A. Install panelboards plumb and flush with wall finishes, in conformance with NEMA PB 1 . 1 . w B. Height : 6 ft . to top. C. Provide filler plates for unused spaces in panelboards . D. A typewritten schedule of circuits, shall be on the panel directory cards . Type the room numbers and items served on the cards . Three complete separate copies of all directories, neatly bound shall be delivered to the Architect . "" 16420-5 PANELBOARDS SECTION 16420 - PAGE 4 E. Minimum Integrated Short Circuit Rating: 65, 000 A. I .C. or see plans and/or contact local utility �. for system rating. F. Fusible Switch Assemblies : NEMA KS 1 FS W-S-865, quick-make, quick-break, load interrupter enclosed knife switch with externally operable handle. Provide interlock to prevent opening front cover with switch in ON position. Handle lockable in OFF position. Fuse Clips: FS W-F870 . Designed to accommodate Class R fuses, type as specified. G. Molded Case Circuit Breakers : NEMA AB 1 FS W-C- 375, provide circuit breakers with integral thermal and instantaneous magnetic trip in each pole. Provide circuit breakers UL listed as Type HACR for air conditioning equipment branch circuits . 2 . 03 BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS A. Lighting and Appliance Branch Circuit Panelboards : NEMA PB1, circuit breaker type. FS W-P-115, Type I, Class 1 . B. Enclosure : NEMA PB 1, Type 1 . C. Cabinet Size: 5-3/4 inches deep, 20 inches wide for 240 volt and less panelboards . • D. Fronts shall include standard enamel doors painted as requested and have flush, brushed stainless , steel, cylinder tumbler-type locks with catches and spring-loaded door pulls. The flush lock shall not protrude beyond the front of the door. All panelboard locks shall be keyed alike. Fronts shall have adjustable indicating trim clamps which shall be completely concealed when the doors are closed. Doors shall be mounted by completely concealed steel hinges . Fronts shall - not be removed with door in the locked position. Fronts shall be of code gauge, full finished steel with rust inhibiting primer and baked enamel finish, and arranged for flush or surface mounting as indicated on the plans . 16420-4 i PANELBOARDS SECTION 16420 - PAGE 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - PANELBOARDS A. Square D. B. Westinghouse. C. Gould I .T.E. D. Cutler Hammer E. General Electric 2 . 02 MAIN AND DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD A. Panelboards NEMA PB1, circuit breaker type. FS W- P-115, Type 1, Class 1, as shown on the plans, incorporating switching and protective devices of the number, rating and type noted herein and shown on the plans . Panelboards shall be rated for the intended voltage and shall be in accordance with the Underwriter' s Laboratories, Inc. , "Standard for Cabinets and Boxes" and "Standard for Panelboards" , and shall be so labeled where procedures exist . w Panelboards shall also comply with NEMA Standard for Panelboards, and the National Electric Code. A nameplate shall be provided listing panel type and rating. B. The panelboard bus assembly shall be enclosed in a steel cabinet . The size of the wiring gutters and gauge of steel shall be in accordance with NEMA Standards Publication No. PBI - 1957, and U.L. Standards No. 67 for Panelboards . The box shall be • fabricated from galvanized steel or equivalent rust resistant steel . C. Terminals for feeder conductors to the panelboard mains and neutral shall be U.L. listed as suitable for the type of conductor specified. Terminals for branch circuit wiring, both breaker and neutral, shall be U.L. listed as suitable for the type of conductor specified. D. Provide panelboards with copper bus, ratings as scheduled on Drawings. Provide copper ground bus in all panelboards . "*" 16420-3 am .. PANELBOARDS SECTION 16420 - PAGE 2 WM 1 . 04 SUBMITTALS op A. Submit shop drawings for equipment and component devices under provisions of General Conditions. ow B. Include front and side views of enclosures with overall dimensions shown; conduit entrance locations and requirements; nameplate legends; size and number of bus bars per phase, neutral, and "" ground; instructions for handling and installation of switchboard; and electrical characteristics including voltage, switch size and withstand 4W ratings of all equipment and components. C. Include outline and support point dimensions, .R voltage, main bus ampacity, integrated short circuit ampere rating, circuit breaker and fusible switch arrangement and sizes. .w 1 . 05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to the site under provisions of General Conditions . B. Delivery in 48 inch maximum width shipping splits, individually wrapped for protection and mounted on shipping skids . C. Store and protect products under provisions of General Conditions . D. Store in a clean dry space. Maintain factory ®. wrapping or provide an additional heavy canvas or heavy plastic cover to protect units from dirt, water, construction debris, and traffic. E. Handle in accordance with NEMA PB 2 . 1 and manufacturer' s written instructions. Lift only with lugs provided for the purpose. Handle ' carefully to avoid damage to switchboard internal components, enclosure, and finish. 1 . 06 SPARE PARTS A. Keys : Furnish 2 each to Owner-Tenant . 16420-2 PANELBOARDS SECTION 16420 - PAGE 1 SECTION 16420 PANELBOARDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1 . 02 WORK INCLUDED A. Service and distribution panelboards . �. B. Lighting and appliance branch circuit panelboards . 1 . 03 REFERENCES A. FS W-C-375 - Circuit Breakers, Molded Case, Branch Circuit and Service. B. FS W-F-870 - Fuseholders (For Plug and Enclosed Fuses) . w C. FS W-P-115 - Power Distribution Panel . D. FS W-S-865 - Enclosed Knife Switch. *� E. NEMA AB 1 - Molded Case Circuit Breakers . F. NEMA KS 1 - Enclosed Switches . G. NEMA PB 1 - Panelboards . H. NEMA PB 2 - Dead Front Distribution Switchboards . I . NEMA PB 1 . 1 - Instructions for Safe Installation, Operation and Maintenance of Panelboards Rated 600 Volts or Less . J. NEMA PB 1 . 2 - Application Guide for Ground-fault Protective Devices for Equipment . ' "' 16420-1 ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION SECTION 16400 — PAGE 4 B. Underground: Install service entrance conduits in concrete envelope from utility company' s pad- mounted transformer to building service entrance equipment . END OF SECTION " .w .M .. ow "M 16400-4 ,w go s ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION SECTION 16400 - PAGE 3 F. Ground fittings shall be interlocking clamp type fabricated from high strength corrosion-resistant metal with high strength silicon bronze U-bolt, nuts and lock washers. G. Flexible metallic conduit is not to be considered an effective grounding conductor. In all cases where flexible metallic conduit is used, a grounding conductor shall be installed. Minimum size to be 14 gauge, color coded green. H. Connect grounding pole of receptacle devices to circuit equipment grounding conductor. Bond ... grounding conductor at outlet boxes, cabinets, panelboards, and equipment to form continuous equipment ground of non-current carrying electrically conductive parts. I . All lighting fixtures shall be effectively grounded. Particular care shall be taken to provide a good and permanent ground to fluorescent fixture bodies. Fixtures mounted in continuous rows shall be metal-to-metal contact between fixtures . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 METERING EQUIPMENT A. Meter: By utility. Meter Cabinet to be provided by Electrical Contractor per utility requirements . Provide bus work for mounting utility current transformers and potential transformer or potential taps as required. B. Concrete Pad for Transformer: By General Contractor per utility requirements . ** PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 INSTALLATION A. Make Arrangements with utility company to obtain permanent electric service to the Project. "" 16400-3 ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION SECTION 16400 - PAGE 2 C. Install service entrance in accordance with utility *' company' s rules and regulations. 1 . 07 GROUNDING A. Provide stranded copper grounding conductor from main switchboard to street side of water main in IMC, sized as shown on drawings. Provide conductor of same size as service grounding conductor, bonded to water pipe on both sides of water meter. Provide No. 6 grounding electrode conductor in IMC *� from main switchboard to 3/4 inch diameter by 10 foot long driven copperweld ground rod with cast bronze grounding clamp. If ledge or other such physical obstructions in soil prevent driving of ground rod, provide approved copper grounding plates. B. Provide a complete integrated grounding system to effectively ground each electric service and all electrical equipment in accordance with provisions of all applicable codes and other requirements . C. All metallic conduits, supports, cabinets and other equipment shall be grounded so that the ground will ' be electrically continuous from service to all outlet boxes . Provide grounding conductor in all non-metallic conduit to complete equipment ground continuity. D. Grounding conductors shall be so installed as to permit shortest and most direct path from equipment to ground. Where grounding conductor runs through metallic conduit, it shall be securely bonded to the conduit at the entrance and exit and the conduit shall be fitted with a bolted clamp to secure same to waterpipe . E. Each above ground portion of a gas piping system upstream from the equipment shut off valve shall be electrically continuous and bonded to any grounding electrode, as defined by NEC, ANSI/NFPA 70 . Gas piping shall not be used as a grounding electrode . 16400-2 ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION SECTION 16400 - PAGE 1 SECTION 16400 ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1 . 02 REFERENCE STANDARDS ,. A. Underwriter' s Laboratories - Standard for cabinets and Boxes No. 50, Standards for Panelboards No. 67 . B. NEMA - Standards for Panelboards No. PBI - 1957 . C. National Electric Code - NEC - Standards for Panelboards . 1 . 03 RELATED WORK A. Concrete work. Trenching and backfill . 1 . 04 REFERENCE A. ANSI C12 - Code for Electricity Metering. 1 . 05 SYSTEM DISTRIBUTION A. System Voltage : 208/120 Volts, three phase, four- wire, 60 Hertz . 1 . 06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Utility Company: Massachusetts Electric, 548 Haydenville Rd. , Northampton, MA 01053 ; Phone: (413) 582-7470, Fax: (413) 582-7491 . Wa B. Arrangement with utility company for permanent electric service including payment of utility company charges for service. 16400-1 MW am SUPPORTING DEVICES SECTION 16190 — PAGE 2 PART 3 — EXECUTION am 3 . 01 INSTALLATION A. Fasten hanger rods, conduit clamps, and outlet and -o junction boxes to building structure using expansion anchors, preset inserts, and beam clamps . B. Use toggle bolts or hollow wall fasteners in hollow ow masonry, plaster, or gypsum board partitions and walls; expansion anchors or preset inserts in solid masonry walls; self-drilling anchors or expansion MW anchor on concrete surfaces; sheet metal screws in sheet metal studs; and wood screws in wood constructions . C. Do not fasten supports to piping, ductwork, mechanical equipment, or conduit . 1W D. Do not use powder-actuated anchors without specific permission. E. Fabricate supports from structural steel or steel channel, rigidly welded or bolted to present a neat appearance. Use hexagon head bolts with spring lock washers under all nuts. F. Install surface-mounted cabinets and panelboards with minimum of four anchors. Provide steel channel supports to stand cabinet one inch (25 mm) off wall . G. Bridge studs top and bottom with channels to support flush-mounted cabinets and panelboards in stud walls . .W END OF SECTION 16190-2 +W go ON SUPPORTING DEVICES om SECTION 16190 - PAGE 1 MR SECTION 16190 SUPPORTING DEVICES on PART 1 - GENERAL MR 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Contract . "" 1 . 02 WORK INCLUDED A. Conduit and equipment supports . B. Fastening hardware. 1 . 03 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size, shape and location of concrete pads with General Specifications Cast-in-Place concrete. Concrete Topping. 1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Support systems shall be adequate for weight of equipment and conduit, including wiring, which they carry. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 MATERIAL �. A. Support Channel : Galvanized or painted steel . B. Hardware : Corrosion resistant . '"�' 16190-1 EQUIPMENT WIRING DEVICES SECTION 16180 - PAGE 3 3 . 03 INSTALLATION A. Use wire and cable with insulation suitable for temperatures encountered in heat-producing equipment . B. Make conduit connections to equipment using A. flexible conduit . Use liquid-tight flexible conduit in damp or wet locations. C. Install pre-finished cord set where connection with attachment plug is indicated or specified, or use attachment plug with suitable strain-relief clamps . D. Provide suitable strain-relief clamps for cord connections to outlet boxes and equipment connection boxes . E. Make wiring connections in control panel or in wiring compartment of pre-wired equipment in accordance with manufacture ' s instructions . Provide interconnection wiring where indicated. F. Install disconnect switches, controllers, control stations, and control devices such as limit switches and temperature switches as indicated. Connect with conduit and wiring as indicated. END OF SECTION "°�' 16180-3 "M ow EQUIPMENT WIRING DEVICES SECTION 16180 - PAGE 2 no C. NEMA WD 5 - Specific Purpose Wiring Devices . owl PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - CORDS AND CAPS ow A. Hubbell . B. Leviton. C. Daniel Woodhead. D. Substitutions : Under provisions of General Conditions . .. 2 . 02 CORDS AND CAPS A. Straight-blade Attachment Plug: NEMA WD 1 . FS W- C-596 . B. Locking-blade Attachment Plug: NEMA WD 5 . ^" C. Attachment Plug Configuration: Match receptacle configuration at outlet provided for equipment . ., D. Cord Construction: Oil-resistant thermoset insulated Type SJO multi-conductor flexible cord with identified equipment grounding conductor, suitable for hard usage in damp locations . E. Cord Size : Suitable for connected load of equipment and rating of branch circuit overcurrent protection. am PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 INSPECTION ow A. Verify that equipment is ready for electrical connection, wiring, and energization. Verify •� electrical characteristics of all equipment . 3 . 02 PREPARATION A. Review equipment submittals prior to installation and electrical rough-in. Verify location, size, and type of connections . Coordinate details of equipment connections with supplier and installer. 16180-2 EQUIPMENT WIRING DEVICES SECTION 16180 - PAGE 1 SECTION 16180 EQUIPMENT WIRING SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. *• 1 . 02 WORK INCLUDED A. Electrical connections to equipment specified under other Sections or furnished by Owner. 1 . 03 RELATED WORK A. General Specifications - Owner-furnished Equipment . B. Electric Elevators - Passenger. C. H & V Specifications - Motors . D. Plumbing Equipment : Water heaters. E . Air Distribution Equipment . F. Section 16111 - Conduit . G. Section 16120 - Wire and Cable. w H. Section 16130 - Boxes. I . Section 16600 - Special Systems . 1 . 04 REFERENCES *�* A. FS W-C-596 - Electrical Power Connector, Plug, Receptacle, and Cable Outlet . B. NEMA WD 1 - General Purpose Wiring Devices . ""' 16180-1 �s WIRING DEVICES SECTION 16141 - PAGE 5 not use common neutral . C. Install convenience receptacles 18 inches above floor, 4" above counters, backsplash, grounding pole on top. D. Install specific-use receptacles at heights shown �.. on Contract Drawings. E. Install decorative plates on switch, receptacle, and blank outlets in finished areas, using jumbo size plates for outlets installed in masonry walls . F. Install galvanized steel plates on outlet boxes and junction boxes in unfinished areas, above accessible ceilings, and on surface-mounted outlets . G. Install devices and wall plates flush and level . END OF SECTION +ew 16141-5 WIRING DEVICES SECTION 16141 - PAGE 4 2 . 07 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - WALL PLATES A. Hubbell . B. Arrow-Hart . C. Pass and Seymour. 2 . 08 WALL PLATES A. Smooth stainless steel, . 032" nominal thickness or aw decorator plastic in all finished areas. Galvanized steel plates in unfinished areas. Jumbo size plates on masonry walls . "m B. Weatherproof Cover Plate : Gasketed cast metal with hinged gasketed device covers . ow 2 . 09 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - TIME CLOCKS A. Paragon. ow B. Approved Equal . 2 . 10 TIME CLOCKS MP A. Model #EC74/192MA: Programmable time control with 24V 50/60 Hz. 4 channel . we B. The time clock shall have Astro-dial feature with LED display, and keyboard access to programs . sm C. The system shall have the capability of being programmed each day of the week, plus a special eighth day holiday program, as well as daylight savings time changeover. D. The control shall have a leap year corrected to the year 2100 AD. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 INSTALLATION A. Install wall switches 48 inches above floor, OFF position down. B. Install wall dimmers 48 inches above floor; derate ganged dimmers as instructed by manufacturer; do 16141-4 �° WIRING DEVICES SECTION 16141 - PAGE 3 2 . Dimmers shall not adversely affect sound rating of electronic transformer. In addition, no flicker or interaction shall occur at any point in the dimming range. 3 . Dimmers shall have overload protection that reduces power output when dimmer capacity is exceeded. C. Incandescent : Rating - 1000 watts minimum. Larger size to accommodate load shown on contract drawings . 2 . 05 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - RECEPTACLES aeir A. Hubbell B. Arrow-Hart C. Eagle D. General Electric 2 . 06 RECEPTACLES A. Convenience and Straight-blade Receptacles, 15 Amp, 125 Volt, U-Blade Grounder: NEMA WD 1 .FS W-C-596 . B. Locking-Blade Receptacles : NEMA WD 5 . C. Convenience Receptacle Configuration: NEMA WD 1; Type 515 20 R, white plastic face . D. Specific-use Receptacle Configuration: NEMA WD 1 or WD 5 ; type as indicated on Drawings, black plastic face . E. GFCI Receptacles, 20 Amp, 125 Volt : Duplex convenience receptacle with integral ground fault current interrupter and illuminated face. F. Isolated ground receptacles : Straight blade device to be installed with a dedicated, insulated grounding circuit from the distribution panel, separate from the common building grounding system. The face color shall be orange. NEMA 5-20, Catalog Number Eagle #IG5362RH or equal . 16141-3 so- WIRING DEVICES SECTION 16141 - PAGE 2 B. Provide product data showing configurations, finishes, dimensions, and manufacturer' s instructions . .W PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - WALL SWITCHES am A. Hubbell, 1220 Series. B. Arrow-Hart, 1990 Series . C. Leviton 53521 . o D. General Electric, 3800 Series . 2 . 02 WALL SWITCHES wo A. Wall Switches for Lighting Circuits and Motor Loads Under 1/2 HP: NEMA WD; 1 FS W-S-896; AC general use snap switch with rocker handle, rated 20 '" amperes and 120-277 volts AC. Handle: White plastic. .w B. Pilot Light Type : Lighted handle. Pilot strap in adjacent gang. ow C. Locator Type : Lighted handle. 2 . 03 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - WALL DIMMERS .. A. Lutron, HN. B. Atmos, DS . C. General Electric. aw 2 . 04 WALL DIMMERS A. Wall dimmers control shall be linear slide type. WW B. Electronic (Solid State) Low Voltage Transformer: MW 1 . Dimmers shall contain circuitry specifically designed to control the input of electronic (solid state) low voltage transformer. Dimmers using standard phase control shall not be accepted. 16141-2 WIRING DEVICES SECTION 16141 - PAGE 1 SECTION 16141 WIRING DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1 . 02 WORK INCLUDED A. Wall switches . B. Wall dimmers . C. Receptacles . D. Device plates and box covers . E. Time Clocks . 1 . 03 REFERENCES A. FS W-C-596 - Electrical Power Connector, Pug, Receptacle, and Cable Outlet . B. FS W-S-896 - Switch, Toggle. C. NEMA WD 1 - General-Purpose Wiring Devices . D. NEMA WD 2 - Semiconductor Dimmers for Incandescent Lamps . E. NEMA WD 5 - Specific-Purpose Wiring Devices . 1 . 04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of General Conditions . 16141-1 BOXES SECTION 16130 - PAGE 3 D. Support boxes independently of conduit, except for cast boxes that is connected to two rigid metal conduits, both supported within 12 inches (300 mm) of box. E. Use multiple-gang boxes where more than one device are mounted together; do not use sectional boxes. Provide barriers to separate wiring of different voltage systems . F. Install boxes in walls without damaging wall ,. insulation. G. Coordinate mounting heights and locations of outlets mounted above counters, benches, and backsplashes. H. In inaccessible ceiling areas, position outlets and junction boxes within 6 inches (150 mm) of recessed luminaire, to be accessible through luminaire ceiling opening. I . Provide recessed outlet boxes in finished areas; secure boxes to interior wall and partition studs, accurately positioning to allow for surface finish thickness . Use stamped steel stud bridges for flush outlets in hollow stud wall, and adjustable steel channel fasteners for flush ceiling outlet boxes . J. Align wall-mounted outlet boxes for switches, +�. thermostats, and similar devices . 3 . 03 PULL AND JUNCTION BOX INSTALLATION A. Locate pull boxes and junction boxes above accessible ceilings or in unfinished areas . B. Support pull and junction boxes independent of conduit . END OF SECTION + . 16130-3 BOXES SECTION 16130 - PAGE 2 2 . 03 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES A. Sheet Metal Boxes : ANSI/NEMA OS 1; Galvanized steel . B. Sheet Metal Boxes Larger Than 12 Inches (300 mm) in .. Any Dimension: Hinged enclosure in accordance with Section 16160 . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 COORDINATION OF BOX LOCATIONS A. Provide electrical boxes as shown on drawings, and as required for splices, taps, wire pulling, equipment connections, and code compliance. B. Electrical box locations shown on Contract Drawings are approximate unless dimensioned. Verify location Of floor boxes and outlets in offices and work areas prior to rough-in. C. Locate and install boxes to allow access . Where installation is inaccessible, coordinate locations and sizes of required access doors with General Specifications . D. Locate and install to maintain headroom and to present a neat appearance. 3 . 02 OUTLET BOX INSTALLATION .. A. Do not install boxes back-to-back in walls . Provide minimum 6 inch (150 mm) separation, except provide minimum 24 inch (600 mm) separation in acoustic-rated walls . B. Locate boxes in masonry walls to require cutting of masonry unit corner only. Coordinate masonry cutting to achieve neat openings for boxes . C. Provide knockout closures for unused openings. 16130-2 BOXES SECTION 16130 - PAGE 1 SECTION 16130 BOXES PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. . 1 . 02 WORK INCLUDED A. Wall and ceiling outlet boxes . B. Pull and junction boxes . 1 . 03 RELATED WORK A. Access Doors : Wall and ceiling access doors . 1 . 04 REFERENCES A. ANSI/NEMA OS 1 - Sheet-Steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers and Box Supports . B. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 volts Maximum) . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Steel City, B. Hubbell, C. Raceway Components . + * 2 . 02 OUTLET BOXES A. Sheet Metal Outlet Boxes : ANSI/NEMA OS 1; Galvanized steel, with 1/2 inch (13 mm) male fixture studs where required. 16130-1 aw w wee SURFACE RACEWAYS SECTION 16112 - PAGE 3 D. Fastener Option: Use clips and straps suitable for the purpose . END OF SECTION a 16112-3 SURFACE RACEWAYS SECTION 16112 - PAGE 2 B. Size : As shown on drawing. C. Finish: Buff enamel . .� D. Fittings : Couplings, elbows, and connectors owl designed for use with raceway system. E. Boxes and Extension Rings : Designed for use with raceway systems . ow 2 . 02 MULTI-OUTLET ASSEMBLY A. Multi-outlet Assembly: FS W-C-582 , sheet metal 4W channel with fitted cover, with pre-wired receptacles, suitable for use as a multi-outlet assembly. B. Size : As indicated on Drawing. C. Receptacles : Convenience receptacle mounted in cover 12 inches on center. Outlets with receptacles as shown on Drawings . D. Finish: Buff enamel . E. Fittings : Couplings, elbows, outlet and device boxes, and connectors designed for use with multi- outlet system. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 INSTALLATION - SURFACE METAL RACEWAY AND MULTI-OUTLET ASSEMBLY A. Use flat-head screws to fasten channel to surfaces . Mount plumb and level . B. Use suitable insulating bushings and inserts at connections to outlets and corner fittings. C. Maintain grounding continuity between raceway components to provide a continuous grounding path. 16112-2 Im OR SURFACE RACEWAYS SECTION 16112 - PAGE 1 w SECTION 16112 SURFACE RACEWAYS PART 1 - GENERAL ++� 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1 . 02 WORK INCLUDED A. Surface metal raceways . B. Multi-outlet assemblies . 1 . 03 RELATED WORK A. Section 16121 - Wiring Devices : Receptacles . 1 . 04 REFERENCES A. FS W-C-582 - Conduit, Raceway, Metal, and Fitting: Surface. 1 . 05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of General Conditions . B. Include product data for surface metal raceways, multi-outlet assemblies, and accessories . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 SURFACE METAL RACEWAY A. Surface Metal Raceway: FS W-C-582, sheet metal channel with fitted cover, suitable for use as surface metal raceway. Manufactured by Wiremold. "" 16112-1 on No CONDUIT SECTION 16111 - PAGE 5 J. Fireproof sleeves after cables are installed by telephone company. K. Provide grounding of natural gas service piping per N.E.C. 250-80 (b) . END OF SECTION a■ �s '"" 16111-5 IM CONDUIT SECTION 16111 - PAGE 4 G. Provide minimum 3/16 inch diameter twisted nylon fish cord in all empty conduit except sleeves and MW nipples. Provide tag on each end indicating location of other end. Fish cord shall have minimum of 200 pounds tensile strength. 3 . 03 CONDUIT INSTALLATION SCHEDULE A. Underground Installations more than five feet (1 .5 m) from foundation wall : PVC conduit - Schedule 40 plastic. B. Installations in or under concrete slab or .� underground within five feet (1 . 5 m) of foundation wall : Rigid steel conduit . C. Exposed outdoor locations : PVC flexible. D. Dry interior locations : Electrical metallic tubing. E. Final connections to motors and recessed ceiling mounted light fixtures and movable equipment, dry locations : Flexible metal conduit . F. Final connections to motors and movable equipment wet locations : Liquid-tight flexible metal or PVC conduit . Flexible connections shall be minimum of 18 inches and maximum of 6 feet long with grounding conductor. Flexible connections shall be used prior to attachment of conduit to equipment housing. ow G. Where conduit penetrates fire-rated walls and floors, provide mechanical fire-stop fittings with UL approved material that has fire rating equal to o wall or floor rating. H. Route conduit through roof openings for piping and .W ductwork where possible; otherwise, route through roof jack with pitch pocket . I . PVC-40 conduit to be used underground to site am lighting. ow 16111-4 MW ow ew CONDUIT SECTION 16111 — PAGE 3 C. Route exposed conduit and conduit above accessible ceilings parallel and perpendicular to walls and adjacent piping. D. Maintain 6 inch clearance between conduit and piping. Maintain 12 inch clearance between conduit and heat source such as flues, heating pipes, and heating equipment . E. Arrange conduit supports to prevent distortion of alignment by wire pulling operations. Fasten conduit using galvanized straps, lay-in adjustable hanger, clevis hangers or bolted split stamped galvanized hangers . F. Group conduit in parallel runs where practical and use conduit rack constructed of steel channel with .� conduit straps or clamps . Provide space for 25 percent additional conduit . G. Do not fasten conduit with wire or perforated pipe straps . Remove all wire used for temporary conduit support during construction, before conductors are pulled. 3 . 02 CONDUIT INSTALLATION A. Cut conduit square using a saw or pipe cutter; de- burr cut ends . B. Bring conduit to the shoulder of fittings and couplings and fasten securely. C. Install no more than the equivalent of three 90 degree bends between boxes . D. Use conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction, and maintain exposed conduit tight to corners . E . Use hydraulic one-shot conduit bender or factory elbows for bends in conduit larger than 2 inch size . „ F . Use suitable conduit caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture. 16111-3 w� CONDUIT SECTION 16111 - PAGE 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) AND FITTINGS A. EMT: ANSI C80 .3, galvanized tubing. B. Fittings and Conduit Bodies : ANSI/NEMA FB 1 : Steel or malleable iron, compression type. 2 . 02 FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT AND FITTINGS A. Conduit : FS WW-C-566 : Steel B. Fittings and Conduit Bodies : ANSI/NEMA FS 1 . 2 . 03 LIQUID-TIGHT FLEXIBLE CONDUIT AND FITTINGS A. Conduit : Flexible metal conduit with PVC jacket . B. Fittings and Conduit Bodies : ANSI/NEMA FB 1 . 2 . 04 PVC CONDUIT aw A. Schedule 40 PVC and fittings . B. Minimum size shall be 3/4 inch trade size. M" 2 . 05 CONDUIT SUPPORTS A. Conduit Clamps, Straps, and Supports : Steel or malleable iron. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 CONDUIT SIZING, ARRANGEMENT, AND SUPPORT A. Size conduit for conductor type installed, 1/2 inch minimum size. B. Arrange exposed conduit to maintain headroom and present a neat appearance. Use conduit fittings to change directions and to maintain conduit tight to corners . Keep conduit tight to finished surface. 16111-2 CONDUIT SECTION 16111 - PAGE 1 SECTION 16111 CONDUIT ..�, PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1 . 02 WORK INCLUDED A. Electrical metallic tubing and fittings . B. Flexible metal conduit and fittings. C. Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit and fittings . *�* D. PVC conduit and fittings . 1 . 03 RELATED WORK A. Cutting and Patching B. Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim. C. Trenching: Excavation and backfill for conduit and utilities on site. 1 . 04 REFERENCES w. A. ANSI C80 . 3 - Electrical Metallic Tubing, Zinc Coated. B . ANSI/NEMA FB 1 - Fittings and Supports for conduit and Cable Assemblies . C. FS WW-C-563 - Electrical Metallic Tubing. ,w D. FS WW-C-566 - Specification for Flexible Metal Conduit . E. FS WW-C-581 - Specification for Galvanized Rigid Conduit . 16111-1 .. am BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 16010 — PAGE 8 am PART 3 — EXECUTION 3 . 01 INSTALLATION ow A. Install all new electrical work in complete MW conformance with the local, state and national electrical codes . END OF SECTION .W MW W Wo .w .w ow MW MW 16010-8 ow BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 16010 - PAGE 7 �w 1 . 16 ELECTRICAL REFERENCE SYMBOLS A. The symbols representing outlets and equipment on the electrical drawings are shown in the approximate locations desired and shall be followed as closely as actual building construction will permit . The exact locations shall be determined in the field in coordination with the work of other trades, by final shop drawings, and in accordance with instructions from the Electrical Engineer. B. Unless specifically stated to the contrary, no measurement of an electrical drawing by scale shall be used as a dimension to work by. Dimensions noted on the electrical drawings are subject in each case to measurements of adjacent or previously completed work and all such measurements necessary shall be taken before undertaking any work dependent upon them. C. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for measurement accuracy and work layout and shall make good any errors or defects due to faulty measurements, layout, information, or failure to report discrepancies . D. Equipment shall be installed with ample space allowed for removal, repair, or changes to the equipment . If code required clearances cannot be met, Electrical Engineer shall be notified so equipment can be relocated to provide proper A clearance . E. Locate electrical outlets and equipment to fit the details, panels, decorating, or finish of the space. F. Install switch boxes on the latch side of doors unless noted otherwise . G. The Electrical Engineer shall reserve the right to make minor position changes before the work has been installed. .w PART 2 - PRODUCTS - Not Used 16010-7 .w o BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 16010 - PAGE 6 .. 1 . 13 GUARANTEES aw A. Leave the entire electrical system in good working order and shall at his expense, repair, rebuild, remodel, and make good and acceptable all defective .W labor and materials that may develop within one (1) year after completion and final acceptance of the work hereunder and as further described under the General Requirements Section of the Specifications. Fm B. It may be necessary to energize portions of the electrical system prior to final acceptance of the ow completed work by the Owner. It is the intent of these specifications that the above guarantee period shall be one (1) full year after certified ow date of substantial completion. 1 . 14 RECORD DRAWINGS aw A. Keep an up-to-date set of "record drawings" kept current on a daily basis. Such drawings shall be available to the Engineer or his representative at am the job site at all times . B. Upon completion of the contract turn over to the aw Owner for his records one complete, clear and concise set of marked prints . 1 . 15 LINE & CONTROL LOW VOLTAGE WIRING ** A. Line Voltage power wiring from supply or exhaust fan motors to manual or magnetic starters, push button stations, selector speed switches, etc. is to be done by Electrical Contractor. B. All line voltage control and/or low voltage control wiring within the temperature control panels shall be installed by the HVAC Contractor. ow 1 . Starters : Wiring to and from starter contacts is by the Electrical Contractor. Coil wiring for HVAC equipment is by the Controls ow Contractor. 2 . Manual Starters, Toggle Switches, Timers : Wiring by Electrical Contractor. ow 16010-6 ow BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 16010 - PAGE 5 1 . 10 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Commonwealth of Massachusetts Electrical Code. B. National Electrical Code. C. Local Municipal Code. 1 . 11 FEES AND PERMITS A. Contractor shall be licensed to perform electrical work in the municipality in which the project is located. B. Obtain all necessary permits for electrical work and shall pay all required fees and sales or use tax as applicable to this branch of work. C. Upon completion of the work, deliver to the Owner, without cost, all required certificates of inspection and approval . 1 . 12 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. The electrical installation shall be planned in advance of construction to coordinate with the work of other trades . The Contractor shall consult with the other contractors and establish in advance of 40 construction the location of duct work, piping, etc . , and plan his work to avoid interference with same . Installations made without such prior No arrangements to avoid conflicts shall be at the Contractor' s risk and all costs associated therewith shall be borne by the Contractor. am B. It shall be the Contractor' s responsibility to notify other contractors to arrange clearances and access openings for all large electrical equipment and to advise General, Plumbing and Heating and Ventilating Contractors of areas requiring recessed and/or surface ceiling lighting fixtures before any roughing-in is done, so ducts and piping can be installed without interfering with installation of fixtures . * 16010-5 s ow .w BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 16010 - PAGE 4 am composition, design, construction, dimension, capacity, efficiency, finish and performance. B. Material and equipment substitutions other than names indicated shall be an alternate. Where such ow substitutions are proposed to be used they shall be listed on a separate sheet accompanying Contractor' s bid, stating manufacturer, trade name, catalog designation, and amount of deduct from base "" bid, if any. No substitutions will be allowed after contract is awarded. ow C. Where material and equipment substitutions have been accepted by the Engineer and it is later found such substitutions alter the system design or space Ow requirements indicated on the plans or in the specifications, the Contractor shall be responsible for the cost involved to revise design drawings and the cost involved to modify the project ow construction including the cost of all allied trades involved. D. The drawings and specifications establish the ow quality desired by reference to one or more approved vendors . Where the term "or equal" is used this shall be construed to mean equal as o` approved by the Architect/Engineer. 1 . 09 SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT LITERATURE .m A. Contractor shall provide eight (8) sets of certified drawings for the following items. „m 1 . Decorative Cover Plates, Switches, & Outlets 2 . Metering, C/T Cabinets and Enclosures 3 . Disconnect Switches, Fuses and Enclosures ow 4 . Panel Boards 5 . Motor Starters and Combination Motor Starters, Relays, Pilot Devices, and Switching and Over .w Current Protective Devices 6 . Light Fixtures 7 . Emergency Lamp Power Supply Units & Exit Signs 8 . Electric Heat 9 . Fire Alarm System 10 . Security System 16010-4 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 16010 - PAGE 3 1 . 06 INSPECTION OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. The Electrical Contractor shall thoroughly inspect the General Plans and Specifications to familiarize himself as to class of building construction in general, kinds of floors, walls, roof, ceilings, etc. In addition, review the plumbing and HVAC plans to coordinate with Electrical plans. B. Examine all other Sections of the Specifications and all other Drawings in the set in addition to those listed in this Section for requirements which affect work under this Section whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section. 1 . 07 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Where materials, equipment, apparatus or other products are specified by manufacturer, brand name, type of catalog number, such designation is to establish standards of desired quality and style and shall be the basis of the bid. B. Materials and equipment of the types for which ,., there are National Board of Fire Underwriters (U.L. ) listings and label service shall be so labeled and shall be used by the Contractor. C. All materials used for the electrical installation shall be new and unused except as otherwise indicated, and shall be uniform in type and manufacturer for the entire electrical installation. D. All materials shall be suitable for the conditions and duties imposed upon them in service and shall be the latest standard catalog products of reputable manufacturers. 1 . 08 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT SUBSTITUTIONS A. Bid on items as specified. The drawings are based upon the manufacturer listed first in the specifications . Materials and equipment by manufacturers other than those specifically named will be considered if such substitute items are equal in quality and otherwise similar in 16010-3 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 16010 - PAGE 2 Staging and scaffolding shall be of approved design, erected and removed by experienced stage •. builders and shall have all accident prevention devices required by State and local laws . B. The Electrical Contractor shall erect such staging and scaffolding in sufficient time and in proper sequence so as not to delay work. Contractors shall schedule and commence their work so that building progress is not delayed or obstructed once staging and scaffolding become available. C. Each Contractor entering upon the work shall .. furnish, erect and maintain all staging and scaffolding under eight (8) feet in height required for work under his sub-contract, and where so indicated all other staging and scaffolding required for his work. On completion of his work, each Contractor shall dismantle and remove such staging and scaffolding. 1 . 05 SCOPE OF WORK or A. All materials and work to be provided under Electrical Division 16000 inclusive and as shown on plans . ow B. The work is to include a complete electrical system in accordance with these Specifications accompanying Drawings and the State and Local Codes pertaining to the work, in acceptable working order in the building, including labor, and materials, equipment and services necessary for, and incidental to manufacture, delivery and installation according to and which is shown on the Drawings, enumerated in contract and herein specified. C. Minor items and accessories reasonably inferred as necessary for the completion and successful operation of the work, whether or not herein definitely specified, or indicated on the drawings, shall be furnished and installed as if so specified or indicated. ow 16010-2 ON BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 16010 - PAGE 1 SECTION 16010 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS +.� PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1 . 02 DEFINITIONS A. "Contractor" - is the Electrical Contractor and his sub-contractors under this division of the *• contract . B. N. I .C. - "Not in Contract" - Indicates item not to be included by this contractor. C. "Furnish" - Means contractor is to furnish and install the item in working order. D. "Install" - Means Contractor is to furnish and install the item in working condition. E. "Provide" - Means contractor is to furnish and install the material in operating condition in the system. 1 . 03 WORK SEQUENCE " A. Install work in phases to accommodate Owner' s occupancy requirements . During the construction period, coordinate electrical schedule and operations with Architect/Engineer. See General Requirements . 1 . 04 STAGING AND SCAFFOLDING A. Except as otherwise indicated, the Electrical Contractor shall furnish, erect and maintain all staging and scaffolding (exterior and interior) for his use during the construction of the building. 16010-1 TESTING AND BALANCING SECTION 15991 - PAGE 3 D. Approved companies : 1 . Air Balancing Service Co. , 175 S . Colony Rd. , Wallingford, CT 06492 , Phone : (203) 284-0191, Fax: (203) 284-8369 2 . New England Air Balance Inc. , G. P.O. Box 201, Chicopee, MA 01021 , Phone and Fax: (413) 592-5420 3 . Field Measurements Inc. , P.O. Box 235, Francestown, NH 03043 , Phone : (603) 673-5451 4 . Wing ' s Testing and Balancing Co. Inc. , P.O. Box 1100, Branford, CT 06405, Phone : (203) 481-4988, Fax: (203) 488-5634 �. END OF SECTION 15991-3 TESTING AND BALANCING SECTION 15991 - PAGE 2 g. Test and adjust each diffuser, grille and register to within 5% of design requirements . Record data and location. Use manufacturer' s rating and calculations . h. Adjust all diffusers and grilles to minimize drafts in all areas . i . Test and record all air temperatures - supply, return, mixed, outside air including dry and wet bulb. j . Verify that all Temperature Controls are operating. B. The Contractor shall submit four (4) sets of all balance .. data to Architect/Engineer' s office. Data shall include location of reading, velocity, correction factor, test CFM and required CFM shown on Plans and temperatures . All data shall be typed on A.A.B.C. forms . C. During balancing procedures, if readings on any condition ..p are ±15% of design, the Engineer shall be notified to determine corrective action. A final Testing and Balancing Report shall not be issued until all items are mutually resolved. PART 3 - EXECUTION MW 3 . 01 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The air side system balancing shall be accomplished under ,W the supervision of a registered professional engineer in the Contractor' s employ. aw B. Coordinate system balancing requirements with electrical contractors and temperature controls subcontractor. MW C. The testing and balancing work is to be done by a contractor certified by Associated Air Balance Council (A.A.B.C. ) or National Environmental Balancing Bureau no (N.E.B.B. ) . Submit certification and list of 10 past projects completed in the last two years along with the qualifications resume of the technicians assigned to the project . MW 15991-2 ,, TESTING AND BALANCING SECTION 15991 - PAGE 1 .. SECTION 15991 TESTING AND BALANCING PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1 . 02 WORK INCLUDED A. Testing and balancing of air side of heating, ventilation, and air conditioning system. PART 2 - GENERAL 2 . 01 PROCEDURES A. Air System Balancing. *� 1 . The air side of the system shall be balanced -both supply and exhaust using the following as a guide : a. Test and adjust fan RPM to design requirements. b. Test and record motor full load amperage . C. Check all fans for correct rotation. d. Test and record system static pressures, suction and discharge. e. Test and adjust system for design outside air and recirculated air quantities . f . Adjust all main supply and return air ducts and zones to proper design CFM. 15991-1 w w _ TEMPERATURE CONTROLS SECTION 15975 - PAGE 5 D. An approved drawing shall be framed behind plastic laminate and mounted conspicuously at each furnace . E. Furnish four (4) copies of approved diagrams for operation and maintenance manuals . END OF SECTION 15975-5 aw wo TEMPERATURE CONTROLS SECTION 15975 - PAGE 4 2 . Heating - When the temperature of the space, drops below the setpoint of the space thermostat, the " outdoor air damper will be driven to its minimum position (as determined by the setting of the manual potentiometer) . On a continued call for „ heat, the burner will be energized. 3 . Cooling - When the temperature of the space exceeds the setpoint of the thermostat, mechanical cooling will be energized. B. Unoccupied .� 1 . With the Seven Day Timer in the "Unoccupied" or night position, fan operation shall be initiated only on a call for heating. The outdoor air damper ..� will be driven fully closed and the return air damper fully open. Mechanical cooling will be locked out and the temperature setpoint of the heating side of the space thermostat will be lowered from a minimum of five (5) to a maximum of fifteen (15) degrees, as selected in the setback module. 2 . Heating - On a call for heating the system fan will be started and the gas burner will be energized to satisfy the lowered temperature setpoint of the system. 3 . Cooling - On a rise in temperature above 80° F, air conditioning system to cycle with outdoor air damper closed. .R 3 . 04 CONTROL DIAGRAM A. The heating contractor shall prepare and submit for approval a job tailored schematic drawing of the temperature control system. B. All equipment shall be shown in the drawing including damper motors, time clocks, exhaust fans, etc . C. Manufacturer' s standard drawings will not be accepted. �. 15975-4 ow TEMPERATURE CONTROLS SECTION 15975 - PAGE 3 E. Final connections to equipment in these cases will be by flexible metallic (Greenfield) conduit to the equipment enclosure or junction box or to within 31, of exposed connections or terminal strips . Flexible conduit will not be fastened to or supported from rotating or vibrating equipment except at the point of termination. F. All control devices will be mounted on outlet boxes appropriate to the type of construction encountered. When roughing-in for devices, care will be taken to ensure the proper orientation of the box to suit the device. G. Specific Items : 1 . Line Voltage Thermostats : Wired by supplier of equipment controlled. 2 . Starters : Wiring to and from starter contacts is by the electrical contractor. Coil control wiring for HVAC equipment is by the HVAC contractor. 3 . Damper Motors : Wired by HVAC. 4 . Manual Starters, Toggle Switches, Speed Switches : Wiring by electrical contractor. GENERAL: The HVAC contractor is responsible for all control wiring not identified on the electrical plan. 3 . 02 EXHAUST FANS A. See schedule on the drawings . B. Speed switch and motor wiring by Electrical Contractor. 3 . 03 FURNACE SYSTEMS A. occupied 1 . With the Seven Day Timer in the ,occupied" or day position, fan operation shall be constant . The outdoor air damper will open to its minimum position and both heating and cooling will be controlled by the normal setpoints of the space thermostat . 15975-3 aw ow TEMPERATURE CONTROLS SECTION 15975 — PAGE 2 or PART 2 — PRODUCTS ow 2 . 01 CONTROLLERS A. Thermostats : Honeywell or approved equal with automatic .w heat/cool changeover and time clock. 2 . 02 DAMPER OPERATORS .. A. Honeywell or Belimo - Modulating electric type. 2 . 03 DAMPERS , A. Honeywell or Vent Products low leakage type (1% maximum) . PART 3 — EXECUTION 3 . 01 WIRING A. All low voltage (less than 100 volts) and line voltage (100 volts or greater) wiring required for the control • system is to be installed by this contractor. Line voltage power wiring to fan motors or other controlled devices, and to line voltage controllers, will be provided by the electrical contractor. B. All line voltage wiring and control devices shall meet the requirements of the "electrical" sections of this specification and the electrical specifications, Section 16000 . C. All low voltage wiring will be installed with color coded, multi-conductor cable, 18 GA minimum with solid conductors . D. All wiring concealed in walls, exposed on walls or ceilings in mechanical rooms or outside will be run in EMT conduit according to the provisions of the electrical specifications . o .W 15975-2 aw ow TEMPERATURE CONTROLS SECTION 15975 - PAGE 1 SECTION 15975 TEMPERATURE CONTROLS Forced Air Furnace Systems PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1 . 02 WORK INCLUDED A. The control system is to include but not be limited to the following: 1 . Wiring. 2 . Thermostats and controllers . 3 . Air cooled condensing units . 4 . Furnaces. 5 . Exhaust fans . 6 . Control diagrams . 7 . Dampers . 8 . Humidifiers . 1 . 03 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Furnish and install a line and/or low voltage electric system of automatic temperature controls in strict accordance with the following detailed specifications . +.� B. All work shall be installed by the heating contractor who shall be responsible for the proper installation and operation of the control equipment . C. The heating contractor shall furnish all necessary components whether or not specifically itemized in order to install a complete system within the intent of the specifications . 15975-1 ow .. AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS SECTION 15936 — PAGE 6 MW F. HVAC Contractor to coordinate installation of wall louvers and roof hoods with General Contractor. am NOTE: Behind each louver, install a 2 inch deep by 12 inch wide sump full length of louver. Install a 3/4 inch aw drain connection with a hose drain fitting capped. G. Touch-up paint of all damaged painted surfaces such as grilles, diffusers, louvers, etc. "" MP END OF SECTION .P MW .w 15936-6 on AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS SECTION 15936 - PAGE 5 C. AMCA certified for air and water penetration. D. Frame type to suit wall construction. E. Paint with two coats of baked enamel, color as selected by Architect . 2 . 09 DOOR GRILLES A. Door grilles furnished by HVAC and installed by General Contractor. B. Grilles to be sight tight aluminum construction equal to Metalaire DGDF. C. Factory baked enamel finish - Color as selected by Architect . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 INSTALLATION A. Install items in accordance with manufacturers` �.. instructions . B. Check location of outlets and inlets and make necessary adjustments in position to conform with architectural features, symmetry, and lighting arrangement . Provide plaster frames in walls and plaster or sheet rock ceilings . C. Install diffusers to ductwork with air tight connection. D. Provide balancing dampers on duct take-off to diffusers, and grilles and registers regardless of whether dampers are specified as part of the diffuser or grille and register assembly. E. Paint ductwork visible behind air outlets and inlets matte black. 15936-5 WK AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS SECTION 15936 - PAGE 4 .� 2 . 06 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - WALL REGISTERS/GRILLES ON A. Metalaire B. Kreuger C. Titus .w 2 . 07 WALL RETURN/EXHAUST GRILLES A. Blades to be fixed type constructed of heavy gauge "` aluminum or steel . B. Frame to be 20 ga. min. aluminum or steel with factory .w baked enamel finish and one inch margin with countersunk screw mounting holes . Provide full frame gasket . Color as selected by Architect . ow C. For sheetrock, plaster, and other hard surfaces, provide an internal frame for fastening to surface. See Room Finish Schedule on Architectural Plans . D. Provide integral gang operated opposed blade dampers with key operator. 2 . 08 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - WALL LOUVERS A. American Warming & Ventilating B. Arrow C. Louvers and Dampers Inc. 2 . 09 LOUVERS A. Construction 1 . Anodized Aluminum - Type 304, 6" deep. 2 . Frame - Aluminum 12 GA ( . 08111) . 3 . Blade - Stationary, drainable at 35 degrees - Aluminum 12 GA ( . 081") . ., 4 . Aluminum 18/14 mesh insect screen on inside. B. Maximum free area velocity 800 fpm. Pressure drop 0 . 10" . 15936-4 .w AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS SECTION 15936 - PAGE 3 D. Provide radial opposed blade damper and multi-louvered equalizing grid with damper adjustable from diffuser face. 2 . 03 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - CEILING REGISTERS/GRILLES A. Metalaire ., B. Kreuger C. Titus 2 . 04 CEILING SUPPLY REGISTERS/GRILLES A. Streamlined and individually adjustable curved blades to discharge air along face of grille, two-way deflection. B. Fabricate one inch margin frame with countersunk screw mounting and gasket . Provide plaster frame for sheetrock, plaster, and other hard surface ceilings . See Room Finish Schedule on Architectural plans . C. Fabricate of aluminum extrusions with factory baked enamel finish, color as selected by Architect . D. Provide integral, gang-operated opposed blade dampers with removable key operator, operable from face. 2 . 05 CEILING GRID CORE EXHAUST AND RETURN REGISTERS/GRILLES A. Fixed grilles of 1/2 x 1/2 x 1/2 inch louvers . B. Fabricate one inch margin frame with countersunk screw mounting or lay-in frame for suspended grid ceilings . Provide plaster frame for sheetrock, plaster and other hard surface ceilings . See Room Finish Schedule on Architectural Plans. C. Fabricate of aluminum with factory white finish. D. Provide integral, gang-operated opposed blade dampers with removable key operator, operable from face . 15936-3 AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS SECTION 15936 - PAGE 2 B. Test and rate performance of louvers in accordance with AMCA 500 . 1 . 05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to ANSI/NFPA 90A. 1 . 06 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of General Requirements . B. Submit schedule of outlets and inlets indicating type, size, location, application, air flow, pressure drop, and accessories . C. Submit manufacturer' s installation instructions under provisions of General Conditions . D. Submit color selection charts with submittal drawings . no PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - CEILING DIFFUSERS A. Metalaire B. Kreuger C. Titus 2 . 02 RECTANGULAR CEILING DIFFUSERS A. Rectangular, adjustable pattern, stamped, multicore type diffuser to discharge air in 360 degree pattern with sectorizing baffles where indicated. „ B. Provide inverted T-bar type frame. In plaster, or sheetrock, or other hard surface ceilings, provide plaster frame and ceiling frame. See Room Finish schedule on Architectural plans . C. Fabricate of aluminum with baked enamel finish, color as -� selected by Architect . 15936-2 AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS SECTION 15936 - PAGE 1 SECTION 15936 AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1 . 02 WORK INCLUDED A. Diffusers . B. Registers/grilles . C. Wall Louvers . D. Door grilles . 1 . 03 REFERENCES A. ADC 1062 - Certification, Rating and Test Manual . B. AMCA 500 - Test Method for Louvers, Dampers and Shutters . C. ANSI/NFPA 90A - Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems . D. ARI 650 - Air Outlets and Inlets . E. ASHRAE 70 - Method of Testing for Rating the Air Flow Performance of Outlets and Inlets. F. SMACNA - Low Pressure Duct Construction Standard. 1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Test and rate performance of air outlets and inlets in accordance with ADC Equipment Test Code 1062 and ASHRAE 70 . 15936-1 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES SECTION 15910 - PAGE 6 C. Provide fire dampers at locations indicated, where ducts and outlets pass through fire rated components and where required by authorities having jurisdiction. Install with required perimeter mounting angles, sleeves, breakaway duct connections, corrosion resistant springs, ,W bearings, bushings and hinges . D. Provide backdraft dampers on exhaust fans or exhaust ducts nearest to outside and where indicated. " E. Provide duct access doors for inspection and cleaning before and after filters, coils, fans, automatic dampers, " at fire dampers, and elsewhere as indicated. Provide minimum 8 x 8 inch size for hand access, 18 x 18 inch size for shoulder access and as indicated. On face of door, mark the usage with a red or black magic marker to assist maintenance, i .e. "Fire Damper" . F. Provide duct test holes where indicated and required for testing and balancing purposes . G. Install Control Dampers at locations shown on plans. Mount damper actuator and linkage in cooperation with Temperature Controls Supplier. 3 . 02 EXTRA PARTS A. Provide 4 fusible links to Owner for Replacement Parts Inventory. ..� END OF SECTION 15910-6 +r DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES SECTION 15910 - PAGE 5 B. Fabricate curtain type dampers of galvanized steel with interlocking blades . Provide closure springs and latches for horizontal and vertical installations. Configure with blades out of air stream. C. Fusible links, UL 33 , shall separate at 160 degrees F. Provide adjustable link straps for combination fire/balancing dampers . 2 . 13 CONTROL DAMPERS A. 14 Gauge Frame . B. 16 Gauge Blades. C. Bronze Oilite Bearing. D. Damper Connecting Rods . E. Dual Durometer Extruded Vinyl Blade Seals . F. Stainless Steel Side Seals . G. Flanges as Required. H. Damper Operators by Temperature Control Supplier. I . Construction - Galvanized. J. Manufacturers : Vent Products Inc. or Ruskin. w PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 INSTALLATION A. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer' s instructions. B. Provide balancing dampers at points on low pressure supply, return and exhaust systems where branches are taken from larger ducts as required for air balancing. Use splitter dampers only where indicated. 15910-5 OW .w ow DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES SECTION 15910 - PAGE 4 ow E. Provide two hinges and two sash locks for sizes up to 18 inches square, three hinges and two compression latches ow with outside and inside handles for sizes up to 24 x 48 inches. Provide an additional hinge for larger sizes . F. Access doors with sheet metal screw fasteners are not aw acceptable. 2 . 08 DUCT TEST HOLES ow A. Cut or drill temporary test holes in ducts as required. Cap with neat patches, neoprene plugs, threaded plugs or «W threaded or twist-on metal caps . B. Permanent test holes shall be factory fabricated, air a, tight flanged fittings with screw cap. Provide extended neck fittings to clear insulation. 2 . 09 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS INSERTION THERMOMETERS "° A. H. O. Trerice B83206 B. A. A. Weiss Company „w C. Ashcroft D. Johnson Controls 2 . 10 INSERTION THERMOMETERS dw A. Furnish and install bi-metal duct insertion thermometers in the supply, return and mixed air ducts . Thermometers 'o to have 3" antiparallax scale, glass front with external adjustment 18-8 stainless steel case and stem, range of 25 to 125 in 1 increments accuracy to 1 of full scale. 2 . 11 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - FIRE DAMPERS A. Prefco "" B. National Controlled Air C. Vent Products D. Greenheck aw 2 . 12 FIRE DAMPERS A. Fabricate in accordance with NFPA 90A and UL 555, and as WK indicated. 4W 15910-4 no DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES A. SECTION 15910 - PAGE 3 2 . 03 AIR TURNING DEVICES A. Multi-blade device with radius blades attached to pivoting frame and bracket, steel or aluminum ** construction. 2 . 04 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS A. General Environment Corporation B. Thermaflex C. Johns Manville 2 . 05 FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS A. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards and as indicated. M B. UL listed fire-retardant neoprene coated, woven glass fiber fabric to NFPA 90A, minimum density 20 oz. per sq. yd. , approximately 2 inches wide, crimped into metal edging strip. C. Leaded vinyl sheet, minimum 0 . 55 inch thick, 0 . 87 lbs . per sq. ft . , 10 dB attenuation to 10 to 10, 000 Hz range. 2 . 06 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - DUCT ACCESS DOORS .� A. Cesco B. Advanced Air C. Ventlok 2 . 07 DUCT ACCESS DOORS A. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards and as indicated. B. Review locations prior to fabrication. C. Fabricate rigid and close-fitting doors of galvanized steel with sealing gaskets and quick fastening locking devices . For insulated ductwork, install minimum one inch thick insulation with sheet metal cover. D. Access doors smaller than 12 inches square may be secured with sash locks . 15910-3 aw aw DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES MW SECTION 15910 - PAGE 2 1 . 05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of General Conditions for fire dampers. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS A. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards, and as indicated. B. Fabricate single blade dampers for duct sizes to 9-1/2 x 30 inch. C. Fabricate multi-blade damper of opposed blade pattern with maximum blade sizes 12 x 72 inch. Assemble center and edge crimped blades in prime coated or galvanized channel frame with suitable hardware. D. Except in round ductwork 12 inches and smaller, provide end bearings. On multiple blade dampers, provide oil- impregnated nylon or sintered bronze bearings . E. Provide locking, indicating quadrant regulators on single and multi-blade dampers. Where rod lengths exceed 30 inches provide regulator at both ends. F. On insulated ducts mount quadrant regulators on stand-off mounting brackets, bases or adapters . 2 . 02 BACKDRAFT DAMPERS A. Gravity backdraft dampers, size 18 x 18 inches or ow smaller, furnished with air moving equipment, may be air moving equipment manufacturer's standard construction. B. Fabricate multi-blade, parallel action gravity balanced MW backdraft dampers of 16 gage galvanized steel or extruded aluminum with center pivoted blades of maximum 6 inch width, with felt or flexible vinyl sealed edges, linked .w together in rattle-free manner with 90 degree stop, steel ball bearings and plated steel pivot pin; adjustment device to permit setting for varying differential static pressure. "` 15910-2 on Im DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES SECTION 15910 - PAGE 1 SECTION 15910 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL .. 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1 . 02 WORK INCLUDED A. Volume control dampers . B. Backdraft dampers . C. Air turning devices . D. Flexible duct connections . E. Duct access doors . F. Duct test holes . G. Fire Dampers 1 . 03 RELATED WORK A. Section 15890 - Ductwork. 1 . 04 REFERENCES A. NFPA 90A - Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems . B. SMACNA - Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards . C. UL 33 - Heat Responsive Links for Fire Protection Service. D. UL 555 - Fire Dampers and Ceiling Dampers . 15910-1 DUCTWORK SECTION 15890 - PAGE 5 3 . 02 DUCTWORK APPLICATION SCHEDULE AIR SYSTEM MATERIAL Low Pressure Supply Steel, System with Cooling Coils w/insulation Return and Relief Steel General Exhaust Steel 3 . 03 JOINTS AND CONNECTIONS A. Seal air tight with "hard cast" or United McGill Uni- '"" Grip. 3 . 04 SOUNDWALL AND FIREWALL PENETRATIONS A. All ducts through soundwalls and firewalls, if insulated, shall be insulated through the opening. A flanged metal sleeve is to be installed in the wall opening. The space " between the edges of the sleeve and duct shall be sealed tight with loose fiberglass insulation and fireproof caulking for sound and fire-smoke integrity. Refer to Architectural plans for sound and fire walls . 3 . 05 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Clean Duct system and force air at high velocity through duct to remove accumulated dust . To obtain sufficient air, clean half the system at a time . Protect equipment which may be harmed by excessive dirt with temporary filters, or bypass during cleaning. B. Clean duct systems with high power vacuum machines . Protect equipment which may be harmed by excessive dirt with filters, or bypass during cleaning. Provide adequate access into ductwork for cleaning purposes . END OF SECTION 15890-5 DUCTWORK ow SECTION 15890 - PAGE 4 H. Use crimp joints with or without bead for joining round duct sizes 8 inch and smaller with crimp in direction of air flow. I . Use double nuts and lock washers on threaded rod supports . Provide rubber-in shear vibration isolators on ducts with vibration transmission as directed by Architect/Engineer. J. Bracing shall be galvanized steel angles and conform to the following sizes and spacings : Maximum Duct Size Sizes of Bracings & Spacings Up to 24" None a„ 25" to 48" 1" x 1" x 1/8" angles, 4 ' from joint .w PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 INSTALLATION MM A. Provide openings in ductwork where required to accommodate thermometers and controllers . Provide pitot a tube openings where required for testing of systems, complete with metal can with spring device or screw to ensure against air leakage. Where openings are provided in insulated ductwork, install insulation material inside MW a metal ring. B. Locate ducts with sufficient space around equipment to *w allow normal operating and maintenance activities . C. Connect diffusers or troffer boots to low pressure ducts with 5 feet maximum length of flexible duct . Hold in place with strap or clamp. D. During construction provide temporary closures of metal or taped polyethylene on open ductwork to prevent construction dust from entering ductwork system. 15890-4 *► PM DUCTWORK w SECTION 15890 - PAGE 3 �. 2 . 03 LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK A. Fabricate and support in accordance with SMACNA Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards and ASHRAE handbooks, except as indicated. Provide duct material, gages, reinforcing, and sealing for operating pressures indicated. Weights of sheet shall be as follows : Maximum Size U.S. Standard Gauge Up to 12" 26 13" to 30" 24 31" to 48" 22 Elbows and transformation pieces, etc . shall be one to two gauges heavier, depending on size. Ratio of width of individual air passages to total width of elbow shall be one (1) to four (4) . B. Size round ducts installed in place of rectangular ducts in accordance with ASHRAE table of equivalent rectangular and round ducts . No variation of duct configuration or •• sizes permitted except by written permission. C. Construct T' s, bends, and elbows with radius of not less than 1-1/2 times width of duct on centerline . Where not possible and where rectangular elbows are used, provide double wall turning vanes . D. Use 450 entry branch takeoff connects unless noted on plans . •• E. Increase duct sizes gradually, not exceeding 15 degrees divergence wherever possible. Divergence upstream of equipment shall not exceed 30 degrees; convergence downstream shall not exceed 45 degrees . F. Provide easements where low pressure ductwork conflicts with piping and structure. Where easements exceed 10 percent duct area, split into two ducts maintaining original duct area. ,. G. Connect flexible ducts to metal ducts with draw bands . 15890-3 ow ow DUCTWORK SECTION 15890 - PAGE 2 G. NFPA 90B - Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems. .. H. SMACNA - Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards. I . UL 181 - Factory-Made Air Ducts and Connectors. 1 . 05 DEFINITIONS A. Duct Sizes : Inside clear dimensions . For lined ducts, maintain sizes inside lining. 1 . 06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Construct ductwork to NFPA 90A and NFPA 90B standards . ,. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. U. S . Steel „ B. Republic Steel C. Armco Steel Corporation 2 . 02 MATERIALS "w A. General : Non-combustible or conforming to requirements for Class 1 air duct materials, or UL 181 . B. Steel Ducts : ASTM A525 galvanized steel sheet, lock- forming quality, having zinc coating of 1 .25 oz. per .. sq. ft . for each side in conformance with ASTM A90 . C. Insulated Flexible Ducts : Flexible duct wrapped with flexible glass fiber insulation, enclosed by seamless aluminum pigmented plastic vapor barrier jacket; maximum 0 . 23 K value at 75 degrees F. D. Fasteners : Rivets, bolts, or sheet metal screws . E. Sealant : Water resistant and fire resistive, similar to "hard cast" or United McGill Uni-Grip. F. Hanger Rod: Steel, galvanized; threaded both ends, threaded one end, or continuously threaded. " 15890-2 on DUCTWORK SECTION 15890 - PAGE 1 SECTION 15890 DUCTWORK ,w PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1 . 02 WORK INCLUDED A. Low pressure ducts . 1 . 03 RELATED WORK A. Section 15290 - Duct Insulation. B. Section 15910 - Ductwork Accessories . C. Section 15936 - Air Inlets and Outlets . D. Section 15990 - Testing, Adjusting and Balancing. 1 . 04 REFERENCES A. ASHRAE - Handbook Fundamentals - Duct Design. B. ASHRAE - Handbook Equipment - Duct Construction. C. ASTM A 90 - Weight of Coating on Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Iron or Steel Articles. D. ASTM A525 - General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Zinc- Coated (Galvanized) by Hot-Dip Process . E. ASTM A 527 - Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by Hot-Dip Process, Lock Forming Quality. MW F. NFPA 90A - Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems . 49"` 15890-1 No POWER VENTILATORS SECTION 15870 - PAGE 3 E. Roof curb by fan supplier. F. Provide speed switch for wall mounting or mounting at fan for balancing. G. Install a time delay switch (0-15 min. ) at fan to allow fan to run after lights are turned off . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer' s instructions . END OF SECTION 15870-3 aw ow POWER VENTILATORS ow SECTION 15870 - PAGE 2 B. Sound Ratings : AMCA 301, tested to AMCA 300 . aw C. Fabrication: Conform to AMCA 99 . 1 . 06 SUBMITTALS .w A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of MW General Conditions. B. Provide product data on wall and roof exhausters, and ceiling and cabinet fans . ow C. Provide fan curves with specified operating point clearly plotted. .m D. Submit manufacturer' s installation instructions under provisions of General Conditions . .w PART 2 - PRODUCTS .w 2 . 01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Greenheck B. Loren Cook C. Penn 2 . 02 CABINET AND CEILING EXHAUST FANS A. Centrifugal Fan Unit : V-belt, with galvanized steel housing lined with 1/2 inch acoustic insulation, ow resilient mounted motor, gravity backdraft damper in discharge . B. Disconnect Switch: Factory wired, non-fusible, in IM housing for thermal overload protected motor. C. Grille : Molded white plastic or aluminum with baked white enamel finish. D. Sheaves : Cast iron or steel, dynamically balanced, bored , to fit shafts and keyed; variable and adjustable pitch motor sheaves selected so required rpm is obtained with sheaves set at mid-position; fan shaft with self-aligning pre-lubricated ball bearings . 15870-2 POWER VENTILATORS SECTION 15870 - PAGE 1 SECTION 15870 POWER VENTILATORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1 . 02 WORK INCLUDED A. Cabinet exhaust fans . B. Ceiling exhaust fans . 1 . 03 RELATED WORK A. Section 15890 - Ductwork. B. Section 15910 - Duct Accessories : Backdraft dampers. 1 . 04 REFERENCES A. AMCA 99 - Standards Handbook. B. AMCA 210 - Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Rating Purposes . C. AMCA 300 - Test Code for Sound Rating Air Moving Devices . D. AMCA 301 - Method of Publishing Sound Ratings for Air Moving Devices . E. SMACNA - Low Pressure Duct Construction Standard. 1 . 05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Performance Ratings : Conform to AMCA 210 and bear the AMCA Certified Rating Seal . 15870-1 AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNITS SECTION 15671 - PAGE 7 B. Provide initial and cooling season start-up, and winter season shut down during first year of operation, including routine servicing and check out . *� C. Supply initial charge of refrigerant and oil for each refrigerant circuit . Replace losses of refrigerant and oil . D. Inspect and test for refrigerant leaks during first year of operation. END OF SECTION """' 15671-7 AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNITS SECTION 15671 - PAGE 6 2 . 09 BLOWER COIL UNIT A. Fans : Forward curved, double-inlet centrifugal fans, statically & dynamically balanced on steel shaft with self-aligning permanently lubricated ball bearings, directly driven. B. Motor: Drip-proof permanently lubricated ball bearing motor with built-in current and overload protection, multi-speed. C. Direct expansion cooling coil of seamless copper tubes expanded into aluminum fins in "slope" or "A coil" face configuration. D. Thermal expansion valve with external equalizer. E. Provide a coil assembly drain pan. F. Frame : Welded angular frames supporting the coils and other mechanical equipment and fittings, and constructed of heavy gauge zinc coated, bonderized steel, finished ow with baked enamel . G. Unit to be provided with 2 " filter rack and 3 sets of 3096 ow efficient pleated filters, similar to Farr 30-30 . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer' s instructions . B. Provide for connection to electrical service. C. Install units on vibration isolation. D. Provide connection to refrigeration piping system and evaporators . Comply with ANSI/ASHRAE 15 . 3 . 02 MANUFACTURER' S FIELD SERVICES A. Prepare and start systems under provisions of General Conditions . .A 15671-6 .� AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNITS SECTION 15671 - PAGE 5 1 . Filter dryer. 2 . Liquid line sight glass and moisture indicator. 3 . Thermal expansion valve for maximum operating pressure. 4 . Insulated suction line . 5 . Suction and liquid line service valves . 6 . Liquid line solenoid valve. 7 . Charging valve. 8 . Discharge line check valve. 9 . Compressor discharge service valve. 10 . Condenser pressure relief valve . 2 . 08 CONTROLS A. On unit, mount weatherproof steel control panel, NEMA 250, containing power and control wiring, factory wired with single point power connection. B. For each compressor, provide across-the-line starter, non-recycling compressor overload, starter relay, and control power transformer or terminal for controls power. Provide manual reset current overload protection. For each condenser fan, provide across-the-line starter with starter relay. C. Provide the following safety controls arranged so that operating any one will shut down machine and require manual reset : 1 . High discharge pressure switch (manual reset) . 2 . Low suction pressure switch (automatic reset) . 3 . Oil Pressure switch (manual reset) . '"" 15671-5 AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNITS SECTION 15671 - PAGE 4 C. Provide removable access doors or panels with quick fasteners . 2 . 04 CONDENSER COILS A. Coils : Aluminum fins mechanically bonded to seamless .. copper tubing. Provide sub-cooling circuits . Air test under water to 425 psig, and dehydrate. B. Coil Guard: Expanded metal . 2 . 05 FANS AND MOTORS A. Vertical discharge propeller type condenser fans with fan guard on discharge. B. Weatherproof motors suitable for outdoor use, single phase permanent split capacitor or 3 phase, with permanent lubricated ball bearings and built in thermal ow overload protection. 2 . 06 COMPRESSORS A. Construction: Semi-hermetic reciprocating type with heat treated forged steel or cast iron shafts, aluminum alloy aw connecting rods, automotive type pistons, rings to prevent gas leakage, suction and discharge valves, and sealing surface immersed in oil . B. Mounting: Statically and dynamically balance rotating parts and mount on vibration isolators. C. Motor: constant speed rpm suction gas cooled with .� electronic sensor and winding over temperature protection, designed for across-the-line starting. Furnish with starter. 2 . 07 REFRIGERANT CIRCUIT A. Provide each unit with one refrigerant circuit, refrigerant circuits, factory supplied and piped. B. Provide the following for each refrigerant circuit : aw 15671-4 ow aw AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNITS SECTION 15671 - PAGE 3 B. Comply with manufacturer' s installation instructions for rigging, unloading, and transporting units . C. Protect units on site from physical damage . Protect coils . 1 . 08 WARRANTY A. Provide five year warranty under provisions of General Conditions . , B. Warranty: Include coverage for refrigerant compressors . *�. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 MANUFACTURERS A. Trane, Carrier, Lennox. 2 . 02 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Units : Self-contained, packaged, factory assembled and pre-wired units suitable for outdoor use consisting of cabinet, compressors, condensing coil and fans, integral sub-cooling coil, controls, liquid receiver, and screens . B. Construction and Ratings : In accordance with ARI 210/240 . Testing shall be in accordance with ASI-RAE 14 . C. Performance Ratings : Energy Efficiency Rating (EER) not less than prescribed by ANSI/ASHRAE 90A. 2 . 03 CASING A. House components in steel panels with weather resistant, baked enamel finish. B. Mount starters, disconnects, and controls in weatherproof panel provided with full opening access doors . Provide mechanical interlock to disconnect power when door is opened. "' 15671-3 AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNITS SECTION 15671 - PAGE 2 C. ANSI/NEMA MG 1 - Motors and Generators. D. ANSI/UL 207 - Refrigerant-Containing Components and Accessories, Non-Electrical . E. ANSI/UL 303 - Refrigeration and Air-Conditioning Condensing, and Air-Source Heat Pump Equipment . F. ANSI/UL 465 - Central Cooling Air Conditioners . .� G. ARI 520 - Positive Displacement Refrigerant Compressors, Compressor Units and Condensing Units . H. ASHRAE 14 - Methods of Testing for Rating Positive Displacement Condensing Units . ,m I . ARI 270 - Sound Rating of Outdoor Unitary Equipment . 1 . 05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings under provisions of General Conditons . B. Submit shop drawings indicating components, assembly, dimensions, weights and loadings, required clearances, and location and size of field connections. Include schematic layouts showing condensing units, cooling coils, refrigerant piping, and accessories required for complete system. C. Submit product data indicating rated capacities, weights specialties and accessories, electrical nameplate data, and wiring diagrams . 1 . 06 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA owl A. Submit operation and maintenance data under provisions of General Conditions. ow B. Include start-up instructions, maintenance instructions, parts lists, controls, and accessories . 4W 1 . 07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site and store and protect products under provisions of General Conditions . ow 15671-2 ow AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNITS SECTION 15671 - PAGE 1 SECTION 15671 AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNITS PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1 . 02 SECTION INCLUDED A. Condensing unit package. B. Charge of refrigerant and oil . C. Controls and control connections . D. Refrigerant piping connections . E. Motor starters . F. Electrical power connections . 1 . 03 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 15260 - Piping Insulation. B. Section 15280 - Equipment Insulation. C. Section 15535 - Refrigeration Piping and Specialties . D. Section 15855 - Air Handling Units with Coils . 1 . 04 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ASHRAE 15 - Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration. B. ANSI/ASHRAE 90A - Energy Conservation. '"'� 15671-1 FORCED AIR FURNACES - CONDENSING SECTION 15622 - PAGE 5 D. Manufacturer: Little Giant VCM-15ULS . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that floors are ready for installation of units and openings are as indicated on shop drawings . B. Verify that proper power supply is available for equipment . C. Verify that proper fuel supply is available for +*� connection. 3 . 02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer' s instructions . B. Install to NFPA 90A and NFPA 90B. ON C. Install gas fired furnaces to NFPA 54 . ,■ 3 . 03 SEE PLANS FOR EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE OF CAPACITIES END OF SECTION w. """ 15622-5 4W FORCED AIR FURNACES - CONDENSING SECTION 15622 - PAGE 4 2 . 05 BURNER OPERATING CONTROLS A. Room Thermostat : Cycles burner to maintain room temperature setting. See Temperature Controls Section. B. High Limit Control : Fixed stop at maximum permissible setting, de-energizes burner on excessive bonnet temperature and re-energizes when temperature drops to lower safe value. C. Control Supply Fan: Bonnet temperatures and independent of burner controls, manual switch for continuous fan operation. 2 . 06 EVAPORATOR COIL A. Coil : Copper tube aluminum fin assembly, galvanized drain pan, drain connection, refrigerant piping connections and factory installed thermostatic expansion valve . 2 . 07 HUMIDIFIER A. Type : ARI 610; wetted plate, power type with float controlled water supply mounted on furnace return air aw plenum. B. Accessories : Low voltage motor, transformer, bypass duct and damper, and replaceable evaporator media. ow C. Room Humidistat : Electric, adjustable, to energize humidifier when fan operating, to maintain setting. ,W D. Manufacturer: Aprilaire Model 112 or 760 . 2 . 08 AUTOMATIC CONDENSATE PUMP owl A. UL listed automatic vertical pump type unit with rustproof tank, ABS motor and tank cover, ABS volute and o impeller, stainless steel shaft, power cord with molded plug, and thermal overload protection. B. Accessories : Safety switch and check valve . .w C. Pump automatically engages in 2 .40" of water and disengages in 1 .25" of water. 15622-4 FORCED AIR FURNACES - CONDENSING SECTION 15622 - PAGE 3 B. Units : Self-contained, packaged, factory assembled, pre- wired unit consisting of cabinet, supply fan, heat exchanger, burner, controls, air filter, refrigerant cooling coil and outdoor package containing compressor, w condenser coil and condenser fan. C. Construction and Ratings: In accordance with ARI 210/240 . Testing: ASHRAE 14 . D. Performance Ratings : Energy Efficiency Rating (EER) not less than requirements of ANSI/ASHRAE 90A; seasonal efficiency to ANSI/ASHRAE 103 . E. Refer to Furnace Schedule. Gas heating capacities are sea level ratings . Cooling performance is based on ARI 210/240 test conditions . 2 . 03 FABRICATION A. Cabinet : Galvanized steel with baked enamel finish, easily removed and secured access doors, glass fiber insulation and reflective liner. B. Heat Exchanger: Primary and secondary - Condensing type. C. Supply Fan: Centrifugal type rubber mounted with direct drive. �. D. Motor: ANSI/NEMA MG 1 ; 1750 RPM rubber multi-speed isolated hinge mounted. E. Air Filters : 2 inch thick 30% efficiency glass fiber, disposable type arranged for easy replacement . ■ F. Plate type secondary heat exchanger. 2 . 04 BURNER A. Gas Burner: Monoport type with sealed combustion air supply, combination gas valve and pressure regulator incorporation manual shut-off, pilot valve, automatic 100 ■' percent shut-off and thermo-couple pilot safety device. B. Gas Burner Safety Controls : Sensor prevents opening of solenoid gas valve until pilot flame is proven and stops gas flow on ignition failure. �" 15622-3 FORCED AIR FURNACES - CONDENSING SECTION 15622 - PAGE 2 1 . 06 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings under provisions of General Conditions . B. Submit shop drawings indicating assembly, required clearances, and location and size of field connections . C. Product Data: Provide rated capacities, weights, accessories, electrical nameplate data, and wiring diagrams . ow D. Design data: Indicate refrigerant pipe sizing. E. Manufacturer' s Installation Instructions : Indicate ow rigging, assembly and installation instructions . 1 . 07 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA am A. Submit operation data under provisions of General Conditions . ow B. Include manufacturer' s descriptive literature, operating instructions, installation instructions, maintenance and repair data, and parts listing. ON 1 . 08 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE 15 . ow PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 MANUFACTURERS A. Carrier B. Trane C. Bryant D. Lennox aw 2 . 02 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Configuration: Upflow horizontal, or downflow, as shown Im type with high efficiency gas burner and electric refrigeration. ow 15622-2 .W FORCED AIR FURNACES - CONDENSING SECTION 15622 - PAGE 1 SECTION 15622 FORCED AIR FURNACES-CONDENSING PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1 . 02 SECTION INCLUDES A. Forced air furnaces. B. Refrigerant cooling coil . 1 . 03 PRODUCTS FURNISHED BUT NOT INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Temperature Controls - Installation of thermostats and other controls components . ., 1 . 04 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 15290 - Ductwork Insulation. �. B. Section 15511 - Heating Fuel Piping. C. Section 15671 - Air Cooled Condensing Units . 1 . 05 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ASHRAE 15 - Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration. B. ANSI/ASHRAE - 90A - Energy Conservation in New Building Design. C. ANSI/NFPA 90B - Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems . D. ARI 270 - Sound Rating of Outdoor Unitary Equipment . """ 15622-1 W we HEATING FUEL PIPING ON SECTION 15511 - PAGE 3 .. (2) Gas piping to be properly graded and dripped as required to control condensation within the piping. Piping to be supported from approved rod and ring type, or clevis brackets or steel beam hooks for horizontal mounting. See pipe hanger specifications. (3) Each gas burner is to be provided with a union and shut-off cock for dismantling the equipment . (4) Piping in the building to be accessible in furred ceilings, installed in tile or conduit in the grade or exposed as the case might be. Unless written approval is given by the gas utility, no gas piping is to be installed in an inaccessible manner. (5) All gas joints shall be pressure tested and leak tested. 3 . 03 APPLICATION A. Install unions downstream of valves and at equipment or apparatus connections . END OF SECTION RM go W '""" 15511-3 HEATING FUEL PIPING SECTION 15511 - PAGE 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS MW 2 . 01 NATURAL GAS PIPING A. Gas piping shall conform to the requirements of the local MW utility before tendering proposal or work is started. ASTM A53 or A120, Schedule 40 steel . B. Gas piping in the building to be commercially perfect "W with long tapered, clean cut threads, reamed and filed, for joints up to and including 211 . Connections for piping 2-1/2" and over to be welded using Nibco, or equal aw welded fittings per code. C. Gas piping to be grounded per NEC 250-80 (b) . MW PART 3 - EXECUTION or 3 . 01 PREPARATION A. Ream pipe and tube ends . Remove burrs . MW B. Remove scale and dirt on inside and outside before assembly. 4W C. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions . .W 3 . 02 INSTALLATION A. Route piping in orderly manner, plumb and parallel to .M building structure, and maintain gradient . B. Install piping to conserve building space, and not interfere with use of space and other work. "' C. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations . 4M D. (1) Install gas piping as shown on the drawings and as required to complete the installation of all gas fired equipment furnished under this contract or as directed on ,M the plans or contained herein. aw 15511-2 HEATING FUEL PIPING SECTION 15511 - PAGE 1 SECTION 15511 HEATING FUEL PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1 . 02 WORK INCLUDED A. Pipe and pipe fittings. B. Natural gas piping system. 1 . 03 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ASME B16 .3 - Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings Class 150 and 300 . B. ASTM A53 - Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped Zinc Coated, Welded and Seamless . C. ASTM A120 - Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped Zinc Coated (Galvanized) , Welded and Seamless, for Ordinary Uses . D. NFPA-54 - National Fuel Gas Code . s 1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Valves : Manufacturer' s name and pressure rating marked on valve body. 1 . 05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of General Conditions . B. Include data on pipe materials, pipe fittings, valves, and accessories . "" 15511-1 DUCTWORK INSULATION SECTION 15290 - PAGE 4 SCHEDULE DUCTWORK TYPE INSULATION THICKNESS Inch (mm) Exhaust Ducts Within 10 ft . of A 1 Exterior Openings & Exhaust Ducts Exposed to Outdoor Air Outside Air Intake Ducts B 2 Plenums - Exhaust Fans, Relief B 2 Hoods Supply Ducts From Fans to Air A 1 Inlet/Outlet or Terminal (Cooling System) 3 . 03 FIELD QUALITY ASSURANCE wr A. All insulation installed under this section of the work shall be installed in accordance with the MICA ow "Commercial and Industrial Standards" manual . or END OF SECTION ow Wr 15290-4 w DUCTWORK INSULATION SECTION 15290 - PAGE 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 PREPARATION A. Install materials after ductwork has been tested and approved. B. Clean Surfaces for adhesives. 3 . 02 INSTALLATION A. Install materials in accordance with manufacturer' s instructions . B. Provide insulation with vapor barrier when air conveyed may be below ambient temperature. C. External Duct Insulation (Type A or B) Application: 1 . Secure insulation with vapor barrier with wires and seal jacket . 2 . Secure insulation without vapor barrier with ,.. staples, tape, or wires . 3 . Install without sag on underside of ductwork. Use adhesive or mechanical fasteners where necessary to prevent sagging. Seal vapor barrier penetrations by mechanical fasteners with vapor barrier adhesive. Stop and point insulation around access doors and damper operators to allow operation without disturbing wrapping. D. Continue insulation with vapor barrier through penetrations . 15290-3 DUCTWORK INSULATION SECTION 15290 - PAGE 2 1 . 06 SUBMITTALS PINK A. Submit product data under provisions of General Conditions . B. Include product description, list of materials and aw thickness for each service, and location. .w PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - INSULATION 4W A. Owens Corning B. Schuller C. Knauf 2 . 02 MATERIALS A. Type A: Flexible glass fiber; ANSI/ASTM C612 ; commercial grade; "k" value of 0 . 29 at 75 degrees F, 0 . 002 inch foil scrim facing for air conditioning ducts . B. Type B: Rigid glass fiber; ANSI/ASTM C612, Class 1; "k" value of 0 .24 at 75 degrees F 0 . 002 inch foil scrim facing for outside air ducts . C. Adhesives : Waterproof fire-retardant type. D. Indoor Jacket : 6 oz. /sq. yd. canvas . Resized glass cloth, minimum 7 . 8 oz/sq. yd. E. Lagging Adhesive : Fire resistive to ASTM E84, NFPA 255, UL 723 . F. Impale Anchors : Galvanized steel, 12 gage, self-adhesive pad. G. Joint Tape : Glass fiber cloth, open mesh. NOW H. Tie Wire : Annealed steel, 16 gage. IM WW 15290-2 ow .R No DUCTWORK INSULATION o. SECTION 15290 - PAGE 1 SECTION 15290 DUCTWORK INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL ,. 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1 . 02 WORK INCLUDED A. Ductwork insulation. B. Insulation jackets . 1 . 03 RELATED WORK A. Section 15890 - Ductwork. 1 . 04 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ASTM C553 - Mineral Fiber Blanket and Felt Insulation. B. ANSI/ASTM C612 - Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation. �. C. ASTM E84 , NFPA 255, and UL 723 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials . 4W 1 . 05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator: Company specializing in ductwork insulation application with three years minimum experience. B. Materials : UL listed; flame spread/fuel contributed/smoke developed rating of 50/50/25 in •• accordance with ASTM E84, NFPA 255, UL 723 . 15290-1 HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 15010 - PAGE 9 D. The contractor shall provide, after bidding, separate line item costs for energy saving equipment so Utility company can establish a rebate amount . The line item costs shall include, but not be limited to: 1 . Energy Conservation Control Panel (Temperature Controls 2 . Setback/Setup thermostats 3 . 12 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Visit building and become thoroughly familiar with all conditions affecting this section of the work. Ignorance of field conditions affecting work will not be considered as reason for additional cost of work above contract price . See Instructions to Bidders . 3 . 13 CONTRACTOR NOTE : A. Do not install ductwork or piping above or within 3 feet of the vertical face of any electrical panel or switchboard. Coordinate installation with Electrical Contractor. 3 . 14 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Prepare and submit to Architect/Engineer a complete layout of piping and duct systems as actually installed showing location, size changes, and elevations for permanent record drawings . END OF SECTION .� 15010-9 o HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 15010 - PAGE 8 .w 1 . Air Cooled Condensing Units 2 . Cooling Coils WW 3 . Refrigerant Specialties 4 . Temperature controls 5 . Dampers and Louvers , 6 . Grilles, Registers and Diffusers 7 . Fire Dampers 8 . Exhaust Fans 9 . Furnaces 10 . Electric Heaters 3 . 10 PRODUCT SPECIFICATION .. A. Whenever a particular manufacturer' s product is named, it is named for descriptive purposes, to indicate the type, quality and function of the item which will meet the intent of the Specification. See General Provisions of Division 1 . B. In multiple name products, it is the responsibility of the Contractor and Equipment Supplier to verify compliance with the plans and specifications, physical dimensions to fit, electrical characteristics, as well as capacity equal to or greater than scheduled on plans . Contractor to coordinate with all contractors and Architect on any items on accepted shop drawings that differ from plan and spec items. C. Manufacturers not specified shall submit sufficient information for approval at least seven (7) days before bid date. .W 3 . 11 ENERGY REBATE PROGRAMS A. Local utilities require assistance from the HVAC Contractor to provide the necessary efficiency "w information of all equipment that would comply with the Utility' s Program. This shall include but not be limited to: gas heating equipment such as furnaces and electric aw air conditioners. B. Submittal drawings shall indicate A.F.U.E. and E.E.R. , ,w and hi-efficiency motor data as a minimum. C. Failure to provide this information with the original shop drawings will result in automatic rejection of the "w drawings . 15010-8 WK aw M No HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS aw SECTION 15010 - PAGE 7 3 . 08 OPERATION INSTRUCTIONS A. The Contractor shall instruct the Owner' s representative on the operation and maintenance of the heating, ** ventilating, air conditioning and exhaust system for a minimum of four (4) hours as well as provide four (4) sets of bound instructions and parts lists on all major mechanical equipment to the Owner before final payment will be authorized. A written acknowledgment is to be filed with Architect/Engineer. B. Each piece of mechanical equipment is to have written maintenance instructions fastened to the inside cover or enclosed in a plastic cover and mounted on or adjacent to the unit . C. Instructions shall be inserted in a three-ring binder �. tabbed division sheets . 1 . Address sheet with each equipment manufacturer, including phone number and local representative. 2 . All mechanical equipment. 3 . Temperature controls . 3 . 09 CERTIFIED SUBMITTAL DRAWINGS A. Contractor shall check and approve and submit eight (8) sets of Certified Drawings with operating and maintenance instructions and parts lists showing physical dimensions, gauges, capacities, finish, electrical characteristics, wiring diagrams and any other detailed information required by Architect/Engineer. B. Each equipment item shall be identified with the corresponding plan tagging, room number, and name. C. Note : Supplier shall indicate expected delivery time of each product after approval and release by contractor. Failure to do so will be cause for rejection of submittal drawings . D. Submit drawings for the following items and also see the "M requirements in each Section: Im 15010-7 MN HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 15010 - PAGE 6 K. Electrical Contractor to ground new gas line to nearby waterline per NEC 250-80 (b) . 3 . 05 MOUNTING OF EQUIPMENT A. Equipment to be level, plumb, straight, true with walls, floors and ceilings. B. Equipment suspended from ceilings, roof joists, steel or concrete to be supported with suitable hangers, steel angle and rods and spring vibration isolators . 3 . 06 WARRANTY, CHECK, TEST AND START A. The HVAC Contractor shall be responsible for complete MOP test, check and start-up of all equipment that is to be installed by the HVAC Contractor. B. A copy of the completed check, test and start-up report .w shall be placed on file with the Architect/Engineer' s office for all equipment noted above. .o C. The Contractor is to leave the entire Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning System in mechanically proper working order. The Contractor shall correct and 1 replace any defective material or faulty workmanship without additional charge to Owner for a period of two (2) year from date of final approval for all equipment . ow D. This limited guarantee is to include replacement of any refrigerant charge lost during the guarantee period, and all service calls on the heating and air conditioning EW system. 3 . 07 CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE am A. All ductwork and piping shall be cleaned and all filters replaced at the time the system is accepted by the Owner. wr B. All equipment shall be wiped clean with all traces of oil, dust, dirt, or paint spots removed. C. Touch-up paint damaged equipment surfaces to aw Architect/Engineer' s satisfaction. D. Lubricate all bearings as recommended by the manufacturer. 15010-6 w .r HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 15010 - PAGE 5 B. The Mechanical Contractor to furnish necessary controls, wiring diagrams and instruction sheets and coordinate his work with that of the Electrical Contractor to assure proper connection and operation of the controls and #* equipment for the HVAC System. C. The Mechanical Contractor is to mount damper motors, etc. , and other devices requiring connections on mechanical equipment . Wiring by Mechanical Contractor. D. The Mechanical Contractor is to mount valves in gas lines requiring connections. E. The Mechanical Contractor to be responsible for the ** operating of the system, temperature, safety and other controls on the work during installation and guarantee period. F. Magnetic starters and/or manual starters, push button stations, pilot lights, etc. , to be furnished by the HVAC Contractor. See Electrical Plan Motor Schedule and Heating Equipment Schedules. Minimum size magnetic starters is Size 1 . All magnetic starters to have 3 leg overload protection. G. Disconnect switches, fused disconnects, capped safety switches, etc . , to be furnished and installed by the Electrical Contractor. H. Each motor shall be provided with a suitable disconnect, properly identified. It is the responsibility of the Mechanical Contractor to see that all such labels or other means of identification are delivered to the Electrical Contractor. I . Flexible metal Greenfield cable, of 1/2 " or larger size, in lengths not to exceed 36" shall be used for final connections to all motorized equipment . J. Electrical work shall be done in accordance with the requirements of the electrical specification, National Electrical Code, all State and Local Codes, and in accordance with the requirements of the NFPA. All electrical apparatus shall bear the seal of approval of the Underwriters ' Laboratories . "" ' 15010-5 ..a HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 15010 — PAGE 4 ' equipment. C. Special care shall be taken to keep open ends of pipes, ducts, etc. , closed while in storage or during progress of the installation. or 3 . 02 PAINTING A. All equipment such as grilles, fans, heating-cooling '" units, etc. , will be shipped with factory finish. Heating Contractor to be responsible for touching up all paint surfaces damaged during construction or in transit from factory to job site, except items to be finish painted at the job site by the Painting Contractor. 3 . 03 OPENINGS - CUTTING AND PATCHING "w A. All cutting and patching done shall be subject to the direction and approval of the Architect/ Engineer. This ■l Contractor shall not endanger the stability of the structure by cutting or otherwise, and shall not at any time cut or alter work of any other contractor without 1W Architect/Engineer' s consent and approval . B. Seal all openings between pipe and sleeve at each end with fiberglass and caulk opening with sealant . "M At fire rated wall, floor, or roof, provide "Thunderline" or equal seals at one end of sleeve. All duct openings at fire rated walls to be sleeved and sealed around the full perimeter of duct at opening with 4W fire rated fiberglass insulation. Seal perimeter with escutcheon and caulking. Refer to Architectural Plans for fire and sound walls. 1W See Cutting and Patching in architectural specifications . 3 . 04 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS A. Line voltage wiring (115 volts and over) required for the connection of heating, ventilation and air conditioning equipment to be done by the Electrical Contractor. Low voltage wiring (below 115 volts) to be done by the Mechanical Contractor. 15010-4 ,W M am HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS ` OR SECTION 15010 - PAGE 3 is signed. If this condition is not complied with, it will be assumed that the system is satisfactory to the Contractor, and he shall be held bound to his guarantee. 1 . 06 JURISDICTION OF WORK A. Whenever it becomes necessary for the complete fulfillment of this work for a contractor to furnish labor or material other than that which is generally accepted by trade agreement of general practice to belong to his particular trade or branch of work, the contractor shall sublet same to a contractor engaged in the trade or branch of work involved, to the end that there shall be no delay to or stoppage of work due to infringement or alleged infringement of trade agreements as to jurisdiction. 1 . 07 CODES, FEES AND PERMITS A. Contractor shall provide himself with the latest copy of the Heating and Ventilating Code, Energy Code, ASHRAE, National Electric Code, National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) , and copies of Employer' s Liability and Lien Laws which shall apply to heating, ventilating, • and air conditioning work and the installation of same in building. .A B. Obtain all permits and pay for all fees associated with HVAC work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS - Not Used 4. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 PROTECTION OF MECHANICAL SYSTEM go A. Contractor shall be entirely responsible for apparatus, equipment and appurtenance furnished by him or his sub- contractors in connection with this work and special care 4W shall be taken to protect parts thereof in such manner as may be necessary or directed. B. Protection shall include covers, crating, sheds or other means to prevent dirt, grit, plaster or other foreign substances from entering working parts of machinery or """ 15010-3 .s HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 15010 — PAGE 2 .� indicated on the drawings, shall be furnished and installed as if so specified or indicated. 1 . 04 INSPECTION OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. The Mechanical Contractor shall thoroughly inspect the .� General Plans and Specifications to familiarize himself as to class of building construction in general, kinds of floors, walls, roof, ceilings, etc. In addition, review aw the plumbing and electrical plans to coordinate with HVAC plans . ow B. Examine all other Sections of the Specifications and all other Drawings in the set in addition to those listed in this Section for requirements which affect work under this Section whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section. 1 . 05 DRAWINGS XW A. The heating plans show amount and kinds of ducts, gas piping and equipment required. Heating Contractor shall ow check over outlets, ductwork, piping, etc. , and their locations and may submit suggestions for layout of any portion of the work that may appear to improve the ow efficiency of the system before contract is signed only. If such changes are approved, they shall become part of the contract after approval in writing. Such approval is limited to approval for conformity with general MW requirements of drawings and specifications and does not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for proper operation of the system. ,m B. Follow as closely as possible construction conditions of other trades . Make minor changes requiring additional pipe, ducts, bends, or fittings necessary to meet Aw conditions actually existing without additional cost to the Owner. Allow other contractors reasonable access to their work. ow C. Should Contractor, in going over the drawings, recognize any points which seem to him to be insufficiently or .W improperly cared for, or any necessary items or equipment omitted to the extent of jeopardizing the system or the guarantee which is required of him, he shall state such conditions or situations immediately in writing to the WWI Engineer, stating what must be done before the contract 15010-2 aw HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 15010 - PAGE .1 SECTION 15010 HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1 . 02 DEFINITIONS 4W A. The terms "Contractor" , "Heating Contractor" and "Mechanical Contractor" wherever used in the Contract Documents shall be understood to mean the contractors to this division of work. B. N. I .C. - "Not in Contract" - Indicates item not to be included by this contractor. C. "Furnish" - Means contractor is to furnish and install the item in working order. D. "Install" - Means Contractor is to furnish and install the item in working condition. E. "Provide" - Means contractor is to furnish and install the material in operating condition in the system. 1 . 03 WORK INCLUDED A. The work is to include a complete heating, ventilating and air conditioning system in accordance with these Specifications accompanying Drawings and the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and Local Codes pertaining to the work, in acceptable working order in the building, including labor, and materials, equipment and services necessary for, and incidental to manufacture, delivery and installation according to and which is shown on the Drawings, enumerated in contract and herein specified. B. Minor items and accessories reasonably inferred as necessary for the completion and successful operation of the work, whether or not herein definitely specified, or """ 15010-1 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT SECTION 15450 - PAGE 5 B. Extend discharge piping with check valves to gravity 4" building drain. C. Install disconnect switch on wall and wire to alternator. By Electrical Contractor. END OF SECTION A 15450-5 dW PLUMBING EQUIPMENT SECTION 15450 - PAGE 4 aw 2 . 06 SEWAGE EJECTOR .w A. Furnish and install in sump where shown on plans automatic submersible sewage ejector pumps, having a capacity of 100 GPM against a head of 13 feet (ea) . The ,N pumping unit shall be complete with motor having overload relay and mercury float switches (pump (s) off, pump on, standby pump on and high level alarm) . The motor is to be 1/2 HP, 120/60/1, 1750 RPM, suitable for continuous ow operation with temperature rise not to exceed 400 - 500 . B. Provide floor plate and discharge pipe. ,w C. The sump in which the pump is to be installed is to be concrete or cast iron 36" inside diameter and 54" deep. D. Provide a duplex controller with alternator and alarm similar to Weil Model 8131 . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 DOMESTIC WATER HEATER INSTALLATION A. Install tanks in accordance with manufacturer' s instructions . B. Pipe relief valve to floor. 3 . 02 WATER METER A. Install as recommended by local water utility and manufacturer' s instructions at location shown on plans . B. Install a valved by-pass assembly, if required by Utility. ow C. Install remote readout as required by local utility. MW 3 . 03 SEWAGE EJECTOR (DUPLEX) A. Install sewage ejector in accordance with manufacturer' s instructions . Im .w 15450-4 „W ow PLUMBING EQUIPMENT SECTION 15450 - PAGE 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS •� A. A.O.Smith B. State Industries 2 . 02 WATER HEATER - ELECTRIC A. Furnish and install an electric water heater of size and capacity shown on plans . B. Heater to include glass lined tank, low-watt density element with sheathing, overheating protection, double efficiency insulation, fully enclosed controls, magnesium anode, automatic thermostat with safety shut-off, junction box, drain valve and A.G.A. rated temperature- pressure relief valve piped to floor. C. Aquastat setting 120°F (adjustable) . D. Unit to be U.L. approved. Minimum manufacturer' s warranty period - 3 years for replacement parts . E. Line voltage wiring by Electrical Contractor. 2 . 03 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS PERMANENT THERMOMETERS A. H.O. Trerice BX 92403-1/2 , B. Marshalltown, C. A.A. Weiss . 2 . 04 PERMANENT THERMOMETERS A. Thermometers to have 9" scale with a range of 30 degrees to 240 degrees in 2 degree increments . Case to be cast aluminum chrome plated, fully adjustable base, glass front with red-reading Mercury, separable socket, and extension neck for insulated piping. 2 . 05 WATER METER A. Furnish and install of size and capacity as shown on plans . Manufacturer as recommended by local water utility. Provide remote reader if required by utility. """ 15450-3 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT SECTION 15450 - PAGE 2 B. Provide pumps with manufacturer ' s name, model number, and rating/capacity identified. • 1 . 06 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of General Conditions. B. Include dimensions of tanks, tank lining methods, anchors, attachments, lifting points, tappings, and drains . C. Indicate pump type, capacity, power requirements and dimensions . D. Submit certified pump curves showing pump performance characteristics with pump and system operating point plotted. Include NPSH curve when applicable . E. Submit manufacturer' s installation instructions under provisions of General Conditions . 1 . 07 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit operation and maintenance data under provisions of General Conditions . B. Include operation, maintenance, and inspection data, replacement part numbers and availability, and service depot location and telephone number. 1 . 08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site and store and protect products under provisions of General conditions . B. Provide temporary inlet and outlet caps . Maintain caps in place until installation. No 1 . 09 WARRANTY A. Provide one year manufacturer' s non-prorated warranty „w under provisions of General Conditions . 15450-2 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT SECTION 15450 - PAGE 1 SECTION 15450 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1 . 02 WORK INCLUDED A. Water heaters. B. Water meter. C. Sewage Ejector. 1 . 03 RELATED WORK A. Section 15400 - Plumbing. B. Section 15410 - Plumbing piping. C. Section 15430 - Plumbing specialties . D. Section 15440 - Plumbing fixtures . 1 . 04 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ASME Section 8D - Pressure Vessels . B. ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical code . 1 . 05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Ensure products and installation of specified products are in conformance with recommendations and requirements of the following organizations : 1 . National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) . 2 . American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) . 15450-1 PLUMBING FIXTURES SECTION 15440 - PAGE 7 I . Maintain fixtures to the heights above'-finished floor per fixture schedule on plans or by state and local requirements. 3 . 03 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust stops or valves for intended water flow rate to fixtures without splashing, noise, or overflow. B. At completion, clean plumbing fixtures and equipment . C. Solidly attach water closets to floor with lag screws. Lead flashing is not intended to hold fixture in place. END OF SECTION """ 15440-7 PLUMBING FIXTURES SECTION 15440 - PAGE 6 end reinforced plastic rubber hose, hose clamp, mop hanger. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 INSPECTION A. Plumbing contractor to review millwork shop drawings. Confirm location and size of fixtures and opening before rough-in and installation. B. Verify adjacent construction is ready to receive rough-in work of this Section. 3 . 02 INSTALLATION A. Install each fixture with trap, easily removable for servicing and cleaning. B. Provide chrome plated rigid or flexible supplies from wall to fixtures with loose key stops, reducers, and escutcheons . C. Install components level and plumb. D. All fixtures shall be securely fastened to wall/floor construction or supported by chair carriers . Anchor the bottom holes on lavatories and hand tighten. All floor bolts in shoe of floor mounted supports shall be securely anchored. E. Seal fixtures to wall and floor surfaces with sealant as .� specified in General Construction. F. Coordinate opening size in countertops for installation of sinks . Apply sealing caulk to underside of rim. After installation, remove excess caulk to provide a neat and finished installation. G. All fixtures and accessory trim shall be installed as recommended by manufacturer. H. All vents shall be graded with proper pitch to avoid trapping of condensation. All revents are to be recessed in wall . 15440-6 PLUMBING FIXTURES. SECTION 15440 - PAGE 5 2 . 10 SHOWER (SHR) � A. Trim: ANSI A112 . 18 . 1; concealed shower supply with bent shower arm with flow control and adjustable spray ball joint showerhead and escutcheon, pressure balanced thermostatic mixing valve with visual temperature readout, hand held shower head with control button and • 60" flexible hose, 30" mounting bar, outlet diverter. B. Contractor to install safing under shower basin in multi- story buildings . 2 . 11 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - STAINLESS STEEL SINKS A. Elkay B. Just 2 . 12 SINK - (S-1) A. Bowl : ANSI A112 . 19 . 3 ; single compartment, 18 gauge thick, Type 316 stainless steel, self-rimming with undercoating, 3 1/2 inch (90 mm) crumb cup and stainless steel drain, ledgeback drilled for trim. B. Trim: ANSI A112 . 18 . 1; chrome plated brass supply with gooseneck spout, water economy laminar flow device, indexed wristblade handles; chrome plated, 17 gauge (1 . 3 mm) , brass P-trap with cleanout plug and arm with escutcheon. RM 2 . 13 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - SERVICE SINKS A. Mustee B. Fiat "* C. Stern Williams 2 . 14 SERVICE SINK (SS-1) �. A. Bowl : 24 x 24 x 10 inch high white molded stone, floor mounted with one inch wide shoulders, stainless steel strainer, and vinyl bumper guard. B. Trim: ANSI A112 . 18 . 1; exposed wall type supply with cross lever handles, spout wall brace, vacuum breaker, hose end • spout, strainers, eccentric adjustable inlets, integral screwdriver stops with covering caps and adjustable threaded wall flanges; 5 feet of 1/2 inch diameter plain 15440-5 PLUMBING FIXTURES SECTION 15440 - PAGE 4 2 . 07 LAVATORY (L-1) A. Basin: ANSI A112 . 19 .2 vitreous china or ANSI A112 . 19 . 1; porcelain enamelled cast iron wall-hung wheelchair lavatory with drillings on 4 inch centers, and front ., overflow. B. Trim: ANSI A112 . 18 . 1; chrome plated metered mixing faucet with aerator spray and coverplate, open grid strainer, chrome plated 17 gage (1 .3 mm) brass P-trap with clean-out plug and arm with escutcheon. C. Pipe Wrap: Provide protection on traps and all exposed piping under lavatories. Acceptable Manufacturers : Truebro "Handi Lav-Guard" . D. Wall Mounted Carrier: ANSI A112 . 6 . 1; cast iron and steel frame with tubular legs, lugs for floor and wall attachment, threaded studs for fixture hanger, concealed arm supports, bearing plate and studs . Verify wall construction. ,r 2 . 08 LAVATORY (L-2) A. Lavatory: ANSI A112 . 19 .4 ; porcelain on steel or ANSI ow A112 . 19 . 2 ; vitreous china self-rimming countertop lavatory, 24 x 20 inches (609 . 6 x 508 mm) with drillings on 4 inch (100 mm) centers, back overflow and caulking. ow B. Trim: ANSI A112 . 18 . 1; chrome plated metered mixing faucet with aerator spray and coverplate, open grid strainer, chrome plated 17 gage (1 . 3 mm) brass P-trap with clean-out plug and arm with escutcheon. C. Pipe Wrap: Provide protection on traps and all exposed aw piping under lavatories . Acceptable Manufacturers : Truebro "Handi Lav-Guard" . ow 2 . 09 SHOWER SYSTEM ow A. Symmons B. Powers Im 15440-4 ow PLUMBING FIXTURES SECTION 15440 - PAGE 3 „ 2 . 02 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - FIXTURE TRIM A. Chicago Faucet B. American Standard C. Kohler D. Symmons E. Elkay 2 . 03 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - BRASS ACCESSORIES ., A. Frost B. Brasscraft C. Wolverine Brass D. Keeney E. Kohler 2 . 04 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - FIXTURE CARRIERS A. Jay R. Smith B. Wade C. Zurn D. Josam 2 . 05 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - MIXING VALVES (PRESSURE BALANCED) A. Symmons .. B. Moen C. American Standard D. Kohler 2 . 06 WATER CLOSETS - (WCH & WC) A. Bowl : ANSI A112 . 19 .2 ; floor mounted, siphon jet, vitreous china, close coupled closet combination with elongated rim, vitreous china closet tank with Sloan Flushometer System, and lever flushing valve on open side of stall, and bolt caps . B. Seat : Solid plastic, open front, extended back, less cover, complete with self-sustaining hinge, brass bolts . C. Provide locking tank cover. 15440-3 . PLUMBING FIXTURES SECTION 15440 - PAGE 2 B. ANSI A112 . 18 . 1 - Finished and Rough Brass Plumbing Fixture Fittings . ow C. ANSI A112 . 19 . 1 - Enameled Cast Iron Plumbing Fixtures . D. ANSI A112 . 19 . 5 - Trim for Water-Closet ' E. ANSI Z124 .2 - Gel-Coated Glass-Fiber Reinforced Polyester Resin Shower Receptor and Shower Stall Units . 1 . 05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fixtures : By same manufacturer for each product specified throughout . B. Trim: By same manufacturer for each product specified throughout . 1 . 06 SUBMITTALS .. A. Submit product data under provisions of General Conditions . .d B. Include fixtures, sizes, rough-in dimensions, utility sizes, trim, and finishes . 1 . 07 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit operation and maintenance data under provisions of �* General Conditions. B. Include fixture trim exploded view and replacement parts lists . 1 . 08 WARRANTY 4W A. Provide one year manufacturer' s warranty under provisions of General Conditions . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - FIXTURES A. American Standard B. Kohler C. Eljer 15440-2 PLUMBING FIXTURES SECTION 15440 - PAGE 1 SECTION 15440 PLUMBING FIXTURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1 . 02 WORK INCLUDED A. Water closets B. Lavatories C. Showers D. Sinks E. Service sinks 1 . 03 RELATED WORK A. General Construction - Finished Carpentry: Preparation " of counters for sinks . B. General Construction - Joint Sealers : Seal fixtures to walls and floors . C. General Construction - Toilet and Bath Accessories : Lavatory tops . D. Section 15410 - Plumbing Piping. E. Section 15430 - Plumbing Specialties . F. Section 15450 - Plumbing Equipment . 1 . 04 REFERENCES A. ANSI A112 . 6 . 1 - Supports for Off-the-Floor Plumbing Fixtures for Public Use. 15440-1 �r PLUMBING SPECIALTIES SECTION 15430 — PAGE 4 PART 3 — EXECUTION aw 3 . 01 PREPARATION A. Coordinate cutting, forming of floor construction to MW receive drains to required invert elevations. 3 . 02 INSTALLATION AND APPLICATION ow A. Install specialties in accordance with manufacturer' s instructions to permit intended performance. am B. Extend cleanouts to finished floor or wall surface. Lubricate threaded cleanout plugs with mixture of graphite and linseed oil . Ensure clearance at cleanout „w for rodding of drainage system. C. Conceal piping to hose bibbs in wall, insulate, and provide manual shut-off valve in an accessible location. Verify wall thickness for hose bibb installation. D. Install trap primer valve per manufacturer' s •w instructions . E. Install backflow preventer per manufacturer' s ow recommendations and State Plumbing code: Extend drain connection to nearest floor drain. a END OF SECTION ow aw am OW 1W 15430-4 ow 4W PLUMBING SPECIALTIES SECTION 15430 - PAGE 3 C. Interior Unfinished Accessible Areas : Caulked or threaded type. Provide bolted stack cleanouts on vertical rainwater leaders; similar to Zurn Z-1400 . 2 . 05 BACKFLOW PREVENTER A. For Humidifiers : Code approved backflow preventer with atmospheric vent; similar to Watts 9DM2 Series. B. Manufacturer - Watts Regulator Company. 2 . 06 HOSE BIBBS/HYDRANTS A. Exterior - ANSI/ASEE 1019; non-freeze, self-draining type *� with chrome plated polished bronze wall plate lockable recessed box hose thread spout, removable key, and vacuum breaker. B. Acceptable Manufacturer: Woodford. 2 . 07 SUMPS A. Precast concrete or epoxy coated fabricated steel or glass fiber reinforced with required openings and drainage fittings, 3/8 inch thick, checkered steel plate covers with gasket seal frames and anchor bolts . Encase fiberglass sumps with 8 inches (200 mm) concrete . B. See plans for size and location. 2 . 08 TRAP PRIMER VALVES A. Provide trap primer valve, size and capacity shown on plans . B. Valve to incorporate the vacuum breaker and the backflow preventer in operation. C. Valve to open with a 3 p. s. i . pressure drop and have an operating range of at least 35 to 75 p. s . i .g. D. Acceptable Manufacturers : Precision Plumbing Products, or approved equal . �"" 15430-3 PLUMBING SPECIALTIES SECTION 15430 - PAGE 2 aw 1 . 06 SUBMITTALS MW A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of General Conditions . B. Include component sizes, rough-in requirements, service owl sizes, and finishes. ow PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - FLOOR DRAINS ow A. Zurn B. Josam C. Wade aw 2 . 02 FLOOR DRAINS aw A. Standard Type : ANSI A112 .21 . 1; lacquered galvanized cast iron two piece body with double drainage flange, weep holes, reversible clamping collar, and round, adjustable nickel-bronze strainer; Zurn ZN-415 with strainer, Type "B" . ow 2 . 03 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - CLEANOUTS A. Zurn MW B. Josam C. Wade 2 . 04 CLEANOUTS ow A. Interior Finished Floor Areas : Lacquered galvanized cast iron, two piece body with double drainage flange, weep ow holes, reversible clamping collar, and adjustable nickel-bronze strainer, round with scoriated cover in service areas and square with depressed cover to accept .W floor finish in finished floor areas; similar to Zurn ZN- 1400 . B. Interior Finished Wall Areas : Line type with lacquered ow cast iron body and round epoxy coated gasketed cover, and round stainless steel access cover secured with machine screw; similar to Zurn Z-1446 . ■* 15430-2 PLUMBING SPECIALTIES SECTION 15430 - PAGE 1 SECTION 15430 PLUMBING SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including .� General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1 . 02 WORK INCLUDED A. Floor drains . B. Cleanouts . C. Backflow Preventer. D. Hose bibbs hydrants . E. Sumps . 1 . 03 RELATED WORK A. Section 15410 : Plumbing Piping. B. Section 15440 : Plumbing Fixtures. C. Section 15450 : Plumbing Equipment . 1 . 04 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ASSE 1011 - Hose Connection Vacuum Breakers . B. ANSI/ASSE 1019 - Wall Hydrants, Frost Proof Automatic Draining Anti-Backflow Types . C. ANSI A112 . 21 . 1 - Floor Drains . 1 . 05 QUALITY ASSURANCE •• A. Manufacturer: For each product specified, provide components by same manufacturer throughout . w 15430-1 am PLUMBING PIPING SECTION 15410 - PAGE 14 ow D. Pipe insulation where no barrier is required shall be secured with flare type staples . 3 . 07 INSULATION - FITTINGS AND VALVES A. Cement or molded insulation on fittings and valve bodies shall be same thickness as adjacent covering and finished neatly to match the adjacent pipe insulation. 3 . 08 INSULATION - HANGERS AND SADDLES A. Special high density inserts of 7-1/4 pcf calcium silicate, cellular glass or other approved material of the same thickness as adjacent insulation shall be installed at points of hanger support . B. Insulation inserts shall be 22 GA galvanized sheet metal and not less than 10" in length. 3 . 09 METAL JACKETING A. To be installed per manufacturer' s recommendations . END OF SECTION " aw 1W .w MW 15410-14 .w ow PLUMBING PIPING SECTION 15410 - PAGE 13 B. Backfilling: After drains, sewers and water supplies are laid and approved, backfill as follows : 1 . Within building area and below paved areas : Backfill with 8" layers of gravel, soaked and tamped, to 95% Proctor. 2 . Property Area: Repair and patch to match any removal of existing concrete or blacktop roads, parking lots, sidewalks, etc. 3 . Any Damage : To Existing piping, electrical wiring and conduit, telephone cable, etc. above or below grade shall be repaired as promptly as possible. 4 . Local Utility: Shall be contacted to identify w. location of buried water, sanitary, storm, gas, power, telephone, Cable TV, or special instrumentation services on the property. Damage as a result of failure to obtain identification shall be repaired at the contractor' s expense. 3 . 05 INSULATION - GENERAL A. All insulation shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer' s recommendations and shall be applied by a qualified insulation contractor. B. Insulation shall not be applied on any apparatus or piping until the apparatus and piping have been thoroughly cleaned, tested and accepted as tight . 3 . 06 INSULATION - PIPING A. Piping insulation, where vapor barrier jacket is required, shall be installed with vapor barrier jackets drawn tight and firmly sealed to assure a positive vapor seal . B. End joints shall be covered with 4" wide butt strips of material identical to vapor barrier jackets, and they shall be drawn tight and securely sealed. C. The use of staples, bands, etc . , to secure insulation where vapor barrier jacket is required, will not be acceptable . '"� 15410-13 a. PLUMBING PIPING SECTION 15410 - PAGE 12 N. Backfill in accordance with General Specifications for work of this Section. .. 0. Install bell and spigot pipe with bell end upstream. P. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted. Q. Install vent piping with proper pitches per code. `"w Terminate at vent thru roof - size as shown on plans. R. Gas piping to be electrically grounded upstream from the o- gas shutoff valve; electrical contractor shall make ground. Any change to plastic pipe and back to steel will require both sections of steel pipe to be grounded. 3 . 03 APPLICATION A. Use grooved mechanical couplings and fasteners only in accessible locations . B. Install unions downstream of valves and at equipment or apparatus connections . C. Install brass male adapters each side of valves in copper piped system. Sweat solder adapters to pipe. D. Install ball valves for shut-off and to isolate equipment, part of systems, or vertical risers . E. Install ball valves for throttling, bypass, or manual flow control services . .� F. Copper piping - Joints shall be made with 95% tin and 5% antimony solder, or silver solder as approved by the local plumbing code. The use of self-cleaning or self- tinning flux is prohibited. 3 . 04 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING ,. A. Excavating: As required to lay drains, sewers and water supplies inside and outside of building. Remove all surplus earth of trench excavations from within building and site . Trenches must be left open until all piping has been approved by Plumbing Inspector. Barricade in strict accord with governing ordinances . 15410-12 , ■® PLUMBING PIPING w SECTION 15410 - PAGE 11 B. Remove scale and dirt, on inside and outside, before assembly. C. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions. 3 . 02 INSTALLATION �w A. Provide non-conduction dielectric connections wherever jointing dissimilar metals. B. Route piping in orderly manner and maintain gradient . C. Install piping to conserve building space and not interfere with use of space . Leave room for insulation to be installed so that insulation does not touch. D. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations . E. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment . F. Provide clearance for installation of insulation and access to valves and fittings . G. Provide access where valves and fittings are not exposed. Coordinate size and location of access doors with General Contractor. H. Slope water piping and arrange to drain at low points . I . Establish elevations of buried piping outside the building to ensure cover to prevent freezing or insulate per code . J. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welding. K. Prepare pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories not prefinished, ready for finish painting. L. Establish invert elevations, slopes for drainage per plans . Maintain gradients . M. Excavate in accordance with General Specifications for work of this Section. 15410-11 PLUMBING PIPING SECTION 15410 — PAGE 10 2 . Fittings and valves insulation: a. Hydraulic setting combination insulating and finishing cement . b. Molded or fabricated fitting covers of equal thickness and identical in composition to adjacent pipe insulation. 3 . All materials, including vapor barrier jackets, glass cloth jackets, adhesives, etc. , shall be fire retardant . 2 . 15 INSULATION THICKNESS - FIBERGLASS A. The piping, fittings and valves shall be insulated with the following minimum thicknesses: 1 . Water piping - 1" thick. 2 . 16 FINISH A. Concealed: Vapor barrier jacket on all water piping shall not be punctured or disturbed. All service jackets shall be furnished. Pre-sized glass cloth jacket may be used on hot water piping. Fittings shall be finished with pasted canvas or pre-sized glass cloth jacket. B. Exposed: EW 1 . Same as concealed except all insulation shall be finished or pre-sized glass cloth jacket . sm 2 . Install . 016" aluminum metal jacket on insulation exposed in toilet rooms, offices, corridors and any finished rooms other than storage, mechanical or sw boiler rooms up to a height of seven (7) feet. PART 3 — EXECUTION 4W 3 . 01 PREPARATION .m A. Ream pipe and tube ends . Remove burrs . Bevel plain end ferrous pipe. ,w 15410-10 ow WW PLUMBING PIPING SECTION 15410 - PAGE 9 with fire retardant sealant . F. Where pipes pass under footings and exterior concrete walls, and through exterior walls, sleeves shall be of galvanized iron pipe and shall be not less than 2" larger than the pipe being sleeved. Sleeves shall be made watertight where passing through waterproofed surfaces, exterior by means of a steel slip-on welding flange, continuously welded at the center of the sleeve and shall be painted with one coat of bitumastic paint inside and outside. The space between sleeve and pipe shall be packed with oakum to within 2" of each face of the wall (to within 2" of top of sleeve at floors) . The remaining space shall be packed and made watertight with waterproof mastic . Mechanical watertight sleeves shall be provided as required by job conditions . G. Sleeves through floors or interior masonry walls shall be of galvanized iron pipe or wrought iron pipe size, except where located in concealed pipe spaces they shall be of 22-gauge galvanized sheet steel . H. Sleeves through interior masonry partitions shall be of 22-gauge galvanized sheet steel . I . Sleeves for piping to receive insulation shall be large enough to allow continuous insulation through sleeves. J. Spacing between, or location of, pipe sleeves in floor slabs, structural beams, or structural walls shall be subject to the Architect/Engineer' s approval . K. Escutcheons shall be provided around all exposed insulated or bare pipe passing through walls, �. partitions, ceilings, and floors . Escutcheons shall be of sufficient outside diameter to cover the sleeve opening and shall fit snugly around the insulated or bare pipe and to the wall, partition floor, or ceiling. 2 . 14 INSULATING MATERIALS - FIBERGLASS A. The following materials are specified: 1 . Pipe insulation - fiberglass . 15410-9 PLUMBING PIPING SECTION 15410 - PAGE 8 M. All piping installed under this Section of the specification shall be independently supported from the .d building structure and not from the piping, ductwork, or conduit of other trades . All supplementary steel, including factory fabricated channels, required to meet the requirements specified herein, shall be furnished and .a installed by the Plumbing Contractor and shall be subject to the approval of the Architect/Engineer. N. Hanger assemblies (hanger, plates, rods, and screws) installed for chrome plated piping shall also be chrome plated. .k 0. Safety straps shall be installed with all beam clamps . P. All hangers shall be secured to approved inserts or expansion shields wherever possible and practical . Drilling where required shall be done by the Plumbing Contractor under this Section of the specifications . The use of explosives for driving shields and inserts is prohibited. 2 . 13 SLEEVES AND ESCUTCHEONS aw A. The Plumbing Contractor shall furnish and set pipe sleeves and inserts for all work under this section and or shall be responsible for their proper and permanent location. .w B. All pipes passing through floors, walls, or partitions shall be provided with sleeves having an internal diameter 1-1/2" (3/4" annular space) larger than the no outside diameter of the pipe or insulation covered lines, except as otherwise specified herein. C. Sleeves passing through lightproof or soundproof walls, '"" floors, and partitions and through firewalls shall be made tight using approved caulking materials . D. Sleeves for all pipes through walls, beams, and 1W partitions shall finish flush with the finish line of the walls, beams and partitions . ow E. Sleeves for all piping shall extend 2" above finish floor (except where under partitions, the sleeves shall be flush with the bottom of the partition) and after the "w installation of pipe shall be packed and made watertight 15410-8 ow PLUMBING PIPING �. SECTION 15410 - PAGE 7 E. Hangers in general for all horizontal piping shall be clevis type hangers. These hangers shall be sized to provide for insulation protectors as hereinbefore specified. F. Hangers for uncovered (uninsulated) copper and brass piping shall be factory applied plastic coated steel clevis hangers. G. Where three or more pipes are running parallel to each other, factory fabricated gang type hangers with pipe saddle clips or rollers may be used in lieu of the hereinbefore specified clevis hangers . These hangers shall be sized to provide for insulation protectors as hereinbefore specified. Pipe saddle clips shall be not less than 16-gauge metal and shall be plastic coated when installed with uninsulated copper piping. H. All vertical drops and runouts, including insulated pipes, shall be supported by extension type split ring type hangers . These hangers shall be plastic coated when used on uncovered copper tubing. Supports on insulated piping shall be sized to fit the outside diameter of the piping insulation. I . Field painting or spraying of hangers in lieu of plastic coating will not be accepted. J. All hangers on insulated lines shall be sized to fit the outside diameter of the pipe insulation. Provide pipe covering protection, sheet metal saddles at all hangers on the insulated lines . K. Remove rust from all ferrous hanger equipment (hangers, �. rods, and bolts) and apply one coat of zinc chromate immediately after erection. L. Piping at all equipment and control valves shall be supported to prevent strains or distortions in the connected equipment and control valves . Piping at equipment shall be supported to allow for removal of equipment, valves, and accessories with a minimum of dismantling and without requiring additional support after these items are removed. 15410-7 PLUMBING PIPING SECTION 15410 - PAGE 6 2 . 12 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. All piping shall be supported from the building structure .� by means of approved hangers and supports. Piping shall be supported to maintain required grading and pitching of lines, to prevent vibration and to secure piping in place, and shall be so arranged as to provide for expansion and contraction. B. Maximum spacing of hangers on runs of sanitary, storm, and water piping shall be as follows : PIPE SUPPORT SCHEDULE .w PIPE SIZE SPACING IN FEET HANGER ROD (IN. ) STEEL COPPER PVC SIZE (IN. ) ,w 1/2 5 6 4 3/8 3/4 6 6 4 3/8 1 7 6 4 3/8 a 1 1/4 8 6 4 3/8 1 1/2 9 10 4 3/8 2 10 10 4 3/8 OW 2 1/2 11 10 4 1/2 3 12 10 4 1/2 4 12 10 4 3/4 5 12 10 4 3/4 MW 6 12 10 4 3/4 All horizontal piping shall be suspended from the •w building by mild steel rod connecting the pipe hanger to inserts, beam clamps, angle brackets, and lag screws as required by the Building Construction in accordance with the above schedule. "' C. Maximum spacing of hangers on cast iron soil pipe shall be 5 ' and hangers shall be provided at all changes in owl direction. Hanger rods to support piping from the structure or supplementary steel shall not exceed 4 ' in total length. Where pipe support assemblies exceed 4 ' in ow total length, the Plumbing Contractor shall furnish and install factory fabricated channels and associated accessories . D. Where codes having jurisdiction require closer spacing, the hanger spacing shall be as required by code in lieu of the distances specified herein. 15410-6 aw w PLUMBING PIPING SECTION 15410 - PAGE 5 C. Grooved and Shouldered Pipe End Couplings : Malleable iron housing clamps to engage and lock, designed to permit some angular deflection, contraction, and expansion; "C" shape composition sealing gasket; steel bolts, nuts, and washers; galvanized couplings for galvanized pipe. D. Dielectric Connections : Union with galvanized or plated steel threaded end, copper solder end, water impervious isolation barrier. 2 . 07 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - BALL VALVES A. Apollo, 70-140-27 Series . B. Nibco, Model T580 . C. Milwaukee Butterball BA125/155 . 2 . 08 BALL VALVES A. Up to 2 Inches (50 mm) : Bronze or stainless steel body, stainless steel ball, teflon seats and stuffing box ring, lever handle and balancing stops, solder or threaded ends with union, full port type. A. B. Over 2 Inches (50 mm) : Cast steel uni-body, stainless steel ball and stem, chevron stem packing, grounded stem, lever handle, flanged. Equal to Milwaukee F90C150/300 . 2 . 09 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - GAS COCKS A. Stockham. B. Fairbanks . C. Powell . 2 . 10 GAS COCKS A. Up to 2 inches (50 mm) Bronze body, bronze tapered plug, non-lubricated, teflon packing, threaded ends . 2 . 11 RELIEF VALVES A. Bronze body, teflon seat, steel stem and springs, automatic, direct pressure actuated, capacities ASME certified and labeled over 200, 000 BTU/HR input and A.G.A. rated for all sizes . 15410-5 PLUMBING PIPING SECTION 15410 - PAGE 4 B. Cast Iron Pipe : CISPI 301, hubless, service weight . Fittings : Cast iron. Joints : Neoprene gaskets and stainless steel (extra heavy) clamp-and-shield assemblies . 2 . 03 VENT PIPING "W A. Copper Tubing (DWV) with cast brass or wrought copper drainage pattern fittings . MW B. Cast Iron Pipe : ASTM A74, service weight . Fittings : Cast iron. Joints : Hub-and-spigot, CISPI HSN ow compression type with ASTM C564 neoprene gaskets or lead and oakum. C. Cast Iron Pipe: CISPI 301, hubless, service weight . or Fittings : Cast iron. Joints : Neoprene gaskets and stainless steel extra heavy (clamp all) clamp-and-shield assemblies . aw 2 . 04 WATER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE A. Copper Tubing: ASTM B88, Type L, hard drawn. Fittings : ow ANSI/ASME B16 . 18, cast bronze, or ANSI/ASME B16 .22 , wrought copper. Joints : ANSI/ASTM B32 , solder, Grade 9 5 TA. 2 . 05 NATURAL GAS PIPING, ABOVE GRADE A. Steel Pipe : ASTM A53 or A120, Schedule 40 black. Fittings : ANSI/ASME B16 . 3 , malleable iron, or ASTM A234, forged steel welding type. Joints : Screwed for pipe two ,w, inches (50 mm) and under; ANSI/AWS D1 . 1, welded for pipe over two inches (50 mm) . 2 . 06 FLANGES, UNIONS, AND COUPLINGS MW A. Pipe Size - 2 Inches (50 mm) and Under: 150 psig malleable iron unions for threaded ferrous piping; bronze unions for copper pipe, soldered joints . B. Pipe Size - Over 2 Inches (50 mm) : 150 psig forged steel slip-on flanges for ferrous piping; bronze flanges for .m copper piping; neoprene gaskets for gas service; 1116 inch (1 . 6 mm) thick preformed neoprene. ow 15410-4 PLUMBING PIPING SECTION 15410 - PAGE 3 B. Include data on pipe materials, pipe fittings, valves and accessories . 1 . 07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site under provisions of General Conditions . B. Store and protect products under provisions of General Conditions . C. Deliver and store valves in shipping containers with labeling in place. 1 . 08 INSULATION A. Scope - The following piping, fittings, and valve systems shall be insulated: 1 . All interior hot, cold, and recirculating water piping. B. Manufacturers : Schuller, Knauf, or Owens-Corning. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 SANITARY SEWER PIPING, BURIED WITHIN 10 FEET OF BUILDING A. Cast Iron Pipe : ASTM A74 heavy service weight . Fittings : Cast iron. Joints : Hub-and-spigot, CISPI HSN A• compression type with ASTM C564 neoprene gaskets or lead and oakum. B. Cast Iron Pipe : CISPI 301, hubless, service weight . Fittings : Cast iron. Joints : Neoprene gaskets and stainless steel (extra heavy) clamp-and-shield assemblies . 2 . 02 SANITARY SEWER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE A. Cast Iron Pipe : ASTM A74, service weight . Fittings : Cast iron. Joints : Hub-and-spigot, CISPI HSN compression type with ASTM C564 neoprene gaskets or lead s. and oakum. "' 15410-3 ow aw PLUMBING PIPING SECTION 15410 - PAGE 2 am 1 . 04 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ASME B16 .3 - Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings Class .w 150 NS 300 . B. ANSI/ASME Sec. 9 - Welding and Brazing Qualifications. "" C. ANSI/ASTM B32 - Solder Metal . aw D. ANSI/AWS D1 . 1 - Structural Welding Code. E. ASME - Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. ow F. ASTM A53 - Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped Zinc coated, welded, and seamless . .w G. ASTM A74 - Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. H. ASTM B88 - Seamless Copper Water Tube. or I . ASTM C564 - Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings . .w J. AWS A5 . 8 - Brazing Filler Metal . K. AWWA C601 - Standard Methods for the Examination of Water aw and Waste Water. L. CISPI 301 - Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Hubless 4 Cast Iron Sanitary Systems . 1 . 05 QUALITY ASSURANCE .g A. Valves : Manufacturer' s name and pressure rating marked on valve body. am B. Welding Materials and Procedures : Conform to ASME Codes and applicable state labor regulations . C. Welders Certification: In accordance with ANSI/ASME Sec . ow 9 . ANSI/AWS D1 . 1 . 1 . 06 SUBMITTALS ow A. Submit product data under provisions of General Conditions . ,. 15410-2 .w am PLUMBING PIPING SECTION 15410 - PAGE 1 SECTION 15410 PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Divison-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1 . 02 WORK INCLUDED A. Pipe and pipe fittings . B. Valves . C. Sanitary sewer piping system. D. Vent Piping E. Domestic water piping system. F. Natural gas piping system. G. Hangers and supports . H. Sleeves and escutcheons . 1 . 03 RELATED WORK A. General Specifications - Excavation, Backfilling and Trenching. B. Section 15400 - Plumbing General Requirements . C. Section 15430 - Plumbing specialties . D. Section 15440 - Plumbing fixtures. E. Section 15450 - Plumbing equipment . "" 15410-1 PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 15400 - PAGE 11 1 .24 REPAIRS TO OTHER FINISHED WORK A. Make good and pay for glass breakage, plaster patching, and repairs to all other finished work caused by this ®. installation. 1 .25 RUBBISH REMOVAL A. See General Requirements . 1 .26 CLEANING OF PLUMBING FIXTURES A. See General Requirements . ., 1 .27 KIND AND QUALITY OF MATERIALS A. Materials, appliances and fixtures to be new, of best quality and grade, in strict accordance with specification requirements. B. Architect/Engineer reserves the right to select a full line of materials, appliances and fixtures in the event that items listed are not in accord with specification requirements or best quality and grade. 1 .28 LIABILITY STATEMENT A. Equipment is to be manufactured to meet or exceed all applicable government and industrial codes, standards and regulations, and be in accordance with good engineering practice . on „■ END OF SECTION go �"'" 15400-11 aw PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 15400 - PAGE 10 ow E. All water lines, and waste piping, exposed and above furred ceilings, shall be identified at intervals of *w approximately 20 ' and at each change of direction. In lieu of stenciling, piping systems maybe identified with approved snap-on covers, designating services and direction of flow. Location of identification shall be .w as near access panels wherever possible and on both sides of valves . .. F. Pipe markers, if used, shall be manufactured by W.H. Brady Company, Westline Products of Seton Nameplate Company. .m 1 .21 TAGS AND CHARTS A. On completion of the work, furnish three glazed frame charts of all control valves. B. The charts shall show numbers of valve locations and purpose and shall agree with valves on record drawings. C. Attach to each valve a tag as described below. The ..� numbers on the tags shall run consecutively to correspond with numbers on the chart . Tags shall be designated as follows : Cold Water (CW) , Hot Water (HW) , Hot Water Circulation (HWC) , etc. D. Tags are to be brass or approved plastic material 21, diameter with 3/16" hole and 1" diameter brass ring. MW Numeral to be 5/8" high and lettering to be 1/4" high. If brass tags are used, the lettering is to be black. If plastic tags are used, they shall be black and white , lettering. Tags are to be fastened to valve stems with short sections of beaded or linked brass chain. E. The chart shall be printed with Wrico pencil or typed. o` 1 .22 STAGING no A. Staging shall be supplied by this contractor in accordance with the Special Conditions for the installation of all plumbing work specified herein or shown on the Contract Drawings . 1 . 23 GUARANTEE .w A. See General Conditions . 15400-10 , PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 15400 - PAGE 9 I . Verify disinfectant procedures with local codes . 1 . 19 ACCESS PANELS A. Group together valves, traps, cleanouts, etc. concealed in suspended ceilings, walls and furred spaces to reduce the number of access panels, but all valves must be freely accessible for maintenance. B. Furnish access panels of proper size to service all concealed traps, valves and cleanouts, but in no case less than 18" x 12" for one valve, trap, or cleanout and 24" x 12" for two valves, traps, or cleanouts or more. Panels shall be of the proper type for material in which they occur to be furnished by this contractor and turned over to the trade in which they occur for installation by the particular trade contractor. The exact number of �. panels shall be determined by the number, location and grouping of traps, valves, and cleanouts which must be accessible for servicing and maintaining the plumbing systems . C. Panels shall have flush doors with #14 USCG steel door and trim #16 USCG steel frame, metal wings for fitting ., into construction, concealed hinges and screwdriver operated stainless steel cam lock. Panels shall be shop coated with one coat of zinc chromate primer. Valves above removable ceilings shall have tiles marked with tile clips by this contractor for identification, properly labeled. 1 .20 IDENTIFICATION A. All applying of stenciling on material piping and equipment, as outlined hereinafter for identification purposes, shall be performed by this contractor. B. The stenciling shall be applied on the apparatus in full view and shall be a color that is in sharp contrast with the background. C. Before stenciling is applied, the apparatus shall be thoroughly cleaned and painted, if necessary. D. Letters shall not be less than 1-1/2" in height . Arrows shall not be less than 9" long. "" 15400-9 PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 15400 - PAGE 8 C. Defective Work - If inspection or tests show defects, such defective work or material shall be replaced and inspection and tests shall be repeated. All repairs to piping shall be made with new material . No caulking or screwed joints or holes will be acceptable. D. Additional Tests : 1 . Provide all additional tests, such as smoke or pressure tests, as required by the regulations or as directed by authorities making the inspection. 2 . Provide for any repeated tests, as directed by the Architect/Engineer to make all systems tight, as required. 3 . Visual inspections of joints, valves, etc. shall be made as directed by the Architect/Engineer. ow 1 . 18 DISINFECTION OF WATER SYSTEM A. Prior to starting work, verify system is complete, MW flushed and clean. B. Ensure pH of water to be treated is between 7 .4 and 7 . 6 by adding alkali (caustic soda or soda ash) or acid (hydrochloric) . C. Inject disinfectant, free chlorine in liquid, powder, -p tablet or gas form, throughout system to obtain 50 to 80 mg/L residual . D. Bleed water from outlets to ensure distribution and test MW for disinfectant residual at minimum 15 percent of outlets . 00 E. Maintain disinfectant in system for 24 hours. F. If final disinfectant residual tests less than 25 mg/L, owl repeat treatment . G. Flush disinfectant from system until residual equal to that of incoming water or 1 . 0 mg/L. H. Take samples no sooner than 24 hours after flushing, from 10 percent of outlets and from water entry, and analyze in accordance with AWWA C601 . 15400-8 on go PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS No SECTION 15400 - PAGE 7 1 . 15 ELECTRICAL WORK A. All line voltage wiring shall be by Electrical Contractor. B. Plumbing Contractor shall furnish starters and wiring diagrams to Electrical Contractor for equipment furnished requiring electrical connections . C. Verify with electrical voltage schedules on electrical drawings before ordering any electrical controls or motors . 1 . 16 PROTECTION �. A. Open ends of pipes, drains and water and fixture outlets including those extending above roof must be effectively closed and kept closed during construction. 1 . 17 TESTS • A. All plumbing work shall be inspected, tested and approved as required by governing Codes . Tests shall be made in the presence of the proper inspectors, and the �. Architect/Engineer or their authorized representatives . All tests shall be made by the Contractor at his own expense, and he shall furnish the Architect/Engineer a certificate that satisfactory tests have been made. B. All tests of piping systems, except final test of completed system, shall be made before pipe is covered, or connected to fixtures and equipment . Tests required shall not be less than specified in the following paragraphs . 1 . The sanitary drainage system and vent piping system shall be tested with air at 5 lbs . gauge pressure for a period of 15 minutes . 2 . The domestic water supply system shall be tested with water at 100 lb. ga. pressure for a period of two hours . 3 . Gas piping shall be tested to a 6 inch column of mercury for a period of 30 minutes. 15400-7 PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 15400 - PAGE 6 C. See General Requirements and Project Requirements for procedure. D. Contractor and supplier to indicate expected delivery time of material after submittal approvals and release for production. 1 . 11 OPERATION INSTRUCTIONS AND MANUALS A. See Project Requirements. 1 . 12 MEASUREMENTS AND CUTTING DIRECTIONS , A. Measurements and cutting directions required for cutting pipe openings, openings for valves and for attachment of equipment and plumbing fixtures shall be furnished by this contractor. 1 . 13 OPENINGS, CUTTING AND SLEEVES A. Accurately locate all openings and provide and set all sleeves in cooperation with Contractor whose work is affected thereby. Sleeves to be one inch larger than outside pipe diameter and of sufficient length to pass through entire floor or wall construction, including plaster. Sleeves in concrete or masonry floor and walls " shall be of steel pipe. All other sleeves, ##22 gauge galvanized iron. B. Openings for piping in existing and new building shall be carefully drilled or cored to prevent unnecessary damage or weakening of any structural member. Chopping or breaking out will not be permitted. C. Seal all openings between pipe and sleeve at each end with fiberglass and caulk opening with sealant . Provide ow "Thunderline" or equal seals at one end of sleeve passing through a fire rated wall or floor. D. See Architectural Section "Cutting and Patching" . ". 1 . 14 CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS ow A. Plumbing Contractor shall make all required water and drain connections to heating, ventilating and air conditioning equipment, special equipment and. Owner' s .R equipment requiring such connections . 15400-6 1W PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 15400 - PAGE 5 1 . 08 SUPERVISION A. This Contractor shall furnish the services of an experienced superintendent. B. He shall be constantly in charge of the installation of the work together with all subcontractors, skilled workmen, helpers, and labor required to unload, transfer, erect, connect up, adjust, start, operate and test each system. ' C. He shall be thoroughly acquainted with and be responsible for the various subcontractors ' work so that it is properly coordinated and supervised to the satisfaction of the Architect/Engineer. 1 . 09 CODES AND PERMITS A. Comply with all State and Local Codes, Laws, Regulations and requirements of the Board of Health and the Local Plumbing Inspector. B. Install all plumbing fixtures as required by State and Federal Handicapped Codes . C. Secure permits and licenses applicable to this Section of the work. Pay all fees and post all bonds incident thereto. See General and Supplementary Conditions . 1 . 10 SHOP AND RECORD DRAWINGS ON A. Submit to Architect/Engineer, 6 copies, for approval : 1 . All water heaters . 2 . All drains . 3 . All plumbing fixtures and trim. 4 . All valves. 5 . All pipe insulation. 6 . All pumps . 7 . All cleanouts ,., B. In addition to the above, prepare and submit to Architect/Engineer complete layout of piping and drains as actually installed in the building, noting any changes made in locations and elevations, to serve as ' ' permanent record drawings . See Project Requirements . 15400-5 PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 15400 - PAGE 4 1 . The Contractor shall provide all items, articles, materials, operations or methods listed, mentioned or scheduled on the drawings and/or herein specified, including all materials, equipment and incidentals necessary and required for their completion. 1 . 06 SUMMARY OF WORK VW A. In general, this Section includes all plumbing work to constitute complete installation as specified, shown on drawings, and required, including such items as drainage .w and waste systems, water supply, gas piping, plumbing fixtures, special equipment, final connections, water supply and waste connection for heating and Owner' s equipment . *� B. Elevations and locations of all services in building as indicated on plan are approximate, and Contractor shall .� definitely establish elevations and locations of services in field, check given locations, elevations and pitches with relation to service stubs, report , immediately to Architect/Engineer, in writing, any major deviation in location in conflict with code pitches caused by variation in service stubs, and await Architect/Engineer' s decision on appropriate adjustment of line locations and elevations before proceeding. 1 . 07 COORDINATION AND COOPERATION A. This Contractor shall give full cooperation to other trades and furnish any information necessary to permit the work of all trades to be installed satisfactorily and with least possible interference or delay. B. Where the work of the Contractor will be installed in close proximity to the work of other trades, or where there is evidence that the work of the Contractor will interfere with work of other trades, he shall assist in working out space conditions to make satisfactory adjustments . C. If the Contractor installs his work before coordinating it with other trades or so as to cause interference with work of other trades, he shall make necessary changes in this work to correct the condition without extra charge. 15400-4 ow PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 15400 - PAGE 3 1 . Examine details of building construction in order to install system to clear all structural work and finish. 2 . Examine plans and specifications of electrical and heating and air conditioning, and fire protection for equipment and piping layouts . E. In the event drawings and specifications are not in full accord and/or changes, alterations, additions or ,■ deductions are necessary, Contractor shall notify Architect/Engineer immediately, in writing, any exceptions in regard to size of equipment, pipe sizes, layout, etc . , and await his decision. F. Information given herein and on drawings is as exact as could be secured. Size, location, and elevations shown for services taken from site drawings . 1 . This Contractor must, therefore, examine location carefully and verify all measurements, distances, levels, etc . before starting work. G. Wherever location of piping or equipment is governed by architectural features, this Contractor shall establish their location by referring to general drawings; he shall not scale drawings for exact dimensions. H. Any exceptions to size of equipment, pipe sizes, etc . or general layout which are taken by Contractor shall be submitted to Architect/Engineer in writing, for his decision. 1 . Any such exceptions must be submitted seven days prior to date set for receiving of proposal . 2 . After proposals are accepted by Owner, it shall be understood that this Contractor has studied the drawings, specifications, jobsite, and no further exceptions will be taken affecting the bid due to his failure to comply herewith. I . Visit building site and become thoroughly familiar with all conditions affecting this section of the work. "* Ignorance of field conditions affecting work will not be considered as reason for additional cost of work above contract price. See Instructions to Bidders . 15400-3 PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 15400 - PAGE 2 operation specified herein, even though not specifically mentioned or indicated on the drawings but which are usually provided or are essential for proper installation and operation of all systems as indicated on the drawings and specified herein. 1 . 04 WORK OF OTHER SECTIONS A. Line voltage wiring B. Utilities, Piping, Storm Sewer, Sanitary Sewer, and Water. , 1 . 05 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Contractor shall furnish all plumbing work, complete ready for test and operation, and duly approved by agency(ies) having jurisdiction. B. It is also to be understood that the tender of proposal shall include furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary for completion of ow the work required, including that which may not be directly shown on the drawings or in the specifications but necessary for proper operation and approval . C. Information on conditions affecting work - obtain at building site, including: 1 . Check location of piping to which systems will connect . 2 . Obtain complete information as to details of building construction, piping and equipment layout, in order to install system to clear structural work, piping, and equipment of other trades . 3 . Accessibility and storage space - See General Requirements . D. On all conditions affecting work, obtain at building the condition of foundations and surfaces to support pipe and �. equipment . .w 15400-2 PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 15400 - PAGE 1 SECTION 15400 PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 REFERENCES A. All work in this section is subject to the Provision of the Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and other Division 1 Specification Sections . 1 . 02 DEFINITIONS A. "Contractor" - is the Plumbing Contractor and his sub- contractors under this division of the contract . B. N. I .C. - "Not in Contract" - Indicates item not to be included by this contractor. C. "Furnish" - Means contractor is to furnish and install the item in working order. D. "Install" - Means Contractor is to furnish and install the item in working condition. E. "Provide" - Means contractor is to furnish and install the material in operating condition in the system. 1 . 03 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Section of work under this contract include : 1 . General Provisions 2 . Basic Materials 3 . Methods 4 . Insulation 5 . Plumbing Systems 6 . Plumbing Fixtures and Trim B. Scope of Work - The work under this contract shall include all labor, fixtures, materials, tools, equipment, rigging, hoisting, staging, transportation, insurance, temporary protection, supervision, and incidental items essential for proper installation and AN 15400-1 FIRE PROTECTION WORK SECTION 15300 - PAGE 5 B. Pipes passing through walls, floors, and ceilings shall be sealed tight with suitable caulking or sealant . Sealant at fire rated walls or floors to be similar to Dow Corning fire stop. END OF SECTION "" 15300-5 FIRE PROTECTION WORK SECTION 15300- PAGE 4 2 . H-2 : Tyke_ Polished chrome pendent head from concealed piping, Viking Micromatic Model M, with 2 piece adjustable ceiling eschutcheon similar to Viking aw Model E-1, 1550 rated. Area: All area with suspended ceilings . a 3 . H-3 : Type: Polished chrome sidewall head from .W concealed piping with escutcheon similar to Viking Micromatic Model M - Sidewall, 1550 rated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 INSTALLATION A. General Requirements - Installation shall conform to standards set forth by State and local codes, laws, regulations and requirements of NFPA. B. All piping shall be suspended from floor, wall and ceiling construction with proper type pipe hangers. Provide drops with swing connections to allow for clearances at lights, and heating outlets . C. Provide sleeves for all piping penetrating through .� bearing walls or fire rated walls . D. Install heads in center of ceiling tiles . "w 3 . 02 CUTTING AND PATCHING ow A. In the existing building, all cutting and patching done by Fire Protection Contractor shall be subject to direction and approval of the Architect/Engineer. This •e Contractor shall not endanger the stability of the structure by cutting or otherwise, and shall not at any time cut or alter work of any other contractor without Architect/Engineer' s consent and approval . "W Im 15300-4 A FIRE PROTECTION WORK SECTION 15300 - PAGE 3 C. All damages to building and contents due to leaks to be the responsibility of the Fire Protection Contractor. D. Notify authorities whenever sprinkler valves are closed *■ manually for service or repair of system. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 KIND AND QUALITY OF MATERIALS A. Materials to be new, of best quality and grade, UL listed, or approved, in strict accordance with specification requirements . 2 . 02 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Piping 1 . Pipe shall be steel, Schedule 40 for branches, black and in accordance with specifications, ASTM A-120 designed for 175 psi working pressure . 2 . Black steel pipe shall be jointed by screwed joints in accordance with specification ANSI B 2 . 1 . B. Fittings 1 . Screwed fittings shall be cast iron, 125 lb. class, black, and in accordance with ANSI B 16 .4 or malleable iron, 150 lb. class, black, and in accordance with ANSI B 16 . 3 . 2 . 03 SPRINKLER HEADS A. Types shall be of required temperature rating and orifice size, and as manufactured by Grinnell, Viking, or Central . B. Provide type and in areas as follows : �* 1 . H-1 : Type : Bronze upright head on exposed piping. .. Viking Micromatic Model M - Upright 1550 rated. Area: Areas with exposed structure ceilings . +�* 15300-3 FIRE PROTECTION WORK SECTION 15300 - PAGE 2 C. Contractor shall check all measurements at building, review building and mechanical plans and specifications', .� and adjust his work to fit into spaces allotted for same. 1 . 05 CODES, ORDINANCES AND PERMITS A. All work and materials are to comply in every respect with the Commonwealth of Massachusetts Building Code, and such applicable building laws and regulations are to be considered as part of these specifications. 1 . 06 QUALITY ASSURANCE . A. All work covered in this section must be performed by a licensed fire protection contractor, regularly engaged in the design, engineering, fabrication, and installation of automatic sprinkler and related fire protection systems . a„ B. The remodeled portion of the fire protection system as specified herein shall be guaranteed for a period of one .. year against defective equipment, materials, and workmanship. Provide written guarantee to Owner with final payment request . C. The guarantee period shall begin on the date the system is completed and placed in operation and accepted by Owner. , D. Inspections and tests required by the authorities and/or agencies having jurisdiction shall be arranged and paid for by the contractor, as necessary to obtain complete and final acceptance of the automatic sprinkler system. 1 . 07 REPAIR OF DEFECTS •.� A. The sprinkler contractor is to repair and/or replace all defective pipe, fittings, heads, etc. , during the guarantee period. B. Repair work to be done as promptly as possible after notification. 15300-2 FIRE PROTECTION 'WMJ SECTION 15300 - PAGE 1 SECTION 15300 FIRE PROTECTION WORK **� PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 SCOPE .. A. Relocate existing sprinkler heads where new ceilings are installed. See Architectural Plans and verify locations at site. B. System Design Criteria - Low hazard class - 200 Sq. Ft . per head - Hydraulic calculations - Obtain approvol (J • Owner' s insurance company. 1 . 02 WORK INCLUDED A. Pipe and Fittings B. Sprinkler Heads C. Installation D. Cutting and Patching E. Guarantee F. Inspection and Tests G. Shop and Record Drawings 1 . 03 WORK SEQUENCE A. Install work in phases to accommodate Tenant ' s occu.pk=):WY requirements . During the construction period, coordinaLe fire protection work and operations with Architect/Engineer. 1 . 04 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Fire Protection Contractor shall assume ;:ulj responsibility for installation to miss all lighting, ducts, and structural interferences per NFPA-13 , 14, 99 and State and Local Codes . B. Work shall include furnishing all labor, materials, equipment and performing all operations necessary to install the fire protection system including piping, fittings, sprinkler heads, hangers, and any other supplemental items necessary to complete the work. """ 15300-1 TOILET ACCESSORIES Section 10800 - Page 3 C. Use tamperproof fasteners . D. Contractor to cooperate and work with all other Contractors who will be working on this project. END OF SECTION """ 10800 - 3 MW TOILET ACCESSORIES imp Section 10800 - Page 2 am 00 PART 2 PRODUCTS WW 2 .01 TOILET ACCESSORIES A. All toilet accessories consist of the following items: aw 1. Toilet Paper Dispensers: a. Recessed: Bobrick Model No. B-6699 or equal . ow 2 . Paper Towel Dispenser: Bobrick Model No . B-262 , or equal . 3 . Soap Dispenser: Bobrick Model No. B-111 or equal . 4. Mirror with Frame: Bobrick Model No. B-165 2436 or equal . 5. Grab Bars : Bobrick Model No. B-580 69942 . 6. Coat Hook: Bobrick Model No. B-211 or equal . PART 3 EXECUTION 3 .01 PREPARATION A. Deliver inserts and rough in frames to jobsite at appropriate time for building in. Provide templates and rough in measurements as required. "W B. Before starting work, notify Architect in writing of any conflicts detrimental to installation or operation of units . C. Verify with Architect exact location of accessories. 3 . 02 INSTALLATION A. Install fixtures, accessories and items in accordance with aw manufacturer's printed instructions. B. Install true, plumb, and level , securely and rigidly anchored to substrate. MW 10800 - 2 ow TOILET ACCESSORIES Section 10800 - Page 1 ■ SECTION 10800 TOILET ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL .. 1 .01 WORK INCLUDED A. Supply and install toilet accessories listed herein and where shown on the Contract Drawings . B. Supply and install all required attachment hardware. 1 .02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM A167 - Stainless and Heat Resisting Chromium Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip. B . ASTM A366 - Cold-Rolled Carbon Steel Sheets, Commercial •� Quality. 1 .03 PRODUCT DATA A. Submit manufacturer' s product data in accordance with Section 01340 . B . Data to illustrate each accessory at large scale and show installation method. 1 .04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Do not deliver accessories to site until rooms in which .� they are to be installed are ready to receive them. B . Pack accessories individually in a manner to protect accessory and its finish. 1 .05 PROTECTION A. Protect adjacent or adjoining finished surfaces and work from damage during installation of work of this Section. 10800 - 1 �w VINYL WALLCOVERING Section 09952 - Page 4 F . Horizontal seams and cutting at corners are not acceptable. Cutting to be not less than four inches of an inside corner and not less than six inches of an outside corner . G. Fill in spaces above and below windows, above doors and similar areas in sequence from roll. H. Remove excess adhesive from each seam before proceeding to next . Wipe seam clean with dry cloth towel . I . Install wallcovering before installation of plumbing, casings , bases , cabinets , hardware , etc. 3.04 CLEANING A. Clean wallcoverings of adhesives, dust, dirt and other .� contaminants . B. Remove debris and leave areas neat and clean. C. Replace wall plates and accessories. END OF SECTION .. .W 09952 - 4 MW VINYL WALLCOVERING Section 09952 - Page 3 PART 3 EXECUTION 3 .01 INSPECTION A. Ensure surfaces to receive wallcoverinq are clean, true and free of irreqularities . Inspect surfaces before commencinq work and report deficiencies in writing to Architect. B. Ensure wall surface flatness tolerances do not vary more than 1/8-inch in 10 feet nor vary at a rate qreater than 1/16-inch per runninq foot. C. Schedule installation of wallcoverinq as late as possible to prevent damage durinq construction and movement of materials. �,. 3 .02 PREPARATION OF SURFACES A. Fill nicks, gouges and other minor imperfections of gypsum wallboard surfaces with latex filler. Sand smooth flush• with surface. Follow with prime coat of alkyd flat or oil base sealer or sealer recommended by wallcoverinq manufacturer. 3 .03 APPLICATION A. Handle and apply wallcoverinq in accordance with manufacturer ' s recommendations. B. Mix and apply adhesive in accordance with adhesive manufacturer ' s recommendations . C. Use fabric panels in exact order as cut from rolls. Use �. rolls in consecutive order as numbered by manufacturer. D. Hanq smooth, non-match patterns by applyinq strips on the wall, overlapping the edges and double cuttinq throuqh both thicknesses. E. Apply fabric secure, smooth, clean and without wrinkles, gaps or overlaps . Eliminate air pockets and ensure full bond to wall surface. 09952 - 3 PW VINYL WALLCOVERING ow Section 09952 - Page 2 .w C. Where toxic materials and both toxic and explosive solvents and adhesives are used, appropriate precautions and proper ventilation must be provided. 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Maintain surfaces and materials at minimum 60 degrees F. three days before and during application period. B. Ensure maximum surface moisture conforms to wallcovering manufacturer 's requirements and surface exhibits negative alkalinity. C. Provide a minimum of 15 candlepower lighting on surfaces to be covered. D. Provide adequate and continuous ventilation during work and after installation of wallcovering. 1.07 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS AND MATERIALS *! A. Provide Owner with two ( 2) copies of maintenance instructions for wallcovering. B. Instructions to contain manufacturer ' s recommended cleaning materials and application methods , including precautions in use of cleaning materials which may be detrimental to surfaces if improperly applied. C. Furnish Owner with ten (10) unopened rolls of each type of vinyl wallcovering selected. The furnishing of this will be part of this Contractor 's scope of work. PART 2 PRODUCTS ow 2.01 MATERIAL ow A. Vinyl Wallcovering : Vinyl wallcovering selections are indicated on the Room Finish Schedules of the Contract Drawings. ow B . Adhesive: Type recommended by wallcovering manufacturer to suit application and use. MW 09952 - 2 VINYL WALLCOVERING Section 09952 - Page 1 SECTION 09952 VINYL WALLCOVERING PART 1 GENERAL 1 .01 WORK INCLUDED A. Prepare work surfaces to receive vinyl wallcoverinq. B. Furnish and install wallcovering where, indicated on the Contract Drawinqs . 1 .02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Federal Specification CC-W-408A( 1 ) - Wall Coverinq - Vinyl Coated. 1 .03 RELATED WORK A. Section 09900 : Paintinq B. Section 09620: Gypsum Wallboard Systems 1 .04 SAMPLES A. Submit 4" x 4" sized samples of wallcoverings selected for approval by Architect, indicating quality, color, texture and weight. Submit in accordance with Section 01340. 1 .05 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Store wallcoverinq in clean and dry area where temperatures are maintained at minimum 15 deqrees F. with normal humidity. Do not store in upright position. B. Take precautionary measures to prevent fire hazards with adhesives and solvents . 09952 - 1 No PAINTING Section 09900 - Page 7 C. Miscellaneous Metal , Metal Fabrication, Cast Iron and Steel , Cabinets , Control Panels , Doors , Frames, Ornamental Iron, Partitions, Posts, .Rails : 1 . Paint Finish: Touch-Up Shop Applied Primer 2 . Paint Finish: 1 Coat Enamel Undercoater 3 . Paint Finish: 2 Coats Enamel , Semi-Gloss Finish D. Galvanized Metal (Ducts, Pipes , Doors , Frames) : 1. Paint Finish: 1 Coat Metal Primer 2 . Paint Finish: 2 Coats Latex Enamel , Semi-Gloss Finish E. Interior wood work with clear finish: 1 . One coat sealer. * 2 . Three coats polyurethane, satin finish. F. Interior woodwork with paint finish: 1 . One coat primer. 2 . Two coats paint . G. All colors to be selected by the Architect . END OF SECTION 09900 - 7 PAINTING Section 09900 - Page 6 B. Ferrous Metals : 1 . Primer Finish: 1 Coat Red Lead Primer .a 2 . Paint Finish: 2 Coats Oil Base Enamel C. Galvanized Metal : 1 . Paint Finish: 1 Coat Passivating Coat as Recommended by Paint Manufacturer (Where Not Shop- Bonderized) 2. Paint Finish: 1 Coat Zinc Dust Primer • 3 . Paint Finish: 2 Coats Oil Base Enamel D. Wood: 1°k 1. Primer: 1 Coat oil base primer. 2 . Paint : 2 Coats latex gloss . E. All colors are to be selected by the Architect . ., 3 .07 PAINTING AND FINISH SCHEDULE (INTERIOR) A. Wood Doors : 1 . Paint Finish: 1 Coat Wood Stain 2 . Paint Finish: 3 Coats Polyurethane, Satin Finish B. Drywall : 1 . Paint Finish: 1 Coat Drywall Primer 2 . Paint Finish: 2 Coats Latex Enamel , Semi-Gloss (Except where vinyl wallcovering is required; in that case, only an appropriate drywall primer will be • used) . aw 09900 - 6 4W .R PAINTING .s Section 09900 - Page 5 *! 3 .03 APPLICATIONS A. Apply each coat at proper consistency. B. Each coat of paint is to be slightly darker than proceeding coat unless otherwise approved by Architect . C. Sand lightly between coats to achieve required finish. D. Do not apply finishes on surfaces that are not sufficiently dry. E. Allow each coat of finish to dry before following coat is applied, unless directed otherwise by manufacturer. F. Caulk areas indicated on Drawings with material compatible with paint finish. 3 .05 CLEANING ,. A. As work proceeds and upon completion, promptly remove paint where spilled, splashed or spattered. B. During progress of work, keep premises free from an unnecessary accumulation of tools, equipment, surplus materials and debris . C. Upon completion of work, leave premises neat and clean to the satisfaction of the Architect . 3 . 06 PAINTING AND FINISHING SCHEDULE (EXTERIOR) A. Aluminum - Flashings and Miscellaneous Work: 1 . Primer Finish: 1 Coat Zinc Chromate Primer 2 . Paint Finish: 2 Coats Oil Base Enamel Finish as , . Directed by the Architect "' 09900 - 5 ow PAINTING .. Section 09900 - Page 4 Aw ow A. Thoroughly examine surfaces scheduled to be painted prior to commencement of work. Report in writing to Architect any condition that may potentially affect proper MW application. Do not commence until such defects have been corrected. B. Correct defects and deficiencies in surfaces which may "M adversely affect work of this Section. 3 .02 PREPARATION OF SURFACES or A. Remove surface contamination from aluminum surfaces requiring a paint finish by steam, high pressure water or .W solvent washing. Apply etching primer or acid etch. B. Remove contamination from copper surfaces requiring finish by steam, high pressure water or solvent washing. Apply °° vinyl etch primer or acid etch. Apply paint immediately after etching. am C. Remove surface contamination and oils from galvanized surfaces and wash with solvent. Apply coat of etching- type primer. ow D. Remove surface contamination and oils from zinc-coated surfaces and prepare for priming in accordance with metal manufacturer's recommendations. MW E. Remove grease, rust, scale, dirt and dust from steel and iron surfaces . Where heavy coatings of scale are evident, or remove by wire brushing, sandblasting or any other necessary method. Ensure steel surfaces are satisfactory before paint finishing. ow F. Clean unprimed steel surfaces by washing with solvent . Apply a treatment of phosphoric acid solution, ensuring weld joints , bolts and nuts are similarly cleaned. Prime •w surfaces to indicate defects, if any. Paint after defects have been remedied. G. Sand and scrape shop-primed steel surfaces to remove loose .b primer and rust . Feather out edges to make touch-up patches inconspicuous . Clean surfaces with solvent . Prime bare steel surfaces. aw 09900 - 4 ." MM PAINTING Section 09900 - Page 3 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 .01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS ,�. A. Devoe Paint Division, Celanese Coatings Company, Louisville, Kentucky. B. Pratt & Lambert, Inc. , Buffalo, New York. C. Sherwin Williams Company, Cleveland, Ohio. m. D. Benjamin Moore and Company, New York, New York. E. The Flamort Company, San Francisco, California. F. Or Equal . G. Substitutions : Items of same function and performance are acceptable in conformance with Section 01630 . 2 .02 MATERIALS .w A. Paint and Enamel : Type and brand listed herein or equivalent products approved by Architect. B. Paint Accessory Materials (Linseed oil , shellac, turpentine and other materials not specifically indicated herein but required to achieve the finishes specified) : Of high quality and approved manufacturer. C. Paints : Ready-mixed except field-catalyzed coatings . Pigments fully ground maintaining a soft paste consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed to a complete homogeneous mixture. D. Paints to have good flowing and brushing properties and be capable of drying or curing free of steaks or sags . ++� E. Stains and varnishes as shown in the Contract Documents. PART 3 EXECUTION 3 .01 INSPECTION w 09900 - 3 PAINTING Section 09900 - Page 2 1 .04 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Ensure surface temperature or the surrounding air temperature is above 40 degrees F. before applying finishes. Minimum application temperatures for exterior work is 50 degrees F. B. Provide minimum 15 foot candles of lighting on surfaces to be finished. 1 .05 PROTECTION A. Adequately protect other surfaces from paint and damage. Repair damage as a result of inadequate or unsuitable protection. B. Furnish sufficient drop cloths, shields and protective equipment to prevent spray or droppings from fouling surfaces not being painted and, in particular, surfaces within storage and preparation area. C. Place cotton waste, cloths and material which may .� constitute a fire hazard in closed metal containers and remove daily from site. 1 .06 RELATED WORK *" A. Section 01015 : Alternates . .W B. Section 06200 : Finish Carpentry. C. Section 07600 : Flashing and Sheet Metal . .w D. Section 08110 : Standard Steel Doors . E. Section 08111 : Hollow Metal Frames . .w F. Section 09260 : Gypsum Wallboard Systems . .w G. Section 16001 : Electrical General Provisions . MW 09900 - 2 am PAINTING Section 09900 - Page 1 SECTION 09900 PAINTING PART 1 GENERAL 1 .01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide all labor, materials, service, equipment and transportation required to complete all painting indicated, as specified herein, or both. B. See Drawings for locations and details . 1 .02 MOCK UP A. Before proceeding with paint application, finish one complete surface of each color scheme required, clearly indicating selected colors, finish texture, materials and workmanship. �. B. If approved, sample area will serve as a minimum standard for work throughout work. 1 .03 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver paint materials in sealed, original , labeled containers bearing manufacturer's name, type of paint , brand name, color designation and instructions for mixing and/or reducing. �. B . Provide adequate storage facilities . Store paint materials at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F. in well-ventilated areas. C. Take precautionary measures to prevent fire hazards and spontaneous combustions . "� 09900 - 1 .w ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS ow Section 09510 - Page 4 aw am L. Where accessory hooks are shown on the Contract Drawings, provide direct support to structure along with .w manufacturer's hangers . M. Provide window wells where required. Grid system at wells to be pop-riveted with heads painted at all connections and reinforced as required to insure rigid and square installation. N. Make repairs to match existing where existing suspended tile ceilings are disturbed by new construction. 3 .02 ADJUSTMENTS A. Adjust any sags or twists which develop in the ceiling systems , and replace any part which is damaged or faulty. New and existing areas . 3 .03 MAINTENANCE STOCK A. Provide Owner with one un-opened carton of each type of ceiling tile and end of project. END OF SECTION 09510 - 4 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS Section 09510 - Page 3 C. Install after major above-ceiling work is complete. Coordinate the location of hangers with other work. Ensure layout of hangers and carrying channels are located to accommodate fittings and units of equipment which are to be placed after the installation of ceiling grid systems. D. Where ducts or other equipment prevent the regular spacing of hangers, reinforce the nearest adjacent hangers and related carrying channels as required to span the required distance. E. Hang independently of walls, columns, ducts, pipes and conduit . Where carrying members are spliced, avoid visible displacement of the longitudinal axis or face plane of adjacent members . F. Center ceiling systems on room axis leaving equal border pieces . G. Do not support fixtures from or on main runners or cross runners . In such cases, support fixture loads by supplementary hangers located within six inches (6") of each corner, or support the fixtures independently. H. Do not install fixtures so that main runners and cross runners will be eccentrically loaded. Where fixture installation would produce rotation of runners , provide stabilizers . I . Install edge moldings at intersection of ceiling and vertical surfaces using maximum lengths, straight, true to line and level . Miter corners . Provide edge moldings at junctions with other ceiling finishes . J. Fit acoustic lay-in panels in place, free from damaged edges or other defects detrimental to appearance and function. Fit border units neatly against abutting surfaces. K. Install lay-in panels level , in uniform plane, and free from twist , warp and dents . 09510 - 3 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS Section 09510 - Page 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 .01 CEILING TILES/ACCESSORIES A. Refer to Finish Schedule on Drawings for locations . B. Armstrong Mineboard Cortega #769, 24" x 48" x 5/8" lay-in tile with square cut edges and white paint finish. Suspension system to be Armstrong 15/16" Prelude Exposed Tee grid in white finish. C. Armstrong Second Look II , Model #2767 , 24" x 48" x 3/4" .., lay-in tegular white tile. Suspension system to be Armstrong 15/16" prelude exposed grid in white finish. D. Armstrong RH90 Fine Fissured #1729, 24" x 48" x 5/8" white lay-in tile. Suspension system to be Armstrong 15/16" prelude exposed tee grid in white finish. E. Accessories : Furring clips, splices and edge moldings, and accessory loads . F. Carrying Channels and Hangers : Size and type to suit application and to rigidly secure the complete acoustic unit ceiling system, with maximum deflection of 1/360 . PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 01 INSTALLATION A. Install acoustical ceiling systems in accordance with manufacturer 's recommendations to produce finished ceiling true to lines and levels , and free from warped, soiled or damaged grid, lay-in panels or furring strips . B. Install ceiling systems in a manner capable of supporting all superimposed loads , with maximum permissible deflection of 1/360 of span and maximum surface deviation of 1/8-inch in 10 feet . 09510 - 2 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS Section 09510 - Page 1 SECTION 09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install all suspended painted metal grids complete with wall trim. B. Furnish and install all lay-in ceiling tiles . C. Furnish maintenance ceiling tiles as required by this Section. 1 .02 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Do not install acoustical ceilings until building dust- generating activities have terminated and overhead mechanical work is completed, tested and approved. B. Permit wet work to dry prior to commencement of installation. 1 .03 SCAFFOLDING AND MECHANICAL HOISTING A. Provide all required scaffolding and mechanical hoisting to complete the scope of work of this Section. 1 .04 RELATED WORK A. General Conditions , Supplementary General Conditions, Special Conditions and General Requirements . 09510 - 1 w GYPSUM WALLBOARD SYSTEMS Section 09260 - Page 3 D. Place corner beads at external corners. Use longest practical lengths. Place edge trim where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials . E. Tape, apply three (3) coats joint compound, fill and sand exposed joints, edges, corners, openings and fusing to produce surface ready to receive surface finishes. Feather coats onto adjoining surfaces to that camber is maximum 1/32-inch. F. Remove and re-do defective work. G. Provide acceptable flush finish over existing walls to allow acceptance of paint . END OF SECTION air 09260 - 3 GYPSUM WALLBOARD SYSTEMS Section 09260 - Page 2 1 .05 RELATED WORK A. General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, Special Conditions and General Requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 .01 GYPSUM WALLBOARD a A. Provide gypsum wallboard materials in accordance with recommendations of GA 216. .� B. Fire-Rated Gypsum Board: UL-rated, 5/8-inch thick, maximum permissible lengths, ends square cut, tapered edges. See Drawings for locations. C. Moisture resistant at toilets and kitchen. 2 .02 GYPSUM WALLBOARD ACCESSORIES A. Provide gypsum wallboard accessories in accordance with GA 216. B. Corner Beads : Metal , except as noted on Contract Drawings . C. Edge Trim: Bead-X "L" trim by Bead-X Company or equal . D. Reinforcing Tape, Joint Compound, Adhesive, Water, Fasteners: GA 216. E. Resilient metal channels equal to US Gypsum #RS-1 . PART 3 EXECUTION 3 .01 GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLATION A. Install gypsum board in accordance with recommendations of GA 216. B. Erect single layer fire-rated gypsum board vertically, with edges and ends occurring over firm bearing. C. Use screws when fastening gypsum board to furring or framing. Use screws when fastening gypsum board to framing. 09260 - 2 GYPSUM WALLBOARD SYSTEMS Section 09260 - Page 1 SECTION 09260 GYPSUM WALLBOARD SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Scope of Work: 1. Supply and install all gypsum board wall surfaces and miscellaneous surfaces as shown on the Contract Drawings . 2 . Repair and extend ceilings; infill walls and maintain continuity of gypsum wallboard surfaces . 3 . Patch all joints at different connecting materials in existing remodeled areas . 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform gypsum wallboard systems in accordance with recommendations of ASTM C754 and GA 216 unless otherwise specified in this Section. 1 .03 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Fire-Rated Partitions : Provide rated enclosures below and above ceilings in corridors, vestibules , transoms, duct passage enclosures and walls as required by Codes, both sides of studs . 1 .04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. GA 216 - Recommended specifications for the application and finishing of gypsum board. "` 09260 - 1 GLAZING Section 08800 - Page 3 C. Safety Glass : 1/4" laminated safety glass in lieu of tempered safety glass . 2 .04 GLAZING MATERIALS A. Glazing Tape: Preformed butyl type; NAAMM #SS-1B-68 , with integral spacing device. B. Setting Blocks : Neoprene; 70-90 durometer hardness . C. Accessories as condition requires . PART 3 EXECUTION 3 .01 SETTING METHOD A. Set glass to conform with recommendations of window manufacturer. ' 3 .02 CLEANING A. Immediately remove droppings from finished surfaces . Remove labels after work is completed. B. Remove all packaging and shipping materials from site. C. Remove labels and markings from glass . END OF SECTION .w 08800 - 3 GLAZING Section 08800 - Page 2 E. NAAMM #SS-1B-68 - Nonskinning Resilient Preformed Compounds - Tapes, Ribbons, Beads with Release Paper. F. Sigma #65-7-2 - Sealed Insulating Glass Units . 1 .04 GUARANTEE/WARRANTY A. Provide written guarantee in accordance with Section .� 01740 . 1 .05 SCAFFOLDING AND MECHANICAL HOISTING A. Provide all required scaffolding and mechanical hoisting to complete the scope of work for this Section. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 .01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers : 1. Pittsburgh Plate Glass Company 2 . Libbey-Owens-Ford Company 3 . Mississippi Glass Company B. Substitutions : Items of same function and performance are acceptable in conformance with Section 01630 . 2 . 02 GLASS A. Wire Glass : 1/4" wire glass where shown on the Contract Drawings . B. Tempered Safety Glass : 1/4" tempered plate glass where shown on the Contract Drawings. C. Fire and Safety Rated Glass : Equal to Superlite II by Safety and Fire Technology, Inc. ow 2 .03 GLAZING COMPOUNDS A. Sealant : Single component acrylics; see Joint Sealant Section for specifications for this product . .w B. Provide recommended sealants to be compatible to frames provided by window and frame manufacturer. '" 08800 - 2 .w GLAZING Section 08800 - Page 1 SECTION 08800 GLAZING a. PART 1 GENERAL 1 .01 WORK INCLUDED .A A. Provide all labor, materials, services, equipment and transportation required to complete all glass and glazing work indicated on Drawings, as specified herein, or both. B. See Drawings for location and details . 1 .02 RELATED WORK A. General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, Special Conditions , and General Requirements. B. Section 08110 : Standard Steel Doors . C. Section 08111 : Hollow Metal Frames . D. Section 06200 : Finish Carpentry. E. Section 08630 : Interior Aluminum Storm Windows . 1 .03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. FS DD-G-451C - Glass, Plate, Sheet , Figured (Flat, for Glazing, Mirrors and Other Use) . B. FS DD-G-1403B - Glass, Plate (Float) , Sheet (Heat Strengthened and Fully Tempered) . +�+ C. FS TT-S-230A - Sealing Compound, Synthetic Rubber Base, Single Component, Chemical Curing for Caulking, Sealing and Glazing in Building Construction. D. FS TT-S-001543 - Sealing Compound, Silicone Base (For Caulking and Glazing in Buildings and Other Structures) . 08800 - 1 .w HARDWARE Section 08700 - Page 3 F. Kickplates : Rockwood 0 .062", beveled four sides . G. Mutes : Ives #21). H. Weatherstripping: 1. NGP, Inc. #156V at head & jambs . 2 . NGP, Inc. #425 saddle type threshold. 3. NGP, Inc. #102 door sweep. I . Astragal : Continuous 1/8" thick painted metal ; fire rated. 2 .02 FINISH A. Finish: Brushed chrome US26D B. Exterior: Brushed stainless steel . 2 .03 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Products by other manufacturers of equal quality and grade maybe substituted according the requirements of Section 01340 . PART 3 EXECUTION 3 .01 INSTALLATION A. Install hardware under Section 06200, Finish Carpentry, and in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions . B . Contractor to cooperate and work with all other Contractors who will be working on the project . END OF SECTION 08700 - 3 HARDWARE .R Section 08700 - Page 2 1.04 KEYING A. All locksets shall be master-keyed in accordance with the Owner's requirements and shall match the existing building's keying system. B. Keys to new locksets are not to be issued during construction, but are to 'remain secure, and delivered to the job and turned over to the Owner at the end of the project . PART 2 PRODUCTS „ 2 .01 HARDWARE A. Hinges : 1. Doors to 3 '-0" in Width: Stanley #FBB179, 4-1/2 x 4- 1/2 . .� 2 . Doors Over 3 ' -0" in Width: Stanley #FBB168, 4-1/2 x 5. 3 . Use fast pins at outswing exterior doors and other secure conditions . B. Locksets : 1 . Yale 5400 series with lever handles "AU" and forged rose. 2 . Function as required and per hardware set . C. Closures : 1 . Yale 3500 series , slim line cover; hold open feature where shown. D. Floor Stops : Ives #436 . E. Wall Stops : Ives #407-1/2 . 08700 - 2 HARDWARE Section 08700 - Page 1 SECTION 08700 HARDWARE PART 1 GENERAL 1 . 01 WORK INCLUDED A. Scope of Work: 1 . Furnish all door hardware for this project . 1 .02 RELATED WORK A. General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions , Special Conditions and General Requirements . B. Section 06200 : Finish Carpentry C . Section 08110 : Standard Steel Doors D. Section 08111 : Hollow Metal Frames 1 .03 SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA A. Submit shop drawings and product data in accordance with Section 01340 . B. Indicate locations and mounting heights of each type of hardware. C. Supply templates to door and frame manufacturers to enable proper and accurate sizing and locations of cut-outs for hardware. D. Field visit to verify existing conditions , door types , +. material thickness and jambs for replacement of knobs and related hardware necessary for the operation of the door. 08700 - 1 INTERIOR ALUMINUM STORM WINDOWS Section 08630 - Page 3 A. Install windows in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations , to achieve weathertight installation. B . Maintain alignment with adjacent work. Secure assembly to framed openings without distortion. C. Remove all labels and clean glass and window frames . ... END OF SECTION u " * 08630 - 3 INTERIOR ALUMINUM STORM WINDOWS Section 08630 - Page 2 2 .01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. A & A Woodworking, 129 Steiger Drive, Westfield, MA 01085 . / B. Allied Windows, Inc. , Cinncinati , Ohio. 2 .02 WINDOW TYPE A. Fixed painted interior aluminum storm windows applied to the room side casings of the wood window system. Sizes to be determined in field. • 2 .03 COMPONENTS A. Frames : Exterior surfaces of painted aluminum clad clear pine with preservative treatment; sills of one piece with wash to exterior. B. Frames : Extruded aluminum shapes and sealant with channel profiles to receive glazing. C. Glass : 1/8" double strength clear glass . Glass to be designed to meet wind load requirements of the Massachusetts Building Code. D. Weatherstripping: Manufacturer's standard pile stripping. E. Fasteners : Manufacturer's standard clips and screws . F. Paint Finish: Factory baked enamel finish. Color to match HWI #17E3 Lotus Green. 2 .04 FABRICATION A. Fabricate windows to allow for tolerances of framed openings, clearances , and shim spacing around perimeter of assemblies, to enable rapid installation. B. Fit joints and corners to hairline joints . Match components carefully ensuring continuity of line and design. Make joints and connections weatherproof . PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 01 INSTALLATION "^ 08630 - 2 INTERIOR ALUMINUM STORM WINDOWS Section 08630 - Page 1 SECTION 08630 INTERIOR ALUMINUM STORM WINDOWS PART 1 GENERAL 1 .01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install factory assembled fixed interior aluminum storm windows, glass and glazing, hardware and weatherstripping. B. Anchorages, attachments and all accessories . 1 .02 RELATED WORK A. Section 01710 - Final Cleaning: Cleaning glass and window unit . 1 .03 SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA A. Submit shop drawings and product data in accordance with Section 01340 . B. Indicate pertinent dimensioning, general construction, component connections and locations, anchorage methods and locations, hardware locations, installation details . 1 .04 DELIVERY OF MATERIALS A. Deliver windows in manufacturer's packaging complete with installation instructions. 1 .05 WARRANTY A. Provide manufacturer's one year warranty glass units for five years . PART 2 PRODUCTS 08630 - 1 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES Section 08111 - Page 3 PART 3 EXECUTION 3 .01 INSTALLATION A. Install door and window frames in accordance with SDI-100 except as amended in this Section. B. Install hollow metal frames plumb and square in correct locations indicated on Drawings, and with a maximum diagonal distortion of 1/16". Ensure frames are securely and rigidly anchored to adjacent construction. C. Provide clear caulk joint for exterior frame/masonry joints . D. Repair dents , scrapes and miscellaneous markings for painters ' preparation. E. Warped, damaged or unacceptable frames will be removed and replaced at Architect 's discretion by the Contractor and related Subcontractors . END OF SECTION ""' 08111 - 3 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES Section 08111 - Page 2 B. Indicate general construction, configurations , jointing methods, reinforcements, anchorage methods, hardware locations and installation details . Doors to be 1-3/4" , thick. PART 2 PRODUCTS 4W 2 .01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Type manufactured by Overly Manufacturing Company, ow Steelcraft Manufacturing or Dusing and Hunt . B. Or Equal . .w C. Substitutions : Items of same function and performance are acceptable in conformance with Section 01630 . ow 2 .02 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES A. Materials and Fabrication: SDI-100 except as amended. aw B. Types : Welded frame construction, 16 gauge. C. Removable stops of same material with screw fasteners . D. Door Bumpers : Manufacturer's standard resilient type, removable for replacement. 2 . 03 FABRICATION A. Weld all corner connections and grind smooth. B. Reinforce and prepare frames to receive hardware. C. Place minimum of three (3) single bumpers on single door frames . Space equally along strike jambs . D. Provide jamb anchors; SDI-100 . Weld floor jamb anchors in place. E. Chemically treat surfaces and apply one (1) coat of primer paint . 08111 - 2 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES Section 08111 - Page 1 SECTION 08111 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Scope of Work for Base Bid: 1. Furnish and install steel hollow metal door and window frames for interior applications with all related �. accessories as shown on the Contract Drawings . 1 .02 RELATED WORK A. General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions , Special Conditions and General Requirements . B. Section 06200 : Finish Carpentry (wood doors) . C. Section 08110 : Standard Steel Doors. D. Section 08700 : Hardware. E. Section 09900 : Painting. 1 .03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. SDI-100 - Recommended Specifications - Standard Steel Doors and Frames of Steel Door Institute. B. Underwriters ' Laboratories , Inc. (UL) and Factory Mutual (FM) , as applicable to fire-rated hollow metal door frames . 1 .04 SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA A. Submit shop drawings and product data in accordance with Section 01340 . '"' 08111 - 1 �w STANDARD STEEL DOORS Section 08110 - Page 3 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install doors in accordance with SDI-100 , except as amended in this Section. B . Install hollow metal doors plumb and square, and with maximum diagonal distortion of 1/16-inch. Install hardware in accordance with the requirements of Section 08700 . C. Contractor to cooperate and work with all other Contractors working on the project. D. Contractor to field-verify all existing openings prior to w. fabrication. E. Prepare for final painting under Section 09900 - Painting. END OF SECTION "" 08110 - 3 STANDARD STEEL DOORS Section 08110 - Page 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 .01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers : 1. Overly Manufacturing Company 2 . Steelcraft Manufacturing 3. Dusing and Hunt, Inc. 4 . Or Equal B. Substitutions : Items of same function and performance are acceptable in conformance with Section 01630 . 2 .02 HOLLOW METAL DOORS A. Materials and Fabrication: SDI-100, except as amended in this Section. B. Types : ow 1 . Type 1, standard duty, 1-3/4-inch, insulated with a rigid insulation core. .w 2 . Type 1, with fire rating where shown on drawings . 3 . Type 1, standard duty, 1-3/4" with honeycomb cores . ,w 2 .03 FABRICATION A. Mechanically hemmed longitudinal seams with honeycomb 'w core-type doors . B. Reinforce and prepare doors to receive hardware. Refer to '"' Section 08700 for hardware requirements. C. Fill surface depressions with metallic paste filler and ow grind smooth uniform finish. D. Chemically treat surfaces and apply one (1) coat of primer. *m 08110 - 2 ow STANDARD STEEL DOORS Section 08110 - Page 1 SECTION 08110 *A STANDARD STEEL DOORS PART 1 GENERAL r. 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Scope of Work for Base Bid: * ! 1. Furnish and install steel hollow metal doors with flush faces as shown on the Contract Drawings . 1 .02 RELATED WORK A. General Conditions , Supplementary General Conditions , Special Conditions and General Requirements . B. Section 08111 : Hollow Metal Frames . C. Section 08700 : Hardware. D. Section 08800 : Glazing. E. Section 09900 : Painting. 1 .03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. SDI-100 - Recommended Specifications - Standard Steel Doors and Frames of Steel Door Institute. B. Underwriters ' Laboratories , Inc. (UL) and Factory Mutual (FM) as applicable to fire-rated hollow metal doors . 1 .04 SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA A. Submit shop drawings and product data in accordance with Section 01340 . B. Indicate general construction, configurations , jointing methods , reinforcements . ' ' 08110 - 1 JOINT SEALANTS Section 07900 - Page 2 2 .03 PREPARATORY MATERIALS 'w A. Primers: Non-staining types recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit applications. am B. Joint Cleaners: Non-corrosive types recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint-forming owl materials . C. Joint Filler: ASTM D1056, round closed cell polyethylene foam rod; oversized 30% to 50%. ■ D. Bond Breaker: Pressure-sensitive type recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. .P PART 3 EXECUTION 3 .01 INSTALLATION 4 A. Maintain workmanship of the highest quality in accordance with the best trade practice. Perform all work in ow accordance with ASTM C804. B. Clean and prepare joints in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations . Remove any loose materials and other foreign matter which might impair adhesion of sealant . C. Ensure that joint-forming materials are compatible with "W sealant. D. Examine joint dimensions and size materials to achieve OF required width/depth ratios . Use joint filler to achieve required joint depths to allow sealants to perform properly. Use bond breakers where required. MW E. Apply sealant within recommended temperature ranges . Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within recommended temperature ranges . MW F. Form joints concave, free of air pockets, embedded matter, ridges and sags . .w END OF SECTION MW 07900 - 2 w. JOINT SEALANTS Section 07900 - Page 1 SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 GENERAL 1 .01 WORK INCLUDED A. Clean and prepare surfaces to receive sealant materials . B. Furnish and install sealant and backing materials, and exterior joints between dissimilar materials . 1 .02 PRODUCT DATA A. Submit product data in accordance with Section 01340 . B. Submit manufacturer's descriptive literature, including surface preparation and installation instructions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Thiokol Chemical Corporation B. Tremco Manufacturing Company C. W.R. Grace Company 2 .02 SEALANTS MATERIALS A. Exterior Sealant at Frames and Louvers : Tremco Mono, or equal . B. Interior Sealant : Tremco acrylic latex 834, or equal . 07900 - 1 am FIBROUS BATT INSULATION Section 07213 .01 - Page 2 .d B . Unfaced Batt Insulation: Preformed fiberglass wool batt as manufactured by Owens Corning, or equal . Insulation R- value to be as shown on the Contract Drawings . C. Batt Sound Insulation: Preformed fiberglass wool , unfaced, as manufactured by Owens Corning or equal . Size #, of sound insulation batt to be compatible with the type of wood studs used. E. Nails or Staples : Of electroplated steel wire; type and size as recommended for application. F. Tape: 2-inch wide, self-adhering type, polyethylene- .. faced. Contractor to coordinate tape type with insulation manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION or 3 .01 WORKMANSHIP ow A. Install batt insulation in all studs without visible gaps . ow B . Cut and trim insulation neatly to fit spaces . Use batts free of ripped backs or edges . 3 .02 INSTALLATION or A. Install batt insulation in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations . Install after mechanical and electrical aw services within walls have been installed. B. Fit insulation tight within spaces and tight to and behind mechanical and electrical services within the plane of insulation. Leave no gaps or voids . C. Install insulation with factory applied faced membrane facing warm side of building spaces . Lap ends and side flanges of membranes over framing members . Tape securely in place. Tape seal butt ends and lapped side flanges and ends . Do not tear or cut membranes. Securely fasten material to the studs continuously along the length of the insulation. aw END OF SECTION 07213 .01 - 2 .w FIBROUS BATT INSULATION Section 07213 .01 - Page 1 "" SECTION 07213.01 FIBROUS BATT INSULATION w PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install batt insulation with vapor barrier in all exterior walls and ceilings as shown on the Contract Drawings . B. Furnish and install batt insulation for acoustical purposes in interior partitions as shown on the Contract Drawings. 1 .02 DELIVERY OF MATERIALS A. Furnish materials in manufacturer's packaging, complete with installation instructions . 1 .03 RELATED WORK A. Section 09260 - Gypsum Wallboard Systems . PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 .01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Owens Corning. B. Substitutions : Items of same function and performance are acceptable in conformance with Section 01630 . 2 .02 MATERIALS A. Batt Insulation: Preformed fiberglass wool batt; type with foil faced vapor barrier membrane on one side; manufactured by Owens Corning, or equal . Insulation R- value to be as shown on the Contract Drawings . "� 07213 .01 - 1 FINISH CARPENTRY Section 06200 - Page 4 .A .W D. Prime paint contact surfaces of items and assemblies in contact with cementitious materials. MW E. Install hardware, fixtures and accessories . F. Install hardware in accordance with manufacturer's .w recommendations. G. Patch to match existing conditions and materials . o 3 .02 PREPARATION FOR FINISHING A. Sand work smooth and set exposed nails and screws . Apply .® wood filler in exposed nail and screw indentations and leave ready to receive site-applied finish. On items to receive transparent finishes, use wood filler which matched surrounding surfaces, and of types recommended for applied finishes. .M am END OF SECTION IM MW ow MW .. WW 06200 - 4 FINISH CARPENTRY Section 06200 - Page 3 2 .02 ACCESSORIES A. Nails : Size and type to suit application. B. Bolts, Nuts, Washers, Lags, Pins and Screws : Size and type to suit application. C. Glue - Acceptable to both surfaces . 2 .03 INTERIOR WOOD DOORS A. Interior wood doors shall be flush doors, with solid particle board core construction as shown on the door schedule, with red oak rotary veneer and equal to Weyeraeuser #DPC-1 and DFM. 2 . 04 HARDWARE w A. All door hardware will be supplied under Section 08700 - Hardware and will be installed under this section. 2 .05 WALL AND BASE CABINETS A. New wall and base cabinets at Physical Therapy and Prevention Center to be equal to Imperia Designer Series . B. Wall and Base Cabinets at Valley Urological Associates , (Alternate No. 1) to be Imperia Oak Ridge. PART 3 EXECUTION 3 .01 INSTALLATION A. Perform finish carpentry work to extent indicated in this �. Section. Construction joining and pre--finishing of assemblies and items as established by AWI . B. Set and secure materials and components in place, rigid, plumb and square. C. Ensure all mechanical and electrical items affecting this ,. Section of work are properly placed, complete, and have been inspected by Architect prior to commencement of installation. """ 06200 - 3 FINISH CARPENTRY Section 06200 - Page 2 1 .03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform finish carpentry work in accordance with recommendations of the Millwork Standards of the Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI) . 1 .04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. FS MM-L-736C - Lumber, Hardwood. B. PS 1 - Construction and Industrial Plywood. C. PS 58 - Basic Hardwood. .� 1 .05 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Do not deliver finish carpentry items until site conditions are adequate to receive the work of this section. Protect materials from weather while in transit . B. Store indoors, in ventilated areas with a constant but minimum temperature of 60 degrees F. and maximum relative humidity of 25 to 55 percent . General Contractor to provide these conditions . PART 2 PRODUCTS a 2 .01 LUMBER PRODUCTS A. Softwood Lumber: PS20 am 1 . AWI custom grade where painted. 2 . AWI premium grade where clear finish used. wr 3 . Maximum moisture content of 6%. 4 . Trim species to match existing. B . Hardwood Lumber: or 1 . AWI custom grade for painted finish. 2 . AWI premium grade for clear finish. 00 3 . Maximum moisture content of 6%. 4. Poplar for painted finish. 5 . Red Oak for clear finish. 6. Match existing wood species where required. MW 06200 - 2 .� FINISH CARPENTRY Section 06200 - Page 1 SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Scope of Work: 1. Furnish and install interior doors where shown on the Contract Drawings . 2 . Install finish door hardware for interior and exterior doors that is being furnished under Section 08700 - Hardware. 3 . Install toilet accessories . *�* 4. Install all finish trim items shown on the contract drawings . 5 . Furnish and install cabinets and casework. 1 .02 RELATED WORK A. Rough Carpentry: Section 06000 . B. Hardware: Section 08700 . C. Painting: Section 09900 . D. Toilet Accessories : Section 10800 . E. General Conditions , Supplementary General Conditions , Special Conditions and General Requirements . " 06200 - 1 ROUGH CARPENTRY Section 06100 - Page 3 A. Place miscellaneous blocking, furring, canting, nailing strips, framing and sheathing. Place members true to lines and levels. Secure rigidly in place. B. Space miscellaneous framing and furring at 16 inches on center. C. Construct members of continuous pieces of longest possible lengths. D. New plywood sub-floor to be leveled with shims and flash patching and screwed to existing wood deck per APA.___, standards-. END OF SECTION a�. "" 06100 - 3 ROUGH CARPENTRY aw Section 06100 - Page 2 aw ow PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 .01 LUMBER AND SHEET MATERIALS ,w A. Lumber: PS 20, graded in accordance with NFPA Grading Rules; Spruce species; standard grade, pressure-treated with fire-retardant solution. "w B. Lumber: PS 20 , graded in accordance with NFPA Grading Rules; Spruce species; clear grade, pressure-treated with .w preservative salts . C. Lumber PS20, graded in accordance with NFPA grading rules am spruce or hem-fir framing and stud grade as shown on the Contract Drawings. D. Plywood Sub Floor: 3/4" tongue and groove APA rated a Sturd-I-Floor veneer plywood sub-floor. 2 .02 ACCESSORY MATERIAL ow A. Nails, Spikes and Staples : Galvanized for exterior locations, high humidity locations, and treated wood; plain finish for other interior locations; size and type .w to suit application. B. Bolts, Nuts, Washers, Lags , Pins and Screws : Medium RM carbon steel ; sized to suit application; galvanized for exterior locations, high humidity locations and treated wood; plain finish for other interior locations . .w C. Fasteners : Expansion shield and lag bolt type for anchorage to solid masonry or concrete bolts or power- activated type for anchorage to steel . ow D. Wood Preservative: All wood members in contact with cementitious masonry, roofing and flashing members shall ow be pressure-treated with preservative solution. PART 3 EXECUTION OW 3.01 PLACEMENT 06100 - 2 „� A ROUGH CARPENTRY Section 06100 - Page 1 w SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Wood framing for walls, floors and ceilings as described in the contract drawings . B. Miscellaneous framing required to rebuild or infill existing wood framed structure which is altered as part of this work. C. Blocking and bracing required by other trades to secure appliances, and devices , etc. D. Where shown on the contract drawings. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 09260 : Gypsum Wallboard Systems B. Section 10800 : Toilet Accessories 1 .03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Lumber to have visible grade stamp of an agency certified by NFPA. 1 .04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. PS 1 - Construction and Industrial Plywood. B. PS 20 - American Softwood Lumber Standard. C. NFPA National Forest Products Association National Design Specification for Stress Grade Lumber and its Fastening. 06100 - 1 MISCELLANEOUS METALS Section 05999 - Page 4 B. Schedule of metal fabrications: 1. Ledge and shelf angles, channels, and plates not attached to structural steel for support of metal decking, and joists; prime paint finish. 2 . Plates, channels and bolts for the installation of the movable partitions . 3 . Lintels : Prime paint finish. 4. Elevator ladder. 5 . Miscellaneous ferrous metal fabrications shown on the Contract Drawings . Wo END OF SECTION 05999 - 4 MISCELLANEOUS METALS Section 05999 - Page 3 G. Supply components required for proper anchorage of metal fabrications . Fabricate anchorage and related components of same material and finish as metal fabrication, unless otherwise specified in schedule herein. H. Thoroughly clean surfaces of rust , scale, grease and foreign matter prior to prime painting. I . Prime paint items as scheduled. Do not shop prime surfaces in contact with concrete or requiring field welding. Shop prime in two coats . PART 3 EXECUTION 3 .01 ERECTION A. Obtain Architect review prior to site cutting or making adjustments which are not part of scheduled work. B. Install items square and level , accurately fitted and free from distortion or defects. C. Make provision for erection stresses by temporary bracing. Keep work in alignment. D. Replace items damaged in course of installation. E. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1 . 1. F. After installation, touch up field welds and scratched and damaged prime painted surfaces . Use a primer consistent with shop coat . G. Supply to appropriate sections , items requiring to be cast into concrete or embedded in masonry, complete with necessary setting templates . 3 .02 SCHEDULE OF ITEMS A. Supply and install metal fabrications listed herein, complete with anchorage and attachments necessary for installation. '"� 05999 - 3 MISCELLANEOUS METALS Section 05999 - Page 2 D. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS welding symbols, indicate net weld length. , 1.04 RELATED WORK A. Section 03001 - Concrete. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 .01 MATERIALS A. Steel : ASTM A36. B. Bolts , Nuts and Washers : High strength type recommended for structural steel joints; ASTM A307 , A325, and A490 . MW C. Welding Materials : Applicable AWS D1.1, type required for materials being welded. D. Primer: Red lead FS TT-P-86 Type I . 2 .02 FABRICATION A. Verify dimensions on site prior to shop fabrication. B. Fabricate items with joints neatly fitted and properly secured. C. Fit and shop assemble in largest practical sections , for delivery to site. D. Grind exposed welds smooth and flush with adjacent finished surfaces . E. Exposed mechanical fastenings : Flush countersunk screws or bolts unobtrusively located consistent with design of ` structure, except when specifically noted otherwise. F. Make exposed joints flush butt type hairline joints where mechanically fastened. 05999 - 2 WW MISCELLANEOUS METALS Section 05999 - Page 1 SECTION 05999 MISCELLANEOUS METALS PART 1 GENERAL 1 .01 WORK INCLUDED A. Custom fabricate ferrous metal items 14 gage and heavier, prime paint finish. B. Refer to schedule located at end of this section. 1 .02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM A36 - Structural Steel . B. ASTM A307 - Low Carbon Steel externally and internally threaded fasteners . C. ASTM A325 - High strength bolts for structural steel joints including suitable nuts and plain hardened washers . D. ASTM A490 - Quenched and tempered alloy steel bolts for structural steel joints . E. AWI D1 . 1 - Structural Welding Code. F. FS TT-P-86 - Paint, red-lead base, ready mixed. ,A 1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit shop drawings and metal fabrications in accordance with Section 01340 . B . Indicate profiles , sizes , connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, size and type of fasteners and accessories . C. Include erection drawings , elevations and details where applicable. "'� 05999 - 1 MINOR DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING Section 02072 - Page 2 PART 3 EXECUTION 3 .01 PREPARATION A. Erect weatherproof closures for exterior openings . Maintain exit requirements. B. Erect and maintain dust[roof partitions as required to prevent spread of dust, fumes and smoke to other parts of the building. On completion, remove partitions and repair damaged surfaces to match adjacent surfaces . C. Carry out demolition work to cause as little inconvenience to adjacent occupied building areas as possible. 3 .02 DEMOLITION A. Demolish in an orderly and careful manner as required to ■W accommodate new work, including that required for connection to the existing building. Protect existing foundations and supporting structural members . ,W B. Perform demolition in accordance with applicable authorities having jurisdiction. aw C. Repair all demolition performed in excess of that required, at no cost to the Owner. ow D. Remove and dispose of demolished materials from site upon completion of work. Leave site in a condition acceptable to Architect . ow No END OF SECTION 02072 - 2 w MINOR DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING Section 02072 - Page 1 SECTION 02072 MINOR DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Remove designated sections of the existing structure of the building where necessary to install the new work. Also, patch these areas after the completion of the new work. B. Remove the designated building components where shown on the Contract Drawings, such as interior finishes, architectural elements, mechanical , plumbing and electrical systems . C. Cap or re-route exposed utilities, where required. 1 .02 PROTECTION i, A. Do not interfere with the use of adjacent portions of the building which are not in this Contract. Maintain free and safe passage to and from. B. Cease operations and notify the Architect immediately if safety of structure appears to be endangered. Take precautions to properly support structure. Do not resume operations until safety is restored. C . Provide, erect and maintain barricades , lighting and guard rails as required by applicable regulatory agencies to protect occupants of building and workers . PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 .01 MATERIALS A. Except where noted otherwise, maintain possession of materials being demolished. Immediately remove from site. 02072 - 1 i i TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS WARRANTIES AND BONDS Section 01740 - Page 2 D. Separate each warranty or bond with index tab sheets keyed to the Table of Contents listing. Provide full .. information, using separate typed sheets as necessary. List Subcontractor, supplier, and manufacturer, with name, address, and telephone number of responsible principal . 1 .04 PREPARATION OF SUBMITTALS A. Obtain warranties or bonds, executed in duplicate by responsible Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers, within ten ( 10) days after the completion of the applicable item of work. Except for items put into use ** with Owner's permission, leave date of beginning of time of warranty until Date of Substantial Completion is determined. B. Verify that documents are in proper form and contain full information. C. Co-execute submittals when required. D. Retain warranties and bonds until time specified for .. submittals . 1 .05 TIME OF SUBMITTALS A. For equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during construction with Owner's permission, submit documents within ten ( 10 ) days after acceptance. B. Make other submittals within ten ( 10) days after Date of Substantial Completion, prior to final Application of .. Payment. C. For items of Work when acceptance is delayed beyond Date of Substantial Completion, submit within ten ( 10) days after acceptance, listing the date of acceptance as the beginning of the warranty period. END OF SECTION 01740-2 WARRANTIES AND BONDS Section 01740 - Page 1 SECTION 01740 WARRANTIES AND BONDS PART 1 GENERAL 1 . 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Preparation of submittal of warranties and bonds. B. Schedule of Submittals . 1 .02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Instructions to Bidders . ` B. General Conditions . C. Section 01701 : Contract Closeout Procedures . D. Section 01730 : Operation and Maintenance Data. E. Individual Specification Sections : Warranties and Bonds required for specific products of work. 1 . 03 FORM OF SUBMITTALS A. Bind in commercial quality 8-1/2x11" three ring binder with clean, plastic covers . +�• B . Label cover of each binder with typed or printed title WARRANTIES AND BONDS , with title or project, name, address , and telephone number of Contractor, and name of responsible principal . C. Table of Contents : Neatly typed, in the sequence of the Table of Contents of the Project Manual , with each item identified with the number and title of the Specification Section in which specified, and the name of the product or work item. 01740-1 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Section 01730 - Page 4 K. Provide Contractor's coordination drawings, with as installed color-coded piping diagrams . L. Provide charts of valve tart numbers, with location and function of each valve, keyed to flow and control diagrams . M. Provide list of original manufacturer's spare parts, current prices , and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. N. Include test and balancing reports . O. Additional Requirements : As specified in individual Specification Sections. END OF SECTION 01730 - 4 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Section 01730 - Page 3 C. Moisture Protection and Weather-Exposed Products: Include product data listing applicable reference standards, chemical composition, and details of installation. Provide recommendations for inspections, maintenance and repair. D. Additional Requirements : As specified in individual Specification Sections . 1 .06 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. Each Item of Equipment and Each System: Include *� description of unit system and component parts . Give function, normal operating characteristics and limiting conditions . Include performance curves , with engineering data and tests , and complete nomenclature and commercial number of replacement parts . B. Panelboard Circuit Directories : Provide electrical service characteristics, controls and communications . C. Include as-installed, color-coded wiring diagrams . w D. Operating Procedures : Include start-up, break-in and routine normal operating instructions and sequences . Include regulation, control , stopping, shut-down and emergency instructions . Include summer, winter and any special operating instructions . E. Maintenance Requirements : Include routine procedures and guide for trouble-shooting, disassembly, repair and reassembly instructions : and alignment, adjusting, •• balancing and checking instructions . F. Provide servicing and lubrication schedule, and list of lubricants required. G. Include manufacturer' s printed operation and maintenance w. instructions . H. Include sequence of operation by controls manufacturer . I . Provide original manufacturer' s parts list, illustrations , assembly drawings and diagrams required for maintenance . J. Provide as installed wiring diagrams for alarm systems . 01730 - 3 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Section 01730 - Page 2 aw aw F. Text: Manufacturer' s printed data, or typewritten data. G. Drawings : Provide with reinforced punched binder tab. MR Bind in with text; fold larger drawings to size of text pages. 1 .04 CONTENTS A. Table of Contents : Provide title of project; names, addresses and telephone numbers of Architect/Engineer and ' Contractor with name of responsible parties ; schedule of products and systems, indexed to content of volume. B. For Each Product or System: List names, addresses and .� telephone numbers of Subcontractors and suppliers, including local source of supplies and replacement parts . C. Product Data: Mark each sheet to clearly identify specific products and component parts., and data applicable to installation; delete inapplicable information. D. Drawings : Supplement product data to illustrate relations of component parts of equipment and systems , to show .., control and flow diagrams . Do not use Project Record Documents as maintenance drawings . E. Typed Text: As required to supplement product data, provide logical sequence of instructions for each procedure, incorporating manufacturer's instructions . F. Warranties and Bonds : Bind in copy of each. 1 . 05 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES A. Building Products, applied materials and finishes : Include product data, with catalog number, size, composition and color and texture designations. Provide information for reordering custom-manufactured products. B. Instructions for Care and Maintenance: Include +�* manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning agents and methods , precautions against detrimental agents and methods , and recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance. O1730 - 2 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Section 01730 - Page 1 SECTION 01730 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 GENERAL 1 .01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Format and Contents of Manuals . B. Schedule of Submittals. 1 . 02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01340 : Shop Drawings , Product Data and Samples . B. Section 01701 : Contract Closeout Procedures . C. Section 01720 : Project Record Documents . D. Section 01740 : Warranties and Bonds . E. Individual Specification Sections : Specific requirements „w for operation and maintenance data. 1 . 03 FORMAT A. Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual. B. Binders : Commercial quality, 8-1/2 inch x 11 inch three ring binders with cleanable , plastic covers . When multiple binders are used, correlate data into related consistent groupings . C . Cover: Identify each binder with typed or printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS" : list title of project and identify subject matter of contents. D . Arrange contents by systems , under section numbers and sequence of Table of Contents of this Project Manual . E . Provide tabbed fly leaf for each separate product and system, with typed description of product and major component parts of equipment. 01730 - 1 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Section 01720 - Page 3 B. Transmit with cover letter in duplicate, listing: 1 . Date. 2 . Project title and number. 3 . Contractor's name , address and telephone number. 4 . Number and title of each Record Document. 5 . Signature of Contractor or authorized representative. END OF SECTION 01720-3 VW PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Section 01720 - Page 2 8 . Manufacturer' s Certificates . B. Store Record Documents and samples in field office apart " from Documents used for construction. Provide files, racks and secure storage for Record Documents and samples . C. Label and file Record Documents and samples in accordance with Section number listings in Table of Contents of this Project Manual . Label each Document "PROJECT RECORD" in neat, large, printed letters . D. Maintain Record Documents in a clean, dry and legible condition. Do not use Record Documents for construction purposes . E. Keep Record Documents and samples available for inspection by Architect. 1 .04 RECORDING A. Record information on a set of blueline opaque drawings, provided by the Owner. B. Provide felt tip marking pens , maintaining separate colors for each major system, for recording information. C. Record information concurrently with construction progress . Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded. D. Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings : Legibly mark each item to record actual construction, including: 1 . Field changes of dimension and detail . 2 . Changes made by modification. 3 . References to related shop drawings and modifications . 1 . 05 SUBMITTALS A. At Contract closeout , deliver Record Documents and samples under provisions of Section 01701 . .. 01720-2 w PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Section 01720 - Page 1 SECTION 01720 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1 .01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples . B. Submittal of Record Documents and Samples . 1 . 02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. General Conditions . B. Section 01340 : Shop Drawings , Product Data and Samples . C. Section 01701 : Contract Closeout Procedures. D. Section 01730 : Operation and Maintenance Data. E. Individual Specification Sections: Manufacturer' s Certificates and Certificates of Inspection. 1 . 03 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES A. In addition to requirements of General Conditions, maintain at site for Owner one record copy of: +*+� 1 . Contract Drawings . 2 . Specifications . 3 . Addenda. 4 . Change Orders and Other Modifications to the Contract. 5 . Reviewed Shop Drawings , Product Data and Samples . +� 6 . Field Test Records . 7 . Inspection Certificates . 01720-1 .w FINAL CLEANING aw Section 01710 - Page 2 owl MW C. Clean finishes free of dust, stains, films, glue and other foreign substances . Broom clean floors . D. Clean transparent and glossy materials to a polished condition; remove foreign substances. Polish reflective surfaces to a clear shine. E. Vacuum clean carpeted and similar soft surfaces . F. Clean, wax and polish resilient and hard-surfaced floors as specified. G. Clean surfaces of equipment; remove excess lubrication. H. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition. I . Clean permanent filters of ventilating equipment and replace disposable filters when units have been operated during construction; in addition, clean ducts, blowers and .W coils when units have been operated without filters during construction. 4W J. Clean light fixtures and lamps . K. Maintain cleaning until Substantial Completion. ow L. Remove waste , foreign matter and debris from roofs, nutters , areaways and drainage systems . ow M. Remove waste, debris and surplus materials from site. Clean grounds , remove spills and foreign substances from paved areas and sweep clean. Rake clean other exterior aw surfaces . sm END OF SECTION .R MW .W 01710-2 4W FINAL CLEANING Section 01710 - Page 1 SECTION 01710 FINAL CLEANING PART 1 GENERAL 1 . 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Final Cleaning of Project. ,w 1 . 02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. General Conditions . B. Section 01701 : Contract Closeout Procedures. C. Individual Specifications Sections: Specific cleaning for product or work. 1 . 03 DESCRIPTION A. Execute cleaning prior to inspection for Substantial Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 01 CLEANING MATERIALS A. Use materials which will not create hazards to health or property, and which will not damage surfaces . B . Use only materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of material being cleaned. PART 3 EXECUTION 3 .01 CLEANING A. In addition to removal of debris and cleaning specified in other Sections , clean interior and exterior exposed to view surfaces . B. Remove temporary protection and labels not required to remain. 01710-1 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Section 01701 - Page 4 1 .08 APPLICATION FOR FINAL PAYMENT 9W A. Submit application for final payment in accordance with provisions of Conditions of the Contract. ow END OF SECTION aw W ow .e ow .. 01701-4 ,, a CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Section 01701 - Page 3 C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Under provisions of Section 01730. D. Warranties and Bonds : Under provisions of Section 01740. E. Keys and Keying Schedule: Under provisions of Section 08700 . F. Evidence of Payment and Release of Liens : In accordance with Conditions of the Contract. G. Consent of Surety to Final Payment . H. Certificates of Insurance for Products and Completed Operations : In accordance with Supplementary Conditions . 1 . 07 STATEMENT OF ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS A. Submit final statement reflecting adjustments to Contract *�! Sum indicating: 1 . Original Contract Sum. 2 . Previous Change Orders . 3 . Deductions for Uncorrected Work. 4 . Penalties and Bonuses . OF 5 . Deductions for Liquidated Damages . 6 . Deductions for Reinspection Fees . 7 . Other adjustments to Contract Sum. 8 . Total Contract Sum as Adjusted. 9 . Previous Payment . 10 . Sum Remaining Due . B. Architect will issue a final Change Order reflecting approved adjustments to Contract Sum not previously made by Change Order. 01701-3 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Section 01701 - Page 2 A. When Contractor considers work is complete, submit written ow certification: 1 . Contract Documents have been reviewed. "w 2 . Work has been inspected for compliance with Contract Documents . a 3 . Work has been completed in accordance with Contract Documents and deficiencies listed with Certificate of ow Substantial Completion have been corrected. 4 . Equipment and systems have been tested and adjusted. 5 . Work is complete and ready for final inspection. B. Should Architect's inspection find work incomplete, he «. will promptly notify the Contractor, in writing, listing observed deficiencies . C. Contractor shall remedy deficiencies and send a second certification of final completion. D. When Architect finds work is complete, he will consider closeout submittals . 1 . 05 REINSPECTION FEES A. Should status of completion of work require reinspection by Architect due to failure of work to comply with Contractor's claims on initial inspection, Contractor will pay the amount of Architect 's compensation for reinspection services prior to the Architect's approval of final payment to Contractor. 1 . 06 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Evidence of Compliance of Requirements of Governing .. Authorities : 1 . Certificate of Occupancy. or 2 . Certificate of Inspection. MW B. Project Record Documents : Under provisions of Section 01720 . 01701-2 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Section 01701 - Page 1 SECTION 01701 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL .. 1 .01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Administrative Provisions for Substantial Completion and for Final Acceptance. 1 . 02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. General Conditions . B . Section 01010 : Summary of Work. C. Section 01710 : Final Cleaning. D. Section 01720 : Project Record Documents . E . Section 01730 : Operation and Maintenance Data. '! F. Section 01740 : Warranties and Bonds . 1 . 03 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. When Contractor considers work, or designated portion of work, is substantially complete, submit written notice with list of items to be completed or corrected. B. Should Architect' s inspection find work is not substantially complete, he will promptly notify the Contractor in writing, listing observed deficiencies . C. Contractor shall remedy deficiencies and send a second written notice of substantial completion. D . When Architect finds work is substantially complete , he will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion in accordance with provisions of General Conditions . 1 . 04 FINAL COMPLETION 01701-1 PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS Section 01630 — Page 4 aw ow C. Contractor will coordinate installation of accepted substitute, making such changes as may be required for ow Work to be complete in all respects. D. Contractor certifies that cost data presented is complete owl and includes all related costs under this Contract. E. Contractor waives claims for additional costs related to substitution which may later become apparent. aw 1 . 08 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Submit three ( 3 ) copies of request for substitution. am B. Architect will review Contractor's requests for substitutions with reasonable promptness . MW C. During the Bidding Period. Architect will record acceptable substitutions in Addenda. aw D. After award of Contract , Architect will notify Contractor, in writing, of decision to accept or reject requested „w substitution within fifteen ( 15 ) days . E . For accepted products , submit shop drawings , product data and samples under provisions of Section 01340 . o ow END OF SECTION aw .. .w ow ow 01630-4 #, PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS Section 01630 - Page 3 1 . 06 REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTIONS A. Submit separate request for each substitution. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with requirements of Contract Documents . .� B. Identify product by Specification Section and Article numbers . Provide manufacturer's name and address . trade name of product and model or catalog number. List fabricators and suppliers as appropriate. C. Attach product data as specified in Section 01340 . D . List similar projects using product, dates of installation and names of Architect and Owner. E. Give itemized comparison of proposed substitution with specified product, listing variations , and reference to Specification Section and Article number. F. Give quality and performance comparison between proposed substitution and the specified product. . G. Give cost data comparing proposed substitution with specified product, and amount of net change to Contract Sum. H. List availability of maintenance services and replacement materials . I . State effect of substitution on construction schedule, and changes required in other work or products . 1 . 07 CONTRACTOR REPRESENTATION A. Reauest for substitution constitutes and representation that Contractor has investigated proposed product and has determined that it is equal to or superior in all respects to specified product or that the cost reduction offered is ample justification for accepting the offered substitution. B. Contractor will provide same warranty for substitution as for specified product . "'" 01630-3 PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS Section 01630 - Page 2 1 . 04 PRODUCT LIST A. Within seven ( 7 ) days after the date of Owner-Contractor M" Agreement, transmit three ( 3) copies of a list of major products which are proposed for installation; include name of manufacturer. ow B. Tabulate products by specifications section number, title and article number. .» C. For products specified only by reference standards, give manufacturer, trade name, model or catalog designation and reference standards . MW D. Architect will reply in writing within fifteen ( 15 ) days stating whether there is reasonable objection to listed ., items . Failure to object to a listed item shall not constitute a waiver of requirements of Contract Documents . 1 . 05 LIMITATIONS ON SUBSTITUTIONS A. During bidding period. Supplementary General Conditions and Instructions to Bidders govern times for submitting **� requests for substitutions under requirements specified in this Section. B . Requests for substitutions of products will be considered wo only within fifteen ( 15 ) days after the date of Owner- Contractor Agreement . Subsequent requests will be considered only in case of product unavailability or aw other conditions beyond the control of the Contractor. C. Substitutions will not be considered when indicated on • shop drawings or product data submittals without separate formal request, when requested directly by Subcontractor or supplier, or when acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents . "' D. Substitute products shall not be ordered or installed without written acceptance. E. Only one ( 1 ) request for substitution for each product will be considered. When substitution is not accepted, ..� provide specified product. F. Architect will determine acceptability of substitutions . 01630-2 PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS Section 01630 - Page 1 SECTION 01630 PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1 .01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Contractor' s Options in Selection of Products . B. Products List . C . Requests for Substitution of Products . 1 . 02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Instructions to Bidders . B. Supplementary General Conditions . C. Section 01340 : Shop Drawings , Product Data and Samples . D . Section 01720 : Project Record Documents . E . Section 01730 : Operation and Maintenance Data. 1 . 03 OPTIONS A. Products specified by Reference Standards or by description only: Any product meeting those standards . B. Products specified by naming One or More Manufacturer' s with a Provision for Substitutions : Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not specifically named. C. Products specified by naming several manufacturers: products of named manufacturers meeting specifications; no options , no substitutions . D. Products Specified by Naming Only One Manufacturer: No option, no substitution allowed. 01630-1 MWWW STORAGE AND PROTECTION ,. Section 01620 - Page 3 *■ 3 .05 MAINTENANCE OF EQUIPMENT STORAGE A. For mechanical and electrical equipment in long term storage, provide manufacturer's service instruction to accompany each item with notice of enclosed instructions shown on exterior of package. e END OF SECTION �w 4W 01620-3 STORAGE AND PROTECTION Section 01620 - Page 2 B. Maintain temperature and humidity within ranges stated in manufacturer's instructions. C. Provide humidity control and ventilation for sensitive products as required by manufacturer's instructions . D. Store unpacked and loose products on shelves, in bins or in neat groups of like items . 3 . 03 EXTERIOR STORAGE A. Provide substantial platforms , blocking or skids to support fabricated products above ground; slope to provide drainage. Protect products from soiling and staining. B. For products subject to discoloration or deterioration from exposure to the elements, cover with impervious sheet material . Provide ventilation to avoid condensation. C. Store loose granular materials on clean, solid surfaces such as pavement, or on rigid sheet materials to prevent mixing with foreign matter. D. Provide surface drainage to prevent erosion and ponding of water. E. Prevent mixing of refuse of chemically injurious materials or liquids . 3 . 04 MAINTENANCE OF STORAGE A. Periodically inspect stored products on a scheduled basis . B. Verify that storage facilities comply with manufacturer's .� product storage requirements . C. Verify that manufacturer-required environmental conditions MW are maintained continually. D. Verify that surface products exposed to the elements are 1W not adversely affected, that any weathering of finishes is acceptable under requirements of Contract Documents . aw 01620-2 STORAGE AND PROTECTION OR Section 01620 - Page 1 SECTION 01620 STORAGE AND PROTECTION PART 1 GENERAL 1 . 01 REQUIREMENTS A. Storage, General . B. Enclosed Storage. C. Exterior Storage . D. Maintenance of Storage. 1 .02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01010 : Summary of Work. B. Section 01610 : Transportation & Handling. C. Section 01720 : Project Record Documents . PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 01 STORAGE, GENERAL .. A. Store products , immediately on delivery, in accordance with manufacturer' s instructions , with. seals and labels intact. Protect until installed. B. Arrange storage in a manner to provide access for maintenance of stored items and for inspection. 3 . 02 ENCLOSED STORAGE A. Store products subject to damage by the elements in substantial weathertight enclosures . 01620-1 MEW TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING owl Section 01610 - Page 2 am B. Coordinate deliveries to avoid .conflict with work and MW conditions at site, work of other Contractors; or Owner; limitations on storage space; availability of personnel and handling equipment. am C. Deliver products in undamaged, dry condition, in original unopened containers or packaging with identifying labels intact and legible. ow D. Clearly mark partial deliveries of component parts of equipment to identify equipment and contents or permit aw easy accumulation of parts and to facilitate assembly. E. Immediately on delivery, inspect shipment to assure: ow 1 . Product complies with Contract Documents and reviewed submittals. 2 . Quantities are correct. 3 . Accessories and installation hardware are correct. ••B 4 . Containers and packages are intact and labels legible. 5 . Products are protected and undamaged. 3.03 PRODUCT HANDLING ,W A. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products , including those provided by Owner, by methods to prevent soiling and damage. B. Provide additional protection during handling to prevent marring and otherwise damaging products, packaging and surrounding surfaces . C. Handle products by methods to avoid bending or overstressing. Lift large and heavy components only at designated lift points . END OF SECTION 01610-2 .� TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING Section 01610 - Page 1 SECTION 01610 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING PART 1 GENERAL 1 .01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Packaging , Transportation. B. Delivery and Receiving. C. Product Handling. 1 .02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01010 : Summary of Work. B. Section 01620 : Storage and Protection. C. Individual Specification Sections : Specific requirements for packaging, shipping and handling . w PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION • 3 . 01 PACKAGING, TRANSPORTATION A. Require supplier to package products in boxes or crates for protection during shipment , handling and storage . Protect sensitive products against exposure to elements and moisture. B . Protect sensitive equipment and finishes against impact, abrasion and other damage . ®. 3 .02 DELIVERY AND RECEIVING A. Arrange deliveries of products in accordance with construction progress schedules . Allow time for inspection prior to installation. 01610-1 CONSTRUCTION CLEANING Section 01569 - 2 .. E. Control cleaning operations so that dust and other '° particles will not adhere to wet or newly-coated surfaces . 3 .02 DISPOSAL a, A. Remove waste materials, debris and rubbish from site on a weekly basis , or more frequently as needed because of the owl site, and dispose of off-site at Contractor's expense. .m END OF SECTION aw 01569 - 2 CONSTRUCTION CLEANING *� Section 01569 - 1 +,w SECTION 01569 CONSTRUCTION CLEANING PART 1 GENERAL 1 .01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Cleaning and disposal of waste materials, debris and rubbish during construction. 1 .02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. General Conditions of the Contract. B. Section 01710 : Final Cleaning. C. Individual Specification Sections : Specific cleaning for product or work. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 01 EQUIPMENT A. Provide covered containers for disposal of waste materials , debris and rubbish at Contractor's expense. PART 3 EXECUTION • 3 . 01 CLEANING A. Maintain areas under Contractor's control free of waste materials , debris and rubbish. No waste material , debris or rubbish will be permitted outside the building. B. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums , attics , crawl spaces and other closed or remote spaces , prior to closing the space. C. Periodically clean interior areas to provide suitable conditions for work. D. Broom clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing and continue cleaning on an as-needed basis . 01569 - 1 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPO Section 01 1 . 11 PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES A. Provide temporary protection of existing facilitie equipment. B. Protect Owner's existing finished area from damage dust by installing adequate barriers to seal off construction areas from the rest of the building. 1 . 12 FIELD OFFICES (TO BE PROVIDED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR) A. Field Office: (At the General Contractor's Option) . 1 . 13 PARKING AND STORAGE AREA A. Coordinate area to be set aside for Contractor's storag and parking with Owner. 1 . 14 REMOVAL A. Remove temporary materials , equipment, services and construction prior to substantial completion inspection. B. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary facilities. Restore existing facilities used during construction to specified or to original condition. 1 . 15 SCAFFOLDING A. The General Contractor is to coordinate with his Subcontractors as to responsibilities for providing scaffolding. B. Coordinate with Owner on existing equipment and facilities which must be moved in order to facilitate erection of scaffolding . END OF SECTION 01500 - 4 ;u STRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTRuL- oLs Section 01500 - Page 3 9 wr er is available by use of hoses. Owner will a , water used. Waste and excessive use will result ocation. `T' ,ARY FACILITIES fl, Contractor will be required to provide temporary + ilets for his work forces in accordance with all ?plicable sanitary codes . BARRIERS (TO BE PROVIDED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR) A Provide as required to prevent public entry to construction areas and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations . B. Protect the existing building as required to prevent damage during construction. Protect against vehicular traffic, stored materials , dumping, chemically injurious materials and other harmful damage. 1 .09 ENCLOSURES (TO BE PROVIDED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR) A. Provide temporary weathertight closures of openings in exterior surfaces to provide acceptable working conditions and protection for materials, to allow for temporary heating ( if necessary) . B. The building is to be maintained in a secure manner at all times so as to prevent entry by unauthorized persons as well as damage or vandalism. 1 . 10 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A. Provide temporary protection for installed products . Control traffic in immediate area to minimize damage . B. Provide protective coverings at walls , projections , jambs, sills and soffits of openings . Protect finishes , floors and stairs from traffic, movement of heavy objects and storage. 01500 - 3 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS Section 01500 - Page 2 will not be permitted and will result in revocation. Any additional power or lighting, if required beyond the present facilities , is to be provided and paid for by the Contractor. B. Temporary lighting, if required, is to meet OSHA and other applicable codes for construction operations. 1 . 04 HEAT, VENTILATION (TO BE PROVIDED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR) A. Provide as required to maintain specified conditions for MW construction operations , to protect materials and finishes from damage due to temperature and humidity. sm B. Provide and install temporary units as required to maintain specified conditions for construction operations, to protect materials and finishes from damage due to temperature or humidity. Contractor to pay for energy ow costs of temporary heat until the new heating system is operational . When the new heating system is operational, the Contractor will pay for the cost of the energy used .W until the date of Substantial Completion. Take measures to conserve energy. C. Prior to operation of permanent heating system for temporary purposes , verify that installation is approved for operation and that filters are in place . Contractor to clean system and recondition system prior to Owner a occupancy. D. Provide ventilation of enclosed areas to cure materials , ow to disperse humidity, and to prevent accumulations of dust , fumes , vapors or gases . 1 . 05 TELEPHONE SERVICE (OPTIONAL - TO BE PROVIDED BY EACH ow INDIVIDUAL CONTRACTOR) A. Provide telephone service, if desired, to field office. "" 1 . 06 WATER am A. Contractor will be allowed to use water in building for temporary water. Connect to building's existing facilities ; extend branch piping with outlets located so 01500 - 2 ewR CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS ** Section 01500 - Page 1 SECTION 01500 +� CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS PART 1 GENERAL 1 .01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Electricity, Lighting . B. Heating, Ventilating. C. Telephone Service. w D. Water. E. Sanitary Facilities . F. Barriers . G. Enclosures . H. Protection of Installed Work. 'w I . Protection of Existing Facilities . J. Field Offices. K. Parking and Storage Area. L. Scaffolding. 1 .02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01010 : Summary of Work. B. Section 01710: Final Cleaning. 1 .03 ELECTRICITY, LIGHTING A. The Contractor may have use of the existing electrical power and lighting at no charge. Waste and heavy loads 01500 - 1 SCHEDULE OF VALUES ** Section 01370 - Page 2 ,. E. Component listings shall each include a directly ow proportional amount of Contractor's overhead and profit. F. For items on which payments will be requested for stored ,w products, list sub-values for cost of stored products with taxes paid. G. The sum of values listed shall equal total Contract Sum. 1 . 05 SUBSTANTIATING DATA MW A. When Architect requires substantiating information, submit data justifying line item amounts in question. .w B. Provide one copy of data with cover letter for each copy of application. Show Application number and date, and line item by number and description. .w MM END OF SECTION ow ow 01370 - 2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES w. Section 01370 - Page 1 SECTION 01370 SCHEDULE OF VALUES PART 1 GENERAL �. 1 .01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Procedures for preparation and submittal of Schedule of Values. 1 .02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. General Conditions of the Contract. B. Section 01010 : Summary of Work. C. Section 01027 : Applications for Payment. 1 . 03 FORMAT A. Type Schedule on A. I .A. Document G703 - Continuation Sheet for Application and Certificate for Payment. B. Contractor's standard form or media-driven printout will be considered on request. C. Follow Table of Contents of Project Manual for listing component parts . Identify each line item by number and title of major Specification Sections . 1 . 04 CONTENT A. List installed value for each major item of work and each subcontracted item of work as a separate line item to serve as a basis for computing values for Progress Payments. Round off values to the nearest dollar. B. For each major subcontract, list products and operations of that subcontract as separate line items . C. Include work allowances within the line item of work. D. Coordinate listings with Progress Schedule. 01370 - 1 MR SHOP DRAWINGS , PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES Section 01340 - Page 3 ' 1 . 08 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Transmit submittals in accordance with approved progress schedule and in such a sequence to avoid delay in the work or work of other Contracts . �. B. Provide 8 x 4 inch blank space on each submittal for Contractor's and Architect's stamps . C. Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed, certifying �. to review, verification of products , field dimensions and field construction criteria, and coordination of information with requirements of work and Contract Documents . D. Coordinate submittals into logical groupings to facilitate WA interrelation of the several items: 1 . Finishes which involve Architect selection of colors , textures or patterns . 2 . Associated items which require correlation for efficient function or for installation. E. Submit number of opaque reproductions of shop drawings Contractor requires , plus two ( 2 ) which will be retained by the Architect . F. Submit number of copies of product data and manufacturer's instructions Contractor requires , plus two ( 2) copies which will be retained by the Architect. G. Submit number of samples specified in individual Specification Sections . 1 . 09 RESUBMITTALS A. Make resubmittals under procedures specified for initial submittals , identify changes made since previous submittal . 1 . 10 DISTRIBUTION A. Duplicate and distribute reproductions of shop drawings , copies of product data and samples which bear Architect' s stamp of approval to job site file, Record Documents file , Subcontractors , Suppliers , other affected Contractors and other entities requiring information. END OF SECTION 01340-3 SHOP DRAWINGS , PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES Section 01340 - Page 2 B. Modify manufacturer's standard schematic drawings and diagrams to supplement standard information and to provide information specifically applicable to the work. Delete information not applicable. 1 . 05 SAMPLES A. Submit full range of manufacturer's standard finishes except when more restrictive requirements are specified, indicating colors , textures and patterns , for Architect selection. B. Submit samples to illustrate functional characteristics of .w products, including parts and attachments. C. Approved samples which may be used in work are indicated in the Specification Section. D. Label each sample with identification required for transmittal letter. 1 . 06 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS A. Manufacturer's instructions for storage, preparation, assembly, installation, start-up, adjusting , balancing and finishing. 1 . 07 CONTRACTOR REVIEW A. Review submittals prior to transmittal; determine and "" verify field measurements, field construction criteria, manufacturer' s catalog numbers , and conformance of submittal with requirements of Contract Documents . .w B. Coordinate submittals with requirements of work and of Contract Documents . ow C. Sign or initial each sheet of shop drawings and product data and each sample label to certify compliance with requirements of Contract Documents. Notify Architect in 'w writing of time of submittal , of any deviations from requirements of Contract Documents . ., D. Do not fabricate products or begin work which requires submittals until return of submittal with Architect acceptance. 01340-2 **� SHOP DRAWINGS , PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES Section 01340 - Page 1 SECTION 01340 SHOP DRAWINGS , PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES .A PART 1 GENERAL w. 1 .01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Procedures for Submittals. 1 .02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. General Conditions of the Contract. B. Section 01310 : Progress Schedules . w C. Section 01630 : Substitutions and Product Options. D. Section 01720 : Project Record Documents . E. Section 01730 : Operation and Maintenance Data. 1 . 03 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Present in a clear and thorough manner. Title each drawing with project and Contract name and number; identify each element of drawings by reference to sheet number and detail, schedule or room number of Contract Documents . B . Identify field dimensions ; show relation to adjacent or critical features of work or products . 1 . 04 PRODUCT DATA A. Submit only pages which are pertinent; mark each copy of standard printed data to identify pertinent products , reference to Specification Section and Article number. Show reference standards , performance characteristics and capacities ; wiring and piping diagrams and controls , component parts, finishes , dimensions and required clearances . 01340-1 on PROGRESS SCHEDULES "* Section 01310 - Page 3 *■ 1 .07 DISTRIBUTION A. Distribute copies of reviewed Schedules to job site file, Subcontractors, suppliers and other concerned entities. B. Instruct recipients to promptly report in writing, problems anticipated by projections shown in Schedules. END OF SECTION �w ""' 01310-3 PROGRESS SCHEDULES Section 01310 - Page 2 D. Provide sub-schedules to define critical portions of entire schedule. E. Show accumulated percentage of completion of each item, and total percentage of work complete, as of the first day of each month. F. Provide separate schedule of submittal date for shop drawings, product data and samples, including Owner furnished products and dates reviewed submittals will be required from Architect. Show decision dates for selection of finishes. Show delivery dates for Owner- furnished products . 1 . 05 REVISIONS TO SCHEDULES A. Indicate progress of each activity to date of submittal, and projected completion date of each activity. B. Identify activities modified since previous submittal, major changes in scope, and other identifiable changes. C. Provide narrative report to define problem areas , anticipated delays , and impact on Schedule . Report ow corrective action taken, or proposed, and its effect, including effect on changes on schedules of separate Contractors . ow 1 . 06 SUBMITTALS A. Submit preliminary outline Schedules within twenty ( 20 ) ow days after the date of Owner-Contractor Agreement for coordination with Owner' s requirements and work of separate Contracts . After review, submit detailed Schedules within fifteen ( 15 ) days , modified to -" accommodate revisions recommended by Architect. B. Submit revised Progress Schedules with each Application 1W for Payment. C. Submit number of opaque reproductions which Contractor MW requires , plus two ( 2 ) copies which will be retained by Architect . 01310-2 PROGRESS SCHEDULES Section 01310 - Page 1 SECTION 01310 PROGRESS SCHEDULES PART 1 GENERAL 1 .01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Procedures for Preparation and Submittal of Construction Progress Schedules and Periodical Updating. 1 .02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01010 : Summary of Work. B. Section 01027 : Applications for Payment. C. Section 01200 : Project Meetings. D. Section 01340 : Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. 1 . 03 FORMAT A. Prepare Schedules as a horizontal bar chart with separate bar for each major portion of work or operation, identifying first work day of each week. B. Sequencing of Listings : The chronological order of the start of each item of work. C. Scale and Spacing: To provide space for notations and revisions . D. Sheet Size: Multiple of 8-1/2 x 11 inches . 1 . 04 CONTENT A. Show complete sequence of construction by activity, with dates for beginning and completion of each element of construction. B. Identify each item by major Specification Section number. C. Identify work of separate stages and other logically grouped activities . "'" 01310-1 PROJECT MEETINGS "■ Section 01200 - Page 3 1 .04 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Schedule regular weekly meetings . B. Hold called meetings as required by progress of the work. C. Location of Meetings: Project field office of Contractor. D. Attendance: 1 . Architect and his professional consultants as needed. ** 2 . Subcontractors as appropriate to the aaenda. 3 . Suppliers as appropriate to the agenda. E. Suggested Agenda: 1 . Review of work progress since previous meeting. 2 . Field observations, problems, conflicts . 3 . Problems which impede Construction Schedule. 4 . Review of off-site fabrication, delivery schedules . 5 . Corrective measures and procedures to regain projected schedule. 6 . Revisions to Construction Schedule. 7 . Progress, schedule , during succeeding work period. .�r 8 . Coordination of schedules . w. 9 . Review submittal schedules ; expedite as required. 10 . Maintenance of quality standards . 11 . Pending changes and substitutions . 12 . Review proposed changes for: a. Effect on Construction Schedule and on completion date . b. Effect on other contracts - of the project. END OF SECTION 01200 - 3 PROJECT MEETINGS Section 01200 - Page 2 D. Suggested Agenda: ' 1 . Distribution and discussion of: a. List of major subcontractors and suppliers. b. Project Construction Schedules . 2 . Critical work sequencing . 3 . Major equipment deliveries and priorities. 4 . Project coordination: a. Designation of responsible personnel. 5 . Procedures and processing of: a. Field decisions . b. Proposal requests . low C . Submittals . MW d. Change Orders . e . Applications for Payment. 6 . Adequacy of distribution of Contract Documents. 7. Procedures for maintaining Record Documents . 8 . Use of premises : ow a. Office , work and storage areas . b. Owner's requirements. 9 . Construction facilities , controls and construction aids . 10 . Temporary utilities . 11 . Safety and first aid procedures . 12 . Security procedures . 13 . Housekeeping procedures . 01200 - 2 PROJECT MEETINGS Section 01200 - Page 1 SECTION 01200 PROJECT MEETINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1 . 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Representatives of Contractors, Subcontractors and Suppliers attending meetings shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents . B. Architect may attend meetings to ascertain that work is expedited consistent with Contract Documents and construction schedules . 1 . 02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Instructions to Bidders . B. Section 01310 : Progress Schedules . ., C. Section 01340 : Shop Drawings , Product Data and Samples . D. Section 01720 : Project Record Documents . E . Section 01730 : Operation and Maintenance Data. 1 . 03 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETINGS A. Schedule within five ( 5 ) days after the date of Notice to Proceed. B. Location: A central site, convenient for all parties , designated by the Contractor. C. Attendance: 1 . Owner's Representative. 2 . Architect and his Professional Consultants . 3 . Contractor' s Superintendent. 4 . Major Subcontractors . 01200 - 1 ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES Section 01120 - Page 4 .• B. Finish patches to produce uniform finish and texture over entire area. When finish cannot be matched, refinish entire surface to nearest intersections. 3. 08 CLEANING A. In addition to cleaning specified in Section 01500 and 01569 , clean Owner-occupied areas of work daily. aw .W .a END OF SECTION IM MP .W MW MM .b ow ow MM 01120 - 4 o^ W No ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES Section 01120 - Page 3 D. Refinish visible existing surfaces to remain in renovated rooms and spaces to specified condition for each material, with a neat transition to adjacent new finishes. E. Install products as specified in individual Sections . 3. 04 TRANSITIONS A. Where new work abuts or aligns with existing, make a smooth and even transition. Patched work shall match existing adjacent work in texture and appearance. B. When finishes surfaces are cut so that a smooth transition with the work is not possible, terminate existing surface •• along a straight line at a natural line of division and make a recommendation to Architect. 3 . 05 ADJUSTMENTS A. Where removal of partitions results in adjacent spaces becoming one, rework floors , walls and ceilings to a WA smooth plane without breaks , steps or bulkheads . Where a change in plane of 1/4 inch or more occurs, submit recommendation for providing a smooth transition to Architect for review and request instructions from Architect. B. Trim existing doors as necessary to clear new floor finishes ; refinish trimmed areas . C. Fit work at penetrations of surfaces as specified in "* Section 01045 . 3 . 06 REPAIR OF DAMAGED SURFACES A. Patch or replace portions of existing surfaces which are damaged, lifted, discolored or showing other imperfections . B. Repair substrate prior to patching finish. �* 3 . 07 FINISHES A. Finish surfaces as specified in individual Sections . 01120 - 3 ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES Section 01120 - Page 2 PART 3 EXECUTION 3 .01 INSPECTION A. Verify that demolition is complete and areas are ready for -� installation of new work. B. Beginning of restoration work means acceptance of existing conditions. 3 . 02 PREPARATION 9W A. Cut, move or remove items as necessary for access to alterations and renovations work; replace and restore at completion. B. Remove unsuitable materials not marked for salvage, such as rotted wood, rusted metals, and deteriorated masonry and concrete; replace materials as specified for finished work. C. Remove debris and abandoned items from area and from MW concealed spaces . D. Prepare surfaces and remove surface finishes to provide MW for proper installation of new work and new finishes . E. Close opening in exterior surfaces to protect existing work and salvage items from weather and extremes of "W temperature and humidity. Insulate ductwork and piping to prevent condensation in exposed areas. .. 3 . 03 INSTALLATION A. Coordinate work of alterations and renovations to expedite owl completion sequentially and to accommodate Owner occupancy. B. Project designated areas and finishes shall be complete in MW all respects including operational mechanical and electrical systems . IM C. Remove, cut and patch work in a manner to minimize damage and to provide means of restoring products and finishes to original and specified conditions . I, 01120 - 2 ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES Section 01120 - Page 1 SECTION 01120 ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL 1 .01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Procedural Requirements. B. Rehabilitation and Renovations of Existing Spaces and �.. Materials. 1 . 02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01010 : Summary of Work, work sequence and Owner occupancy. B. Section 01045 : Cutting and Patching. C. Section 01500: Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls, temporary enclosures and protection of installed work. D. Section 01569 : Construction Cleaning. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 01 PRODUCTS FOR PATCHING AND EXTENDING WORK A. New Materials : As specified in individual Sections . B. Match existing products and work for patching and extending work. C. Determine type and quality of existing products by inspection and any necessary testing, and workmanship by use of existing as a standard. Presence of a product, finish or type of work requires that patching, extending or matching shall be performed as necessary to make work complete and consistent with existing quality and the Specifications . 01120 - 1 REFERENCE STANDARDS Section 01090 - Page 5 SMACNA Sheetmetal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association 8224 Old Courthouse Road Vienna, Virginia 22180 TCA Tile Council of America, Inc. „ Box 326 Princeton, New Jersey 08540 UL Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. 333 Pfinaston Road Northbrook, Illinois 60062 END OF SECTION 01090-5 MW REFERENCE STANDARDS ow Section 01090 - Page 4 MW MIL Military Specification Naval Publications and Forms Center 5801 Tabor Avenue Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19120 NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers 221 North LaSalle Street Chicago, Illinois 60601 NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau ■' 8224 Old Courthouse Road Vienna, Virginia 22180 NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association 2101 L Street, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20037 NFPA National Fire Protection Association Battery March Park Quincy, Massachusetts 02269 PCA Portland Cement Association 5420 Old Orchard Road Skokie, Illinois 60077 PS Product Standard U.S . Department of Commerce Washington, D.C. 20203 SDI Steel Deck Institute .� Box 3812 St . Louis , Missouri 63122 SDI Steel Door Institute o 712 Lakewood Center North Cleveland, Ohio 44107 we SIGMA Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association 111 East Wacker Drive Chicago, Illinois 60601 MW SJI Steel Joist Institute 1703 Perham Road, Suite 204 Richmond, Virginia 23229 em 01090-4 .. ew REFERENCE STANDARDS Section 01090 - Page 3 ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials 1916 Race Street Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103 AWWA American Water Works Association 6666 West Quincy Avenue Denver, Colorado 80235 AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute 2310 South Walter Reed Drive Arlington, Virginia 22206 AWS American Welding Society 550 LeJeune Road Miami , Florida 33135 CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute 933 Plum Grove Road Schaumburg, Illinois 60195 FGMA Flat Glass Marketing Association 3310 Harrison White Laeks Professional Building Topeka, Kansas 66611 FM Factory Mutual System 1151 Boston-Providence Turnpike Norwood, Massachusetts 02062 FS Federal Specification General Services Administration Specifications and Consumer Information, Distribution Section (WFSIS ) Washington Navy Yard, Building 197 Washington, D.C. 20407 GA Gypsum Association 1603 Orrington Avenue Evanston, Illinois 60201 IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers 345 East 47th Street New York, New York 10017 IMIAC International Masonry Industry All-Weather Council International Masonry Institute 815 15th Street , N.W. Washington, D.C. 20005 01090-3 REFERENCE STANDARDS ,.. Section 01090 - Page 2 ACI American Concrete Institute Box 19150, Reford Station Detroit, Michigan 48219 ADC Air Diffusion Council 230 North Michigan Avenue Chicago, Illinois 60601 AI Asphalt Institute Asphalt Institute Building OW College Park, Maryland 20740 AISC American Institute of Steel Construction ,m 400 North Michigan Avenue, Eighth Floor Chicago, Illinois 60611 AISI American Iron and Steel Institute MW 1000 16th Street, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20036 Wr AMCA Air Movement and Control Association 30 West University Drive Arlington Heights , Illinois 60004 Ow ANSI American National Standards Institute 1430 Broadway New York, New York 10018 ow ARI Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute 1815 North Fort Myer Drive no Arlington, Virginia 22209 ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers Ow 1791 Tullie Circle, N.E. Atlanta, Georgia 30329 owl ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers 345 East 47th Street New York, New York 10017 aw ASPA American Sod Procedures Association Association Building Ninth and Minnesota MW Hastings, Nebraska 68901 01090-2 MR W REFERENCE STANDARDS we Section 01090 Page 1 ON SECTION 01090 REFERENCE STANDARDS PART 1 GENERAL 1 . 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Applicability of Reference Standards . B. Provision of Reference Standards at Site . WA C. Acronyms Used in Contract Documents for Reference Standards . Source of Reference Standards . 1 . 02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. General Conditions of the Contract. 1 . 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. For products or workmanship specified by association, trade or Federal Standards, comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. B. The date of the standard is that in effect as of the Bid date or date of Owner-Contractor Agreement when there are no bids , except when a specific date is specified. C. When required by individual Specifications Sections , obtain copy of standard. Maintain copy at jobsite 'during submittals , planning and progress of the specific work until Substantial Completion. 1 . 04 SCHEDULE OF REFERENCES AA Aluminum Association 818 Connecticut Avenue, N.W. NO Washington, D.C. 20005 AABC Associated Air Balance Council 1000 Vermont Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20005 01090-1 .. CliTTING AND PATCHING am Section 01045 - Page 4 G. Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finishes. For continuous surfaces , refinish to nearest intersection; for an assembly, refinish entire unit. END OF SECTION 01045 - 4 ss CUTTING AND PATCHING Section 01045 - Page 3 5 . Provide openings in elements of work for penetrations of mechanical , plumbing and electrical work. 3 .02 INSPECTION A. Inspect existing conditions , including elements subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching. B. After uncovering, inspect conditions affecting performance or work. C. Beginning of cutting and patching means acceptance of existing conditions . 3 . 03 PREPARATION A. Provide supports to assure structural integrity of surroundings , devices and methods to protect other portions of project from damage. B. Provide protection from elements for areas which may be exposed by uncovering work; maintain excavations free of water. 3 . 04 PERFORMANCE A. Execute work by methods to avoid damage to other work, and which will provide proper surfaces to receive patching and finishing. B. Employ original installer to perform cutting and patching for weather-exposed and moisture-resistant elements and �. sight-exposed surfaces . C. Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill . Pneumatic tools not allowed without prior approval . D. Restore work with new products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents . E. Fit work airtight to pipes , sleeves , ducts, conduit and other penetrations through surfaces . F. At penetrations of fire-rated wall , ceiling, or floor construction, completely seal voids with fire-rated material , full thickness of the construction element . 01045 - 3 CUTTING AND PATCHING Section 01045 - Page 2 5 . Work of Owner or separate Contractor. B. Include in request: 1 . Identification of project. 2 . Location and description of affected work. 3 . Necessity for cutting or alteration. 4 . Description of proposed work and products to be used. 5 . Alternatives to cutting and patching . 6 . Effect on work of Owner or separate Contractor. 7 . Written permission of affected separate Contractor. 8 . Date and time work will be executed. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 01 MATERIALS A. Those required for original installation. B. For any change in materials, submit request for •. substitution under provisions of Section 01630 . PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 01 GENERAL A. Execute cutting, fitting and patching, including excavation and fill , to complete work and to: 1 . Fit the several parts together to integrate with other • work. 2 . Uncover work to install ill-timed work. 3 . Remove and replace defective and non-conforming work. 4 . Remove samples of installed work for testing. 01045 - 2 ""` CUTTING AND PATCHING Section 01045 - Page 1 SECTION 01045 *■ CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1 GENERAL 1 . 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Complete all required cutting and patching of existing construction work in order to install any of the elements of the new construction work. 1 .02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01010 : Summary of Work. B. Section 01120 : Alteration Project Procedures . C. Section 01630 : Substitutions and Product Options. D. Individual Specification Sections: 1 . Cutting and patching incidental to work of the Section. 2 . Advance notification to other Sections of openings required in work of those Sections. 3 . Limitations on cutting structural members . 1 . 03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit written request in advance of cutting or alteration which affects : 1 . Structural integrity of any element of project. 2 . Integrity of weather-exposed or moisture-resistant element. 3 . Efficiency, maintenance or safety of any operational element. 4 . Visual qualities of sight-exposed elements . 01045 - 1 COORDINATION Section 01040 - Page 2 1 . 05 COORDINATION OF SPACE A. Coordinate use of project space and sequence of installation of mechanical and electrical work which is indicated diagrammatically on Drawings . Follow routings shown for pipes , ducts and conduits as closely as practicable, with due allowance for available physical space; make runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize space efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance and for repairs. B. In finished areas , conceal pipes , ducts and wiring in the construction. Coordinate location of fixtures and outlets with finish elements . 1 . 06 COORDINATION OF CONTRACT CLOSEOUT A. Coordinate completion and clean-up of Work of separate Sections in preparation for Substantial Completion. •* B. After Owner occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site by various Sections for correction of defective work and work not in accordance with Contract Documents , to minimize disruption of Owner' s activities . C. Assemble and coordinate closeout submittals specified in Section 01701 . MW END OF SECTION M MW MM am am 01040-2 COORDINATION Section 01040 - Page 1 SECTION 01040 COORDINATION PART 1 GENERAL 1 . 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Coordination of the Work of each Contract. 1 .02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01010 : Summary of Work. B. Section 01045 : Cutting and Patching. C. Section 01200 : Project Meetings . D. Section 01340 : Shop Drawings , Product Data, and Samples . E. Section 01630 : Product Options and Substitutions . F. Section 01701 : Contract Closeout Procedures . 1 . 03 DESCRIPTION A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various *■ Sections of the Specifications to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of construction elements , with provisions for accommodating items to be installed later. Coordinate under direction of the Owner's Representative . 1 . 04 COORDINATION OF SUBMITTALS A. Schedule and Coordinate submittals specified in Section 01340 . B. Coordinate work of various Sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service , such equipment. C. Coordinate requests for substitutions to assure compatibility of space, of operating elements, and effect on Work of other Sections . 01040-1 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES Section 01028 - Pasxe 4 1 . 11 OVERHEAD AND PROFIT A. Contractors overhead and profit for Chanae Order work will be fixed at 15%. MW END OF SECTION 01028-4 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES Section 01028 - Page 3 1 .06 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE AUTHORIZATION/WORK DIRECTIVE CHANGE A. Architect may issue a directive, signed by Owner, instructing Contractor to proceed with a change in the work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. Directive will describe changes in the work and will designate a method of determining any change in the Contract Time or Contract Sum. C. Promptly execute the change in work. 1 . 07 LUMP SUM/FIXED PRICE CHANGE ORDER A. Will be based on Proposal Request and Contractor's lump sum quotation or contractor's request for Change Order as approved by Architect. 1 . 08 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER A. For predetermined unit prices and quantities, Change Order will be executed on a fixed-Drice basis . B. For unit costs or quantities of units of work which are not predetermined, execute work under a Construction Change Authorization. Changes in Contract Time or Contract Sum will be computed as specified for time and material Change Order. 1 . 09 TIME AND MATERIAL CHANGE ORDER A. Submit itemized account and supporting data after comDletion of change, within time limits in Conditions of the Contract . B. Architect will determine the change allowable in Contract Sum and Contract Time as provided in Conditions of the Contract. 1 . 10 EXECUTION OF CHANGE ORDERS A. Architect will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided in the Conditions of the Contract. 01028-3 low CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES Section 01028 - Page 2 C. On request, provide additional data to support aw computations: 1 . Quantities of products, labor and equipment. 1W 2 . Taxes, insurance and bonds. 3 . Overhead and profit. aw 4 . Justification for any change in Contract Time. aw 5 . Credit for deletions from Contract, similarly documented. D. Support each claim for additional costs and for work done ow on a time and material basis with additional information: 1 . Origin and date of claim. ow 2 . Dates and times work was performed, and by whom. wm 3 . Time records and wage rates paid. 4 . Invoices and receipts for products, equipment and subcontracts . "" 1 .05 PRELIMINARY PROCEDURES .. A. Architect may submit a proposal request which includes: Detailed description of change with supplementary or revised Drawings and Specifications, the projected time ow for executing the change with a stipulation of any overtime work required, and the period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid. B. Contractor may initiate a change by submittal of a request to Architect describing the proposed change with a statement of the reason for the change, the effect on Contract Sum and Contract Time with full documentation, and a statement of the effect on work of separate Contractors. Document any requested substitutions in accordance with Section 01630 . 4W 01028-2 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES Section 01028 Page I SECTION 01028 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL 1 .01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Procedures for processing Change Orders . 1 . 02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Owner/Contractor Agreement: Monetary values of established unit prices . B. General Conditions . C. Section 01027 : Applications for Payment. D. Section 01310 : Progress Schedules . E. Section 01630 : Product Options and Substitutions . F. Section 01701 : Contract Closeout Procedures. G. Section 01720 : Project Record Documents. 1 . 03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit name of individual authorized to accept changes and to be responsible for informing others in Contractor' s employ of changes in the work. B. Change Order Forms : A. I .A. Document G701 . 1 . 04 DOCUMENTATION OF CHANGE IN CONTRACT SUM AND CONTRACT TIME A. Maintain detailed records of work done on a time and material basis . Provide full information required for evaluation of proposed changes and to substantiate costs of changes in the work. B. Document each quotation for a change in cost or time with sufficient data to allow evaluation of the quotation. 01028-1 ON APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT Section 01027 - Page 2 E. Prepare Application for Final Payment as specified in Section 01701 . 1 .05 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES am A. Submit three ( 3 ) copies of each Application for Payment at times stipulated in Agreement. mr 1 .06 SUBSTANTIATING DATA am A. When Architect requires substantiating information, submit data justifying line item amounts in question. B. Provide one ( 1 ) copy of data with cover letter for each 2W copy of submittal. Show Application number and date, and line item by number and description. END OF SECTION 01027-2 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT Section 01027 - Page 1 SECTION 01027 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT a. PART 1 GENERAL 1 . 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Procedures for preparation and submittal of Applications for Payment. w 1 . 02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Owner/Contractor Agreement: Contract Sum, Amounts of Progress Payments , Retainages and Times for Submittal . B. General Conditions of the Contract. C. Special Conditions . D. Supplementary General Conditions . E. Section 01701 : Contract Closeout Procedures . 1 . 03 FORMAT A. A. I .A. Document G702 - Application and Certificate for ■• Payment. B. A. I .A. Document G703 - Continuation Sheet. 1 . 04 PREPARATION OF APPLICATION A. Type required information. B. Execute certification by signature of authorized officer. .. C. Provide dollar value in each column for each line item for portion of work performed and for stored products. D. List each authorized Chanute Order as an extension on continuation Sheet, listing Change Order Number and dollar amount as for an original item of work. 01027-1 MW ALTERNATES .R Section 01015 - Page 2 ..a M. Alternate No. 2 • MW Add material and labor required for wood library shelving as shown on Drawing A2 Room 2 and Detail 15/A8 which includes 84" high units and 48" high units . .m .R END OF SECTION .,E 01015 - 2 ALTERNATES Section 01015 - Page 1 SECTION 01015 ALTERNATES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. This Section identifies each Alternate by number and describes the basic changes to be incorporated into the work, only when that Alternate is made a part of the work by specific provisions in the Owner-Contractor Agreement. B. The Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any Alternate or combination thereof , and is not required to select them in order of sequence. 1 .02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Bidding Documents : Method of quotation of the cost of each Alternate, and the basis of the Owner's acceptance of Alternates . B. Owner-Contractor Agreement : Incorporation of Alternates into the work. C. Sections of the Specifications as listed under the respective Alternates . D. Referenced Sections of the Specifications stipulate pertinent requirements for products and methods to achieve the work stipulated under each Alternate. E. Coordinate pertinent related work and modify surrounding work as required to properly integrate the work under each Alternate, and to provide the complete construction required by Contract Documents . 1 .03 DESCRIPTION OF ALTERNATES A. Alternate No. 1: Add material and labor required to renovate and fit-out the office spaces for Valley Urological Associates at the north side of the second floor and including utility and mechanical work etc. , as shown on the Contract Documents. 01015 - 1 ow SUMMARY OF WORK .w Section 01010 - Page 4 ow .w 3 . Permits . 4. Contract Limit Lines . a, B. Parking of Contractor's vehicles or those of his Subcontractors will only be allowed in parking areas designated by the Owner. 'w C. Do not unreasonably encumber site with materials or equipment . D. Do not load structure with weight during the construction period that will endanger structure. E. Assume full responsibility for protection and safekeeping of products and equipment stored on premises . F. Move any stored products and equipment which interfere with operations of Owner or other Contractors. G. Obtain and pay for use of additional storage or work areas needed for operations beyond designated areas shown on Site Plan. H. Limit use of site to work and storage. I . Do not store flammable or like materials within the .� building. Storage of such materials outside the building shall be with proper precautionary measures taken against fire. 1 .08 SAFETY REGULATIONS A. This project is subject to compliance with Public Law 91- 596, "Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970" (OSHA) , with respect to all rules and regulations pertaining to construction, including Volume 36 , Numbers 75 and 105, of *� the Federal Register, as amended, and as published by the U. S. Department of Labor. END OF SECTION 01010 - 4 SUMMARY OF WORK Section 01010 - Page 3 1.05 CONTRACT *� A. Construct the work under a Lump Sum Amount, in accordance with the conditions of the agreement between Contractor and Owner, including provisions for liquidated damages. B. The Contractor shall : 1. Place tax exemption certificate number on invoices for materials incorporated in the work. 2 . Furnish copies of invoices to Owner. 3 . Upon completion of work, file with the Owner notarized statement that all purchases made under tax exemption certificate were entitled to be exempt . 4. Pay legally assessed penalties for improper use of exemption certificate number. 1 .06 EXAMINATION OF SITE AND DOCUMENTS A. Visit the site and examine Contract Documents before submitting a bid. Inspect and be thoroughly familiar with the same and conditions under which work will be carried out. Neither the Owner nor the Architect will be responsible for errors, omissions and/or charges for extra work arising from the Contractor's failure to familiarize himself with the Contract Documents or existing conditions . By submitting a bid, the bidder agrees and warrants that he had the opportunity to examine the site and the Contract Documents, that he is familiar with the conditions and requirements of both and, where there is required in any part of the work a given result to be produced, that the Contract Documents are adequate and that he will produce the required results . 1 .07 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES A. Confine operations at site to areas permitted by: 1. Law. 2 . Ordinances . """ 01010 - 3 ow SUMMARY OF WORK Section 01010 - Page 2 A. Scope of Work: 1. The Contractor for this project will be responsible for the following scope of work items: a. Renovations and fit-out of the second, third and partial attic floor levels for Cooley Dickinson Hospital Physical Therapy Department and the Dickinson Programs Prevention Center. • b. Renovations to the north wing of the second floor for the renovations and fit-out of Valley Urological Associates . ADD ALTERNATE N0. 1. C. Work as shown on the Contract Documents. d. Tie-ins to utility services located in basement. 2 . Contract Documents : The Plans and Specifications show the extent of the Contract requirements . Generally, most scope of work items appear both in the Drawings and Specifications . However, if a certain scope of work item only appears either in the Contract Drawings or Contract Specifications, it will not be an excuse or argument on the part of a Contractor that the scope of work is not adequately defined. Therefore, if any work is singularly shown in either the Contract Drawings or Contract Specifications, then that item will be a contractual responsibility of the Contractor involved. 3 . Related requirements in other parts of the project manual : a. Conditions of the Contract : Additional requirements of all parties to the Contract. 1 .04 WORK NOT IN CONTRACT A. The Owner will provide and install all floor finishes including carpet vinyl composition tile, vinyl sheet goods and carpet and vinyl base. The Contractor is to coordinate and schedule installation time and storage of materials with the Owner. 01010 - 2 SUMMARY OF WORK Section 01010 - Page 1 SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 GENERAL 1 .01 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS/REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. The work required under this Section, without limiting the generality thereof , includes all labor and materials necessary to complete all work required for the renovations and fit-out of the new medical office facilities for Cooley Dickinson Hospital at 10 Main Street, Florence, Massachusetts, as required by best trade standards, as specified herein and as shown on the Contract Drawings . 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Advertisement to Bid. B. Instructions to Bidders. C. Proposal Forms. D. Contract and Construction Forms . E. General Conditions . F. Supplementary General Conditions . G. Special Conditions . H. General Requirements . I . Technical Specifications . J. Contract Drawings . 1 .03 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 01010 - I � 1 5- F� I 3 1 ; 5'. if th F kyk � �is 5 � ?} 0 } k� Wj y� P W, �n I h � � }e sy, 4 4 .a GENERAL RMIREMENTS Ellw El Eli E51 SPECIAL CONDITIONS Page 2 of 2 the Owner the amount specified, not as penalty, but as liquidated damages for such breach of Contract as hereinafter set forth, for each and every calendar day the Contractor shall be in default after the time stipulated in the Contract for completing the work. 4 . The said amount is fixed and agreed upon by and between the Contractor and the Owner because of the impracticality and extreme difficulty of fixing and #AM ascertaining the actual damages which the Owner would in such event sustain, and said amount shall be retained from time to time by the Owner from current periodic estimates . The amount of such damages shall be Two Hundred Fifty Dollars ($250 .00) per calendar day. MW am .A MW 52 no SPECIAL CONDITIONS Page 1 of 2 A. GENERAL 1 . Include General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions and all applicable parts of Division 1 as part of this Section. 2 . Examine all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements which affect work under this Section whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section. 3 . Coordinate work with that of all other trades affecting or affected by work of this Section. Cooperate with such trades to assure the steady progress of all work under the Contract. B. TIME FOR COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 1 . It is hereby understood and mutually agreed by and between the Owner and the Contractor that the date of beginning and the time for completion as specified in the Agreement of the work to be done hereunder are essential conditions of this Contract; and it is further mutually understood and agreed that the work embraced in this Contract shall be commenced on a date specified in the Notice to Proceed. 2 . The Contractor agrees that said work shall be prosecuted regularly, diligently and uninterruptedly at such a rate of progress as will ensure a substantial completion thereof within the time specified. It is expressly understood and agreed by and between the Contractor and the Owner that the time for completion of the same, taking into consideration the average climatic range and the usual industrial conditions prevailing in this locality, will not be impaired. 3 . If the said Contractor shall fail , neglect or refuse to substantially complete the work within the time herein specified or any proper extension thereof granted by the Owner, the Contractor does hereby agree, as part consideration for the awarding of the Contract, to pay 51 [r lit � 3 t � z a k s � i � z e x { I Y ," s W IWX orig � a s � ? f 2a zsr I t ' €w p y ill t, � � Y f } , j 4 + I ! mtc�f�� j i a SPECIAL CONDITI©NS SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 5 of 5 3 . Add the following Clause 11.1 . 4. 1 to 11 . 1. 4 : 11.1. 4.1 The Contractor shall furnish one copy to the Owner of each Certificate of Insurance herein required for each copy of the agreement which shall specifically set forth evidence of all coverage required by Subparagraph 11. 1. 1, 11.1. 2, and 11. 1. 3 . The form of Certificate shall be that of his insurance carriers . The Contractor shall furnish to the Owner copies of any �* endorsements that are subsequently issued amending coverage limits. END OF SECTION w 50 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 4 of 5 Products and Completed Operations; Broad Form Property Damage) : 1) Bodily Injury $1,000,000 Each Occurence $1,000 ,000 Annual Aggregate 2) Property Damage aw $1,000 ,000 Each Occurence $1 ,000,000 Annual Aggregate 3) Products and Completed Operations to be am maintained for one (1) year after final payment. 4) Property Damage Liability Insurance will provide RM collapse coverage as applicable. C. Contractual Liability a 1) Bodily Injury $1,000 ,000 Each Occurence ow 2 ) Property Damage .w $1,000 ,000 Each Occurence $1,000,000 Annual Aggregate aw d. Personal Injury With Employment Exclusion Deleted 1) $1,000,000 Annual Aggregate .w e. Comprehensive Automobile Liability 1) Bodily Injury ow $1,000,000 Each Person $1,000,000 Each Occurence am 2) Property Damage $1 ,000,000 Each Occurence ow 49 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 3 of 5 Sales and Use Taxes applicable in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. At the Contractor's request, Tax Exemption Certificates will be furnished by the Owner to the Contractor with respect to such tax exempt articles as may be required under this Contract . 4 . Delete 4. 7 . 1 and substitute the following: in 4.7 . 1 The Contractor will be responsible for securing the main Building Permit . The Contractor also will be responsible for all other permits and inspection fees . E. ARTICLE 9 - PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 1 . Add the following Clause 9. 3. 1 . 1 to 9.3. 1 : 9. 3 .1.1 Until Substantial Completion, the Owner will pay ninety percent (90%) of the amount due the Contractor on account of progress payments . This retainage of ten percent (10%) will be paid within thirty (30) days after the acceptance of the work by the Owner. F. ARTICLE 11 - INSURANCE 1. 11.1.1 In the first line following the word "maintain", insert the words "in a company or companies licensed to do business in the state in which the project is located". 2 . 11. 1 . 1 . 1 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11 .1 .1 shall be written for not less than the following, or greater if required by law: a. Worker 's Compensation 1) State 2) Employer's Liability b. Comprehensive General Liability ( Including Premises Operations; Independent Contractor 's Protective; 48 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 2 of 5 objection to any such proposal . If adequate data on any proposed manufacturer or installer is not available, the Architect may state that action will be deferred until the Contractor provides further data. Failure of the Owner or the Architect to reply promptly shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection. Failure to object to a manufacturer shall not constitute a waiver of any of the requirements of the Contract Documents , and all products furnished by the listed manufacturer must ,. conform to such requirements . 2 . Add the following Clauses 4. 4. 4 . 1 and 4. 4. 4. 2 : 4. 4. 4.1 After the Contract has been executed, the Owner and the Architect will consider a formal request for the substitution of products in place of those specified only " under the conditions set forth in the General Requirements of the Specifications (Division 1) . 4. 4 . 4. 2 By making requests for substitutions based on Clause 4. 4. 4.1 above, the Contractor: a. Represents that he will provide the same warranty for the substitution that he would for that specified. b. Represents that he has personally investigated the �* proposed substitute product and determined that it is equal to or superior in all respects to that specified. MW C. Certifies that the cost data presented is complete and includes all related costs under this Contract, but excludes costs under separate contracts, and "m excludes Architect 's re-design costs, and waives all claims for additional costs related to the substitution which subsequently became apparent; and .w d. Will coordinate the installation of the accepted substitute, making such changes as may be required .w for the work to be complete in all respects. 3 . Add the following Subparagraph 4 . 6. 1 . 1 to 4. 6. 1 : 4. 6.1.1 The Owner is exempt from payment of certain 47 "" SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 1 of 5 A. GENERAL 1. A. I .A. Document A201, Thirteenth Edition, August 1976, "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction", constitutes the General Conditions of the Contract . 2 . Articles of A. I .A. General Conditions, listed under this Section "Supplementary General Conditions", are amended by adding, substituting or omitting material as indicated herein. 3 . All provisions of such Articles, not so specifically amended herein, shall remain in full force and effect . B. ARTICLE 1 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1. Delete the last sentence in Subparagraph 1.1 . 1. C. ARTICLE 3 - OWNER 1 . Delete Subparagraph 3 . 2 . 5 in its entirety and substitute the following: 3 . 2 . 5 The Contractor will be furnished free of charge five (5) copies of the Drawings and Project Manuals . Additional sets will be furnished at the cost of reproduction, postage and handling. D. ARTICLE 4 - CONTRACTOR 1 . Add the following Subparagraphs 4 . 4. 3 and 4. 4 . 4 to 4. 4: 4 . 4. 3 Not later than seven (7) days from the Contract date, the Contractor shall provide a list showing the name of the manufacturer proposed to be used for each of the products identified in the General Requirements of the Specifications (Division 1) and, where applicable, the name of the installing Subcontractor. 4 . 4. 4 The Architect will promptly reply in writing to the Contractor stating whether the Owner or the Architect, after due investigation, has reasonable 46 s r I I i F s� 4�"'I rl � I � ra Zt'Iaq`ME, t l�f Y Nj C £ m svf I `, i k, :g k' t ��r< 4r SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Ell Elw e; e w WA 13.25 If the Contractor does not proceed with the cor- having junsdicuon, or as a result of an act of government, rection of such defective or non-conforming Work within such as a declaration of a national emergency making A reasonable time fixed by written notice from the Archi- materials unavailable, through no act or fault of the tect. the Owner may remove it and may store the mate- Contractor or a Subcontractor or their agents or employ- rials or equipment at the expense of the Contractor. If ees or any other persons performing any of the Work the Contractor does not pay the cost of such removal under a contract with the Contractor, or if the Work and storage within ten days thereafter, the Owner may should be stopped for a period of thirty days by the upon ten additional days' written notice sell such Work Contractor because the Architect has not issued a Certifi- at auction or at private sale and shall account for the net cate for Payment as provided in Paragraph 9.7 or because proceeds thereof, after deducting all the costs that should the Owner has not made payment thereon as provided in have been borne by the Contractor, including compensa- Paragraph 9.7, then the Contractor may, upon seven addi- tion for the Architect's additional services made necessary ttonal days' written notice to the Owner and the Archi- thereby. If such proceeds of sale do not cover all costs tect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner which the Contractor should have borne, the difference payment for all Work executed and for any proven loss shall be charged to the Contractor and an appropriate sustained upon any materials, equipment, tools, construc- ,,,, Change Order shall be issued. If the payments then or tion equipment and machinery, including reasonable thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover profit and damages. _ such amount, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. 14.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER Will 1326 The Contractor shall bear the cost of making good 14,2.1 If the Contractor is adjudged a bankrupt, or if he all work of the Owner or separate contractors destroyed makes a general assignment for the benefit of his credI- or damaged by such correction or removal. tors, or if a receiver is appointed on account of his in- 13.2.7 Nothing contained in this Paragraph 13.2 shall be solvency, or if he persistently or repeatedly refuses or construed to establish a period of limitation with respect fails, except in cases for which extension of time is pro- to any other obligation which the Contractor might have vlded. to supply enough properly skilled workmen or under the Contract Documents, including Paragraph 4.5 proper materials, or if he fails to make prompt payment hereof. The establishment of the time period of one year to Subcontractors or for materials or labor, or persistently er after the Date of Substantial Completion or such longer disregards laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders period of time as may be prescribed by law or by the of any public authority having jurisdiction, or otherwise terms of any warranty required by the Contract Oocu- is guilty of a substantial violation of a provision of the ments relates only to the specific obligation of the Con- Contract Documents, then the Owner, upon certification tractor to correct the Work, and has no relationship to by the Architect that sufficient cause exists to justify such the time within which his obligation to comply with the action, may, without prejudice to any right or remedy and Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced, nor after giving the Contractor and his surety, if any, seven no to the time within which proceedings may be com- days' written notice, terminate the employment of the menced to establish the Contractor's liability with respect Contractor and take possession of the site and of all mate- to his obligations other than specifically to correct the rials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and Work. machinery thereon owned by the Contractor and may no 13.3 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE OR NON-CONFORMING finish the Work by whatever method he may deem WORK expedient. In such case the Contractor shall not be en- 13.3.1 if the Owner prefers to accept defective or non- titled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. conforming Work, he may do so instead of requiring its removal and correction. in which case a Change Order 14.= If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds will be issued to reflect a reduction in the Contract Sum the costs of finishing the Work, including compensation where appropriate and equitable. Such adjustment shall for the Architect's additional services made necessary he effected whether or not final payment has been made, thereby, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor ARTICLE 14 shall pay the difference to the Owner. The amount to be TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT paid to the Contractor or to the Owner, as the case may 14.1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR be. shall be certified by the architect, upon application, in the manner provided in Paragraoh 9.4, and this obiiga- 14,1-1 If the Work is stopped for a period of thirty days tion for payment shall survive the termination of the under an order of any court or other public authority Contract. #wi +a. w,R ASA DOCUMENT AZO - GENERAL CONOITIONS OF THE CONTRACT rOR CONSTRUCTIOv - THIRTEENTH EDITION- AU=ST 1776 A#A* - T 1976 - THE APAERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE. N.W., WASHINGTON, o.0 :0006 A201-1976 19 45 or change which results in a net decrease in the Contract The Contractor shall carry out such written orders Sum will be the amount of the actual net cost as con- promptly. ow firmed by the Architect. when both additions and credits ARTICLE 13 covering related work or substitutions are involved in any one change, the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of the net increase, if any, UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK ow with respect to that change. 13.1 UNCOVERINC OF WORK 12.1.5 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents 13.1.1 If any portion of the Work should be covered con- or subsequently agreed upon, and if the quantities orig- trary to the request of the Architect or to requirements contemplated are so changed in a proposed Change soecincally expressed in the Contract Documents, it must, Order that application of the agreed unit prices to the it required In writing by the Arcnllect, be uncovered for quantities of work proposed will cause substantial in- his observation and shall be replaced at the Contractor's ..r equity to the Owner or the Contractor, the applicable expense. unit paces shall be equitably adjusted. tL' CONCEALED CONDITIONS 13.1.2 If any other portion of the work has been covered which the Architec: has not specifically requested to ob- 1L1 Should concealed conditions encountered in the Serve prior to being covered, the Architect may request performance of the work below the surface of the ground to see such work and it shall be uncovered by the Con- or should concealed or unknown conditions in an existing tractor. If such work be found in accordance with the structure be at variance with the conditions indicated by Contract Documents, the cost of uncovering and replace- .,R the Contract Documents, or should unknown physical ment shall, by appropriate Change Order, be charged to conditions below the surface of the ground or should the Owner. If such Work be found not in accordance with concealed or unknown conditions in an existing structure the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall pay such of an unusual nature, differing materially from those ordi- costs unless it be found that this condition was caused narily encountered and generally recognized as inherent by the Owner or a separate contractor as provided in in work of the character provided for in this Contract, be Article 6, in which event the Owner shall be responsible encountered, the Contract Sum shall be equitably ad- for the payment of such costs. justed by Change Order upon claim by either party made within twenty days after the first observance of the 13.2 CORRECTION OF WORK conditions. 13.11 The Contractor shall promptly correct all Work rejected b the Architect as defective or as faiiin to con- 123 CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL, COST y 8 form to the Contract Documents whether observed be- 12.3.1 If the Contractor wishes to make a claim for an fore or after Substantial Completion and whether or not increase in the Contract Sum, he shall give the Architect fabricated, installed or completed. The Contractor shall written notice thereof within twenty days after the occur. bear all costs of correcting such rejected Work, including rence of the event giving rise to such claim. This notice compensation for the Architect's additional services made shall be given by the Contractor before proceeding to necessary thereby. execute the work, except in an emergency endangering life or property in which case the Contractor shall pro- 1321 If, within one year after the Date of Substantial teed in accordance with Paragraph 10.3. No such claim Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof or shall be valid unless so made. If the Owner and the Con- within one year after acceptance by the Owner of desig- tractor cannot agree on the amount of the adjustment in nated equipment or within such longer period of time as the Contract Sum, it shall be determined by the Architect. may be prescribed by law or by the terms of any appli- Any change in the Contract Sum resulting from such cable special warranty required by the Contract Docu- claim shall be authorized by Change Order. ments, any of the Work is found to be defective or not in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor 12.3.2 If the Contractor claims that additional cost is in- shall correct it promptly after receipt of a written notice volved because of, but not limited to, (1) any written from the Owner to do so unless the Owner has previously interpretation pursuant to Subparagraph 2.2.8, (2) any given the Contractor a written acceptance of such condi- order by the Owner to stop the Work pursuant to Para- tion. This obligation shall survive termination of the graph 3.3 where the Contractor was not at fault, (3) any Contract. The Owner shall give such notice promptly written order for a minor change in the Work issued par- after discovery of the condition. " suant to Paragraph 12.4, or (4) failure of payment by the Owner pursuant to Paragraph 9.7, the Contractor shall 13.x.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site all por- make such claim as provided in Subparagraph 12.3.1, tions of the work which are defective or non-conforming 12.4 MINOR CHANCES IN THE WORK and which have not been corrected under Subparagraphs 4.5.1. 13.2.1 and 13.2.2. unless removal is waived by the 12.4.1 The Architect will have authority to order minor Owner. changes in the work not involving an adjustment in the Contract Sum or an extension of the Contract Time and 1314 If the Contractor fails to correct defective or non- mw not inconsistent with the inteni of the Contract Docu- coniorminR work as provided in Subparagraphs 4.5.1, ments. Such changes shall be effected by written order. 13.2.1 and 13.2.2. the Owner may correct it in accordance and shall be binding on the Owner and the Contractor, with Paragraph 3.4. AIM AAA DOCUMENT AM - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUC'ION- THIRTEENTH EDITION- AUCUST 1976 18 AZOI-1976 AIAS . 1976 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE. N W., wASHINCTON. D.c. ?!1006 44 no w 11.3.6 The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against ARTICLE 12 (1) each other and the Subcontractors. Sub-subcontractors. agents and employees each of the other, and (2) the CHANGES IN THE WORK Architect and separate contractors, if any, and their suh- contractors, sub-subcontractors. agents and employees, 12.1 CHANGE ORDERS for damages caused by fire or other perils to the extent covered by insurance obtained pursuant to this Paragraph 12.1.1 A Change Order is a written order to the Contras 11.3 or any other property insurance applicable to the for signed by the Owner and the Architect, issued afte. Work, except such rights as they may have to the pro- execution of the Contract, authorizing a change in thF seeds of such insurance held by the Owner as trustee. Work or an adjustment In the Contract Sum or the Con- . The foregoing waiver afforded the. Architect, his agents tact Time. The Contract Sum and the Contract Time may be changed only by Change Order. A Change Order and employees shall not extend to the liability imposed by Subparagraph 4.18.3. The Owner or the Contractor, as signed by the Contractor Indicates his agreement there- approprlate, shall require of the Architect, separate con- `Mich. Including the adjustment in the Contract Sum or tractors. Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors by ap- the Contract Time. proprlate agreements, written where legally required for +� 12.1.2 The Owner,without invalidating the Contact,may validity, similar waivers each in favor of all other parties order changes In the Work within the general scope of enumerated in this Subparagraph 11.3.6. the Contract consisting of additions, deietions or other 11.37 If required in writing b an revisions, the Concoct Sum and the Contract Time being 8 Y Y Party in interest, the adjusted accordingly. All such changes in the Work shalt Owner as trustee shall, upon the occurrence of an insured be authorized by Change Order, and shall be performec loss, give bond for the proper performance of his duties. under the applicable conditions of the Contact Docu- He shall deposit in a separate account any money so re- menu. ceived. and he shall distribute it in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach, or in ac- 12.13 The cost or credit to the Owner resulting from a corciance with an award by arbitration in which case the change in the Work shall be determined in one or more procedure shall be as provided in Paragraph 7.9. If after of the following ways: such loss no other special agreement is made, replace- ,1 by mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly ment of damaged work shall be covered by an appropri- itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating ate Change Order. data to permit evaluation; 113.8 The Owner as trustee shall have power to adjust •2 by unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon; and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the ,3 by cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon parties in interest shall object in writing within five days by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or after the occurrence of loss to the Owner's exercise of this rs power, and if such objection be made, arbitrators shall be Percentage fee; or chosen as provided in Paragraph 7.9. The Owner as trustee •4 by the method provided in Subparagraph 121.4. shall, in that case, make settlement with the insurers in 12,1.4 If none of the methods set forth in Clauses accordance with the directions of such arbitrators. If dis- 12.1.3.1, 12.1.3.2 or 1113.3 is agreed upon, the Contrac- w tribution of the insurance proceeds by arbitration is re- tor, provided he receives a written order signed by the quired. the arbitrators will direct such distribution. Owner, shall promptly proceed with the Work involved. The cost of such Work shall then be determined by the 113.9 If the Owner finds it necessary to occupy or use a Architect on the basis of the reasonable expenditures and portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Com- savings of those performing the Work attributable to the pietion thereof, such occupancy or use shall not com- change, including, in the use of an increase in the Con- mence prior to a time mutually agreed to by the Owner tract Sum,a reasonable allowance for overhead and profit. and Contractor and to which the insurance company or In such case, and also under Clauses 111.33 and 12.13.4 companies providing the property insurance have con- above, the Contractor shall keep and present, in such seated t)y endorsement to the policy or Dolicies. This in- form as the Architect may prescribe, an itemized account- surance shall not be cancelled or lapsed on account of ing together with appropriate supporting data for incfu- such partial occupancy or use.Consent of the Contractor Sion in a Change Order. Unless otherwise provided in and of the insurance company or companies to such the Contract Documents, cost shall be limited to the fol- occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld. lowing: cost of materials, including sales tax and cost of 11.4 LOSS OF USE 1NSuitma delivery; cost of labor, including social security, old age and unemployment insurance, and fringe benefits re- 11.4.1 The Owner,at his option, may purchase and main- quired by agreement or custom; workers' or workmen's tain such insurance as will insure him against loss of use compensation insurance: bond premiums; rental value of of his property due to fire or other hazards, however equipment and machinery; and the additional costs of caused. The Owner waives all rights of action against the supervision and field office personnel directly attributable Contractor for loss of use of his property, including con- to the change. Pending final determination of cost to the sequential losses due to fire or other hazards however Owner, payments on account shall be made on the Archi- caused. to the extent covered by insurance under this tect's Certificate for Payment The amount of credit to be Paragraph 11.4. - allowed by the Contractor to the'Owner for any deletion AM DOCUMENT A2n•CENERAL CONDITIONS OF TFIE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION.THIRTEENTH EDITION.AUGUST 1976 AIA* • m 1976 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1733 NEW YORK AVENUE. N.w., wASHINCTON, D.C. 20006 A2t11-1976 17 43 - 101-6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible mem- coverages afforded under the policies will not be can- am ber of his organization at the site whose duty shall be the celled until at least thirty days' prior written notice has prevention of accidents. This person shall be the Contrac- been given to the Owner. tors superintendent unless otherwise designated by the 112 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE ct. Contractor in writing to the Owner and the Archite 11.:.1 The Owner shall be responsible for purchasing 1027 The Contractor shall not load or permit any part and maintaining his own liability insurance and, at his of the Work to be loaded so as to endanger its safety. option, may purchase and maintain such insurance as 103 EMERCENC 5 will protect him against claims which may arise from 103.1 In any emergency affecting the safety of persons operations under the Contract. or property, the Contractor shall act, at his discretion, to 1t3 PROMTY INSURANCE prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. Any additional 113.1 Unless otherwise provided, the Owner shall pur- compensation or extension of time claimed by the Con- chase and maintain property insurance upon the entire tractor on account of emergency work shall be deter- Work at the site to the full insurable value thereof. This mined as provided in Article 12 for Changes in the Work. insurance shall include the interests of the Owner, the ARTICLE 11 Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the •• Work and shall insure against the perils of fire and ex- INSURANCE tended coverage and shall include "all risk" insurance for physical loss or damage including, without duplication of 11.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABIUTY INSURANCE coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief. If the *� Owner does not intend to purchase such insurance for 11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain such the full insurable value of the entire Work, he shall in- insurance as will protect him from claims set forth below form the Contractor in writing prior to commencement which may arise out of or result from the Contractors of the Work. The Contractor may then effect insurance operations under the Contract, whether such operations which will protect the interests of himself, his Subcontrac- be by himself or by any Subcontractor or by anyone di- tors and the Sub-subcontractors in the Work, and by ap- rectly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by any- propriate Change Order the cost thereof shall be charged one for whose acts any of them may be liable: to the Owner. If the Contractor is damaged by failure of .1 claims under workers'or workmen's compensation, the Owner to purchase or maintain such insurance and to disability benefit and other similar employee bene- so notify the Contractor, then the Owner shall bear all fit acts; reasonable costs properly attributable thereto. If not cov- 2 claims for damages because of bodily injury, oc- ered under the all risk insurance or otherwise provided cupational sickness or disease, or death of his in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall effect employees; and maintain similar property insurance on portions of the Work stored off the site or in transit when such por- t claims for damages because of bodily injury, sick- tions of the Work are to be included in an Application NOW ness or disease, or death of any person other than for Payment under Subparagraph 9.3.2. his employees; .4 claims for damages insured by usual persona( in- 11.3.2 The Owner shall purchase and maintain such boiler jury liability coverage which are_ sustained (1) by and machinery insurance as may be required by the Con- any person as a result of an offense directly or in- tract Documents or by law. This insurance shall include directly related to the employment of such person the interests of the Owner, the Contractor, Subcontrac- by the Contractor, or (2) by any other person; tors and Sub-subcontractors in the Work S claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, 11.3.3 Any loss insured under Subparagraph 11.3.1 is to because of injury to or destruction of tangible be adjusted with the Owner and made payable to the property, including loss of use resulting therefrom; Owner as trustee for the insureds, as their interests may and appear, subject to the requirements of any applicable .6 claims for damages because of bodily injury or mortgagee clause and of Subparagraph 113.8. The Con- death of any person or property damage arising tractor shall pay each Subcontractor a just share of any out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any insurance moneys received by the Contractor, and by ap- motorvehicie-. propriate agreement, written where legally required for validity, shall require each Subcontractor to make pay- 11.12 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall menu to his Sub-subcontractors in similar manner. be written for not less than any limits of liability specified 113.4 The Owner shall file a copy of all policies with the in the Contract Documents, or required by law, which- ever is greater. Contractor before an exposure to loss may occur. or 11.13 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 11.3.3 If the Contractor requests in writing that insurance shall include contractual liability insurance applicable to for risks other than those described in Subparagraphs the Contractors obligations under Paragraph 4.18. 11.3.1 and 11.3.2 or other special hazards be included in go the property insurance policy, the Owner shall, if pos- 11.1.4 Certificates of Insurance acceptable to the Owner sible. include such insurance, and the cost thereof shall shall be filed with the Owner prior to commencement of be charged to the Contractor by appropriate Change the Work. These Certificates shall contain a provision that Order. NOW AAA DOCUMENT A2f1-GENERAL CONOITIONS Of THE CONTRACT FOR COMSTRUCrtON-TAIIRTEENTM EDITION-AUGUST 1776 16 AM-1976 AIAM - m 1976 - THE AMERICAN iNSTtTUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE. N.W., WASHINGTON, O.C. :0006 ww 42 �1. promptly make such inspection and, when he finds the 9.9.5 The acceptance of final payment shall constitute a Work acceptable under the Contract Documents and the waiver of all claims by he Contractor except (nose prevt- Contract iully perrormed. he will promptly issue a final ously made In writing and loennfled by the Contractor Certlrlcate for Pavment stating that to he best of his as unsettled at the time of the renal Appitcation for Pay- """ knowiecge, information and belief, and on the basis of ment. his observations and inspections, the Work has been com- ARTICLE 10 pleted In accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents and that the entire balance found to PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY be due the Contractor, and noted in said final Certificate, 10.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS is due and payable. The Architect's final Certificate for Pavment will constitute a further representation that the 10.1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, conditions precedent to the Contractor's being entitled to maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and final payment as set forth In Subparagraph 9.9.2 have been programs in connection with the Work. fulfilled. 10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 9.9.2 Neither the final payment nor the remaining re- 10.2.1 The Contractor shalt take all reasonable precau- m tained percentage shall become due until the Contractor tlons for the safety of, and shall provide all reasonable submits to the Architect (1) an affidavit that all payrolls, protection to prevent damage. injury or loss to: bills for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness .1 all employees on the work and all other persons connected with the Work for which the Owner or his who may be affected thereby; property might in any way be responsible. have been paid ,2 all the Work and all materials and equipment to or otherwise satisfied, (2) consent of surety, if any, to final be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or payment and (3), if required by the Owner, other data off the site, under the care, custody or control of establishing payment or satisfaction of all such obliga- the Contractor or any of his Subcontractors or tions, such as receipts. releases and waivers of liens aris- Sub-subcontractors; and ing out of the Contract, to the extent and in such form 3 other propemr at the site or adjacent thereto, in- as may be designated by the Owner. If any Subcontractor eluding trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by the roadways,structures and utilities not designated for Owner, the Contractor may furnish a bond satisfactory to removal, relocation or replacement in the course the Owner to indemnity him against any such lien. If of construction. any such lien remains unsatisfied after all payments are A. made. the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all mon- 10.2.2 The Contractor shall.give all notices and comply eys that the latter may be compelled to pay in discharging with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and such lien, including all costs and reasonable attorneys' lawful orders of any public authority bearing on the safety fees. of persons or property or their protection from damage, 9.93 If, after Substantial Completion of the Work, final Injury or loss. completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault 10.2.3 The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as re- of the Contractor or by the issuance of Change Orden qulred by existing conditions and progress of the Work, affecting final completion. and the Architect so confirms, all reasonable safeguards for safety and protection, in- "'"' the Owner shall, upon application by the Contractor and eluding posting danger signs and other warnings against certification by the Architect, and without terminating hazards, promulgating safety regulations and notifying the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that owners and users of adjacent utilities. portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance for Wnrk not fully completed or cor- 10.2-4 When the use or storage of explosives or other rected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Contract hazardous materials or equipment is necessary for the Documents, and if bonds have been fumished as provided execution of the Work, the Contractor shall exercise the in Paragraph 7.5, the written-consent of the surety to the utmost care and shall carry on such activities under the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work supervision of properly qualified personnel. fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by the 10.2.5 The Contractor shall promptly remedy all damage Contractor to the Architect prior to certification of such or loss (other than damage or loss insured under Para- payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms graph 11.3) to any property referred to in Clauses 10.2.1.2 and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. and 10.2.1.3 caused in whole or In part by the Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Sub-subcontractor, or anyone di- 9.9.4 The making of final payment shall constitute a rectly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by any- "" waiver of all claims by the Owner except those arising one for whose acts any of them may be liable and for from: which the Contractor is responsible under Clauses 10.2.1.2 .1 unsettled liens, and 10.2.1.3, except damage or loss attributable to the .2 faulty or defective Work appearing after Substantial acts or omissions of the Owner or Architect or anyone Completion, directly or indirectly employed by either of them, or by 3 failure of the Work to comply with the require- anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and ments of the Contract Documents. or not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contrac- .4 terms of any special warranties required by the tor. The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in Contract Documents. addition to his obligations under Paragraph 4.18. _ AAA DOCUMENT A2Rf - CENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION- THIRTEENTH EDITION- AUCUST 11976 AIA0 - 6i 1976 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCMITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE. N.W., WASMtNCTON. o.c. 2(!006 A201-1976 15 41 aw sequences or procedures. or that he has made any exam- .4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be com- inatlon to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contrac- pieted for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, ow for has used the moneys prevluusiy paid on account of 5 damage to the Owner or another contractor, the Contract Sum. .6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be com- pleted within the Contract Time, or .W 9,� PROGRESS PAYMENTS ,7 persistent failure to carry out the Work in accord- 95.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Pay- ante with the Contract Documents. ment. the Owner shall make payment in the manner and within the time provided in the Contract Documents. 9.6.2 when the above grounds in Subparagraph 9.6.1 are removed, payment shall be made for amounts withheld no 95.2 The Contractor shall promptly pay each Subcon- because of them. tractor, upon receipt of payment from the Owner, out of 9.7 FAILURE OF PAYMENT the amount paid to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's Work, the amount to which said Subcon- 9•%•1 If the Architect does not issue a Certificate for am tractor is entitled. reflecting the percentage actually re- Payment, through no fault of the Contactor, within seven tamed, if any, from payments to the Contractor on ac- days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Pay- count of such Subcontractor's work. The Contractor shall, ment. or if the Owner does not pay the Contractor within by an appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor, re- seven days after the date established in the Contract no quire each Subcontractor to make payments to his Sub- Documents any amount certified by the Architect or subcontractors in similar manner. awarded by arbitration, then the Contractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and 9.5.3 The Architect may, on request and at his discretion, the Architect,stop the Work until payment of the amount furnish to any Subcontractor. if practicable, information owing has been received. The Contract Sum shall be in. regarding the percentages of completion or the amounts creased by the amount of the Contractor's reasonable applied for by the Contractor and the action taken there- costs of shut-down, delay and start-up,which shall be ef- on by the Architect on account of work done by such iected by appropriate Change Order in accordance with Subcontractor. Paragraph 12.3. 95.4 Neither the Owner nor the Architect shall have any 9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION obligation to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys 9.8.1 When the Contractor considers that the Work, or .I to any Subcontractor except as may otherwise be required a designated portion thereof which is acceptable to the by law. Owner, is substantially complete as defined in Subpara- graph 8.1.3, the Contractor shall prepare for submission 9.5.3 No Certificate for a progress payment, nor any to the Architect a list of items to be completed or cor- progress payment, nor any partial or entire use or occu- rected. The failure to include any items on such list does panty of the Protect by the Owner, shall constitute an not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete acceptance of any Work not in accordance with the Con- all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. tract Documents. when the Architect on the basis of an inspection deter- '9,6 PAYMENTS WITHHELD. mines that the Work or designated portion thereof is sub- stantially complete. he will then prepare a Certificate of 9.6.1 The Architect may decline to certify payment and Substantial Completion which shall establish the Date of may withhold his Certificate in whole or in part, to the Substantial Completion, shall state the responsibilities of extent necessary reasonably to protect the Owner, if in the Owner and the Contractor for security, maintenance, his opinion he is unable to nake representations to the heat, utilities, damage to the Work, and insurance, and Owner as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.2. If the Architect shall fix the time within which the Contractor shall com- is unable to make representations to the Owner as pro- plete the items listed therein. Warranties required by the vided in Subparagraph 9.4.2 and to certify payment in the Contract Documents shall commence on the Date of Sub- amount of the Application, he will notify the Contractor stantial Completion of the Work or designated portion as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.1. If the Contractor and thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of the Architect cannot agree on a revised amount, the Substantial Completion. The Certificate of Substantial Architect will promptly issue a Certificate for Payment Completion shall be submitted to the Owner and the for the amount for which he is able to make such rep- Contractor for their written acceptance of the responsi- resentations to the Owner. The Architect may also decline bilities assigned to them in such Certificate. to certify payment or. because of subsequently discov- ered evidence or subsequent observations, he may nullify 9.8.2 Upon Substantial Completion of the Work or desig- the whole or any part of anv Certificate for Payment nated portion thereof and upon application by the Con- previously issued. to such extent as may be necessary in tractor and certification by the Architect, the Owner shall his opinion to protect the Owner from loss because of: make payment, reflecting adiustment in retainage. if any, .1 defective Work not remedied. for such Work or portion thereof, as provided in the Con- .2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indi- ttart Documents. catinq probable filing of such claims, 9.9 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT ., 3 failure of the Contractor to make payments prop- 9.9.1 Upon receipt of written notice that the Work is eriy to Subcontractors or for labor, materials or ready_for final inspection and accrimrlce and upon re- equipment, ceipt'of a final Application for Payment, the Architect will ALA OOCUiMENT AM • CE*,ERAL CONOITIO.%S OF *ME CONTRACT IOR CONSTRL'C'TTnv- TMIRTEENT4 EDITION• AUCUST 1976 14 A201-1976 AID• 7 14-4 • TMF AMERICA% INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS t71i vrtr V1RK %VFNVE. NW. :YASMINCTON. O.0 2M w 40 d.2.2 The Contractor shall begin the Work on the date of by such data substantiating the Contractor's right to commencement as defined in Subparagraph 8.1.2. He ment as the Owner or the Architect may require, ant shall carry the Work forward expeditiously with adequate flect(ng retainage, if any, as provided elsewhere in forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion within Contract Documents. the Contract Time. *` 93.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract D( d3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME ments, payments will be made on account of material 83.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the prog- equipment not incorporated in the Work but defiv( ress of the Work by any act or neglect of the Owner or and suitably stored at the site and, if approved in the Architect, or by any employee of either, or by any vance by the Owner, payments may similarly be rr. separate contractor employed by the Owner, or by for materials or equipment suitably stored at some o changes ordered in the Work, or by labor disputes, fire, location agreed upon in writing. Payments for mate unusual delay in transportation, adverse weather condi- or equipment stored on or oil the site shall be c tions not reasonably antic)patab{e, unavoidable casualties, ditioned uoon submission by the Contractor of bill, or any causes beyond the Contractor's control, or by de- sale or such other procedures satisfactory to the ON lay authonzed by the Owner pending arbitration, or by to establish the Owner's title to such materials or egi. any other cause which the Architect determines may ment or otherwise protect the Owner's interest, incluc . justify the delay, then the Contract Time shall be ex- applicable insurance and transportation to the site tended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the those materials and equipment stored off the site. Architect may determine. 9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all We 83.2 Any claim for extension of time shall be made in materials and equipment covered by an Application writing to the Architect not more than twenty days after Paymerii will pass to the Owner`eitft)er by incorpG,ratior the commencement of the delay; otherwise it shall be the construction or upon the receipt of payment by - waived. In the case of a continuing delay only one claim Contractor, whichever occurs first, free and clear of is necessary. The Contractor shall provide an estimate of liens. claims, security interests or encumbrances, here the probable effect of such delay on the progress of the after referred to in this Article 9 as "liens"; and that Work. Work, materials or equipment covered by an App{icati 83.3 If no agreement is made stating the dates upon for Payment will have been acquired by the Contract which interpretations as provided in Subparagraph 22.8 or by any other person performing Work at the site shall be furnished, then no claim for delay shalt be a{- furnishing materials and equipment for the Project, st: ,. {owed on account of failure to furnish such interprets- jest to an agreement under which an interest therein w lions until fifteen days after written request is made for an encumbrance thereon is retained by the seller or oth( them, and not then unless such claim is reasonable. wise imposed by the Contractor or such other person. 8.3.4 This Paragraph 8.3 does not exclude the recovery 9.4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT of damages for delay by either party under other provi- 9.4.1 The Architect will, within seven days after the r sions of the Contract Documents. ce)pt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, eith- issue a Certificate for Payment to the Owner, with ARTICLE 9 copy to the Contractor, for such amount as the Archite• _ determines is properly due, or notify the Contractor PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION writing his reasons for withholding a Certificate as prr 9.1 CONTRACT SUM vided in Subparagraph 9.6.1. !!i* 9.1.1 The Contract Sum is stated in the Owner-Contractor 9.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will cor Agreement and, including authorized adjustments thereto, stitute a representation by the Architect to the Owne is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contrac- based on his observations at the site as provided in Sul: " paraRraoh 2. for for the performance of the Work under the Contract 2.3 and the data comprising the App{icatior Documents. for Payment, that the Work has progressed to the poin indicated: that, to the best of his knowledge, informatio( 9.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES and belief, the quality of the Work is in accordance will 9.2.1 Before the first Application for Payment, the Con- the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of th( tractor shall submit tar the Architect a schedule of values Work for conformance with the Contract Document, allocated to the various portions of the Work, prepared in upon Substantial Comoletion. to the results of any subse such form and supported by such data to substantiate its quent tests required by or performed under the Contrac• accuracy as the Architect may require. This schedule. un- Documents, to minor deviations from the Contract DOCu aei less objected to by the Architect, shall be used only as a ments correctable prior to completion.and to any specifit basis for the Contractor',; Applications for Payment, qualifications stated in his Certificatei: and that the Con- tractor APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT tractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified However, by Icsuimg a Ceruucate for Payment, the Archi w. 93.1 At least ten days before the date for each progress sect shall not thereby be deemed to represent that he ha, pavment established in the Owner-Contractor Agreement, mado a%hauctive nr continuous on-cite inspections tr. the Contractor shall submit to the Architect an itemized check the duality or quantity or they Work or that he ha, Application for Payment. notarized if required, supported reviewed the construction mean, methods, techniques, Am 00Cuk4fw A>77 . GENERAL CONOiTIONS OF THE CUNTRACT )AA Enlruw. AL,GL.ST:976 AIA4 • 11'6• THE -WER)CA.v INSTITUTE OF ARCHM 471% *S \F%% H))tr \.C.%L.F .'i%v . tvA,�o\C,TO♦ o c. :rot, A201-1976 13 39 7.7 TESTS required ii complete reilei is to be accorded in the arbi- 7.7.1 tf the Contract Documents, laws, ordinances, rules, tration. No person other than the Owner or Contractor regulations or orders of anv public authority having lures- snail be Inctuced as an original third parry or additional diction require any portion at the WorK to be Inspected, third party to an arbitration whose interest or responsi- tested or approved, the Contractor shall give the Architect bilitv is Insubstantial. Any consent to arbitration involving timely notice of its readiness so the Architect may observe an additional person or persons shall not constitute con- "PP such Inspection, testing or approval. The Contractor shall sent to arbitration of any dispute not described therein or bear all costs of such Inspections, tests or approvals con- with any person not named or described therein. The ducted by public authorities. Unless otherwise provided, foregoing agreement to arbitrate and any other agreement the Owner shall bear all costs of other inspections, tests to arbitrate with an additional person or persons duly NIP or approvals. consented to by the parties to the Owner-Contactor Agreement shall be speetfieally enforceable under the 7.7» If the Architect determines that any Work requires prevailing arbitration law. The award rendered by the special Inspection, testing, or approval which Suboara- arbitrators shall be final, and judgment may be entered '"" graph 7.7.1 does not Include. he will, upon written au- upon it in accordance with applicable law in any court tnorizatlon from the Owner, instruct the Contractor to having jurisdiction thereof. order such speaal inspection, testing or approval, and the Contractor shall give notice as provided In Subparagraph 7.9.2 Notice of the demand for arbitration shall be filed *R 7.7.1. If such special inspection or testing reveals a failure in writing with the other parry to the Owner-Contractor of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Con- Agreement and with the American Arbitration Assoua- tract Documents, the Contractor shall bear all costs there- tion, and a copy shall be filed with the Architect. The of, including compensation for the Architects additional demand for arbitration shall be made within the time .R services made necessary by such failure: otherwise the limits specified in Subparagraph 2.2.12 where applicable, Owner shall bear such costs. and-an appropriate Change and in all other cases within a reasonable time after the Order shall be issued. claim, dispute or other matter in question has arisen, and in no event shall it be made after the date when institu- 7.73 Required certificates of inspection, testing or ap- tion of legal or equitable proceedings based on such proval shall be secured by the Contractor and promptly claim, dispute or other matter in question would be delivered by him to the Architect. barred by the applicable statute of limitations. 7.7.4 If the Architect is to observe the inspections, tests 7,93 Unless otherwise agreed in writing, the Contractor 1w or approvals required by the Contract Documents, he will shall carry on the Work and maintain its progress during do so promptly and, where practicable, at the source of any arbitration proceedings, and the Owner shall con- supply. tinue to make payments to the Contractor in accordance aw 7.8 INTEREST with the Contract Documents. 7.8.1 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract ARTICLE 8 Documents shall bear interest from the date payment is due at such rate as the parties may agree upon in writing TIME no or, in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing at g-1 DEFINITIONS the place of the Project. 7;9 ARBITRATION 8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided, the Contract Time is the period of time allotted in the Contract Documents for 7.9.1 All claims, disputes and other matters in question Substantial Completion of the Work as defined in Sub- between the Contractor and the Owner arising out of, or paragraph 8.1.3, including authorized adjustments thereto. relating to, the Contract Documents or the breach there- of, except as provided in Subparagraph 2.2.11 with re- 8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the date spect to the Architect's decisions on matters relating to established in a notice to proceed. If there is no notice to artistic effect, and except for claims which have been proceed, it shall be the date of the Owner-Contractor waived by the making or acceptance of final payment as Agreement or such other date as may be established provided by Suboaragraohs 9.9.4 and 9.9.5, shall be de- therein. tided by arbitration in accordance with the Construction 8.13 The Date of Substantial Completion of the Work or Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration designated portion thereof is the Dace certified by the Association then obtaining unless the parties mutually Architect when construction is sufficiently complete, in ., agree otherwise. No arbitration arising out of or relating accordance with the Contract Documents, so the Owner to the Contract Documents shall include. by consolida- can occupy or utilize the Work or designated portion tion. joinder or in any other manner, the Architect, his thereof for the use for which it is intended. employees or consultants except by written consent con- taining a specific reference to the Owner-Contractor 8,1.4 The term day as used in the Contract Documents am Agreement and signed by the Architect, the Owner, the shall mean calendar day unless otherwise specifically Contractor and any other person sought to be joined. No designated. arbitration shall include by consolidation, joinder or in PROGRESS AND COMPLETION any other manner, parties other than the Owner, the Contractor and any other persons substantially involved 6.2.7 All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are in a common question of fact or law, whose presence is of the essence of the Contract. AIA DOCUMENT AM - GENERAL CONOITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUC'ION-THIRTEENTH EDITION- MJCUST 1976 12 A201-1976 AIA! - ; 1974 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE AF ARCMITECTS. 1:75 NEW YORK AVENUE, v W.. WASMINC,TON. O.C. nW6 38 ""� x. separate contracts in connection with other portions of and cnarge the cost thereof to the contractors responsible the Protect or other work on the site under these or similar therefor as the Architect shall determine to be lust. Conditions of the Contract. If the Contractor claims that oelay or additional cost is involved because of such ARTICLE T action by the Owner, he shall make such Claim as pro- vlded elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS portions of the Protect or other work on the site, the term 7.1 GOVERNING LAW Contractor in the Contract Documents in each case shall mean the Contractor who executes each separate Owner- 7.1.1 The"Contract shall be governed by the law of the Contractor Agreement, place where the Project is located. 6.1.3 The Owner will provide for the coordination of the 7.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS work of his own forces and of each separate contractor 7.11 The Owner and the Contractor each binds himself with the Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate his partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives therewith as provided in Paragraph 6.2. to the other party hereto and to the partners, successors 6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY assigns and legal representatives of such other party with re- spect to all covenants, agreements and obligations con- 62.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and separate tamed in the Contract Documents. Neither parry to the �., contractors reasonable opportunity for the introduction Contract shall assign the Contract or sublet it as a whole and storage of their materials and equipment and the without the written consent of the other, nor shall the execution of their work, and shall connect and coordinate Contractor assign any moneys due or to become due tc his Work with theirs as required by the Contract Docu- him hereunder, without the previous written consent of menu. the Owner. 6.22 If any part of the Contractor's Work depends for 73 WRITTEN NOTICE proper execution or results upon the work of the Owner 7,3,1 Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly or any separate contractor, the Contractor shall, prior to served if delivered in person to the individual or member proceeding with the Work, promptly report to the Archi- of the firm or entity or to an officer of the corporation for tect any apparent discrepancies or defects in such other whom it was intended, or if delivered at or sent by regis- work that render it unsuitable for such proper execution tered or certified mail to the last business address known ,,ll and results. Failure of the Contractor so to report shall to him who gives the notice. constitute an acceptance of the Owner's or separate con- tractors' work as fit and proper to receive his Work, ex- 7.4 CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES cept as to defects which may subsequently become appar- 7,4,1 Should either party to the Contract suffer injury or rent in such work by others. damage to person or property because of any act or omis- 6Z3 Any costs caused by defective or ill-timed work sion of the other party or of any of his employees, agents shall be home by the party responsible therefor, or others for whose acts he is legally liable, Claim shall be made in writing to such other party within a reasonable 6.2.4 Should the Contractor wrongfully cause damage to time after the first observance of such injury or damage. the work or property of the Owner, or to other work on 73 PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND the site, the Contractor shall promptly remedy such dam- MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND age as provided in Subparagraph 10.2.5. 75.1 The Owner shall have the right to require the Con- 6.2.5 Should the Contractor wrongfully cause damage to tractor to furnish bonds covering the faithful performance the work or property of any separate contractor, the Con- of the Contract and the payment of all obligations arising tractor shall upon due notice promptly attempt to settle thereunder if and as required in the Bidding Documents with such other contractor by agreement, or otherwise to or in the Contract Documents. resolve the dispute. If such separate contractor sues or initiates an arbitration proceeding against the Owner on 7.6 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES account of any damage alleged to have been caused by 7,6,1 The duties and obligations imposed by the Contract the Contractor, the Owner shall notify the Contractor Documents and the rights and remedies available there- who shall defend such proceedings at the Owner's ex- under shall be in addition to and not a limitation of any pense. and if any judgment or award against the Owner duties, obligations. rights and remedies otherwise im- �,, arises therefrom the Contractor shall pay or satisfy it and posed or available by law. shall reimburse the Owner for all attomevs' fees and court or arbitration costs which the Owner has incurred. 7,62 No action or failure to act by the Owner, Architect 63 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of any right or duty afforded any of then under the Contract, nor shall any 63.1 If a dispute arises between the Contractor and sepa- such action or failure to act constitute an approval of of rate contractors as to their responsibility for cleaning up aceulescence in any breach thereunder, except as may be as required by Paragraph 4.15, the Owner may clean up specifically agreed in writing. uw A/A DOCUMENT A201 -GENERAL CONOITIO14S OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION- THIRTEENTH EDITION - AUGUST 147% MAO - Z 1176 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1-35 'JEW YORK AVENUE. V.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A201-1976 11 37 and (2) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act such proposed person or entity. Failure of the Owner or or omission or the Contractor, any Subcontractor, anyone Architect to repiv promptly snail Constitute notice of no directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone reasonabie objection. for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of 5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with any such .� whether or not it is caused in part by a party Indemnified proposed person or entity to whom the Owner or the hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to ne- Architect has made reasonable objection under the provi- gate, abridge. or otherwise reduce any other right or obli- sions of Subparagraph 3.21.1. The Contractor shall not be gation of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to any required to contract with anyone to whom he has a rea- .P parry or person described in this Paragraph 4.18. sortable objection. 4.18.2 In any and all claims against the Owner or the S,23 If the Owner or the Architect has reasonable objec- Archltect or any of their agents or employees by any tlon to any such proposed person or entity, the Contrac- empiovee of'the Contractor, anv Subcontractor, anyone for shall submit a substitute to whom the Owner or the directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone Architect has no reasonable objection, and the Contract for whose acts any of them may be liable. the indemntyn- Sum shall be Increased or decreased by the difference In cation obligation under this Paragraph 4.18 shall not be cost occasioned by such substitution and an appropriate limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or Change Order shall be issued: however, no increase in type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or the Contract Sum shall be allowed for any such substttu- for the Contractor or any Subcontractor under workers' tion unless the Contractor has acted promptly and re- ar workmen's compensation acts, disability benefit acts or sponsively in submitting names as required by Subpara- other employee benefit acts. graph 51.1. 4.183 The obligations of the Contractor under this Para- S1_4 The Contractor shall make no substitution for any graph 4.18 shall not extend to the liability of the Archi- Subcontractor, person or entity previously selected if the tect. his agents or employees. arising out of (1) the prepa- Owner or Architect makes reasonable objection to such ..a ration or approval of maps, drawings, opinions, reports. substitution. surveys, change orders, designs or specifications, or (2) S3 SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS the giving of or the failure to give directions or instruc- tions by the Architect, his agents or employees provided 53.1 By an appropriate agreement, written where legally such giving or failure to give is the primary cause of the required for validity, the Contractor shall require each injury or damage. Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be per- ARTICLE S formed by the Subcontractor, to be bound to the Con- tractor by the terms of the Contract Documents,and to as• SUBCONTRACTORS sume toward the Contractor all the obligations and re- sponsibilities which the Contractor, by these Documents, S.1 DEFINITION assumes toward the Owner and the ArchitecL Said agree- S.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a di- ment shall preserve and protect the rights of-the Owner rect contract with the Contractor to perform any of the and the Architect under the Contract Documents with re- Work at the site. The term Subcontractor is referred to spec to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in num- so that the subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such ber and masculine in gender and means a Subcontractor rights,and shall allow to the Subcontractor, unless specifi- or his authorized representative. The term Subcontractor cally provided otherwise in the Contractor-Subcontractor does not include any separate contractor or his subcon- agreement, the benefit of all rights, remedies and redress tractors, against the Contractor that the Contractor, by these Docu- S.1.2 A Sub-subcon tractor is a person or entity who has a ments, has against the Owner. Where appropriate, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to per- similar agreements with his Sub-subcontractors. The Con- form any of the Work at the site. The term Sub-subcon= tractor shall make available to each proposed Subcon- tractor is referred to throughout the Contract Documents tractor, prior to the execution of the Subcontract. copies as if singular in number and masculine in gender and of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor means a Sub-subcontractor or an authorized representa- will be bound by this Paragraph S3, and identify to the tive thereof. Subcontractor any terms and conditions of the proposed S.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER Subcontract which may be at variance with the Contract CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK Documents. Each Subcontractor shall similarly make cop- S.11 Unless otherwise required by the Contract Docu- ies of such Documents available to his Sub-subcontractors. merits or the Bidding Documents. the Contractor, as soon ARTICLE 6 as practicable after the award of the Contract, shall fur- nish to-the Owner and the Architect in writing the names WORK BY OWNER OR BY of the persons or entities (including those who are to fur- SEPARATE CONTRACTORS nish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for each of the principal portions of the Work. 6.1 OWNERS RIGHT TO PERFORM WORK AND The Architect will promptly reply to the Contractor in TO AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS writing stating whether or not the Owner or the Architect, 6.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform work re- after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any laed to the Project with his own' forces, and to award ASA DOCUMENT A2M - CENERAL CONOITIONS OF THE CONTRAC FOR CONSTRUCTION- THIRTEENTH WITION-AUGUST 1976 10 A201-1976 AIAO - m 1976 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 177S NEW YORK AVENUE. N.W., WASMINCTON, D.G MM* asp 36 uie for the Work. The progress scheduie shall be related portions of the Work snail be in accoreance witn ap- to the entire Protect to the extent required by the Con- proved submittals. tract Documents. and snail provide for expeditious and 4.13 USE OF SITE practicable execution of the Work. 4.13.1 The Contractor snail tontine operations at the site 4.11 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE to areas permitted by law, ordinances. permits and the 4.11.1 The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encum- Owner one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, ber the site with any materials or equipment. Addenda, Change Orders and other Modifications, in good order and marked currently to record all changes 4.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING Of WORK made during construction, and approved Shop Drawings, 4.14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting, Product Data and Samples. These shall be available to fitting or patching that may be required to complete the the Architect and shall be delivered to him for the Owner Work or to make its several parts fit together properly. upon completion of the Work. 4.14.2 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger any 4.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES portion of the Work or the work of the Owner or any 4.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams. schedules separate contractors by cutting, patching or otherwise and other data specially prepared for the Work by the altering any work, or by excavation. The Contractor shall Contractor or any Subcontractor. manufacturer, supplier not cut or otherwise alter the work of the Owner or any or distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work. sepa rate.contractor except with the wntten consent of the �** Owner and of such separate contractor. The Contractor 4.122 Product Data are illustrations. standard schedules, shall not unreasonably withhold from the Owner or any performance charts, instructions. brochures, diagrams and separate contractor his consent to cutting or otherwise other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate altering the Work. + » a material, product or system for some portion of the Work. 4.15 CLEANING UP 4.123 Samples are physical examples which illustrate 4.15.1 The Contractor at all times shall keel the premises � materials, equipment or workmanship and establish free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish standards be which the Work will an judged. caused by his operations. At the completion of the Work he shall remove all his waste materials and rubbish from 4.124 The Contractor shall review, approve and submit, and about the Project as well as all his tools. construc- with reasonable promptness and in such sequence as to tion equipment, machinery and surplus materials. cause no delay in the Work or in the work of the Owner 4.15.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up at the comple- or any separate contractor, all Shop Drawings, Product tion of the Work, the Owner may do so as provided in Data and Samples required by the Contract Documents. Paragraph 3.4 and the cost thereof shall be charged to the R 4.125 By approving and submitting Shop Drawings, Contractor. Product Data and Samples. the Contractor represents that 4.16 COMMUNICATIONS he has determined and verified all materials, field meas- 406.1 The Contractor shall forward all communications urements, and field construction criteria related thereto, to the Owner through the Architect. w. or will do so, and that he has checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with 4.17 ROYALTIES AND PATENTS the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Docu- 4.17.1 The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license ments. fees. He shall defend all suits or claims for infringement 4.'12.6 The Contractor shall not be relieved of resoonsi- of any patent rights and shall save the Owner harmless bility for any deviation from the requirements of the from loss on account thereof, except that the Owner shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular design, Contract Documents by the Architect's approval of Shop Drawings, Product Data or Samples under Subparagraph Process or the product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is specified, but if the Contractor has rea- 2.2.74 unless the Contractor has specifically informed the Architect in writing of such deviation at the time of sub- son to believe that the design, process or product speci- jied is an infringement of a patent. he shall be responsible mission and the Architect has given written approval to for such loss unless he promptly gives such information to the specific deviation. The Contractor shall not be relieved from responsibility for errors or omissions in the Shop the Architect. Drawings. Product Data or Samples by the Architect's 4.18 INDEMNIFICATION approval thereof. 4.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Con- " ' 4.12.7 The Contractor shall direct specific attention, in tractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings. Product Data the Architect and their agents and employees from and or Samples, to revisions other than those requested by against all claims. damaues, losses and expenses, including the Architect on previous submittals. but not limited to attorneys' fees. ansing out of or result- ing from the performance of the Work, provided that 4.12.8 No portion ni the Work requiring submission of a any such claim, damage. loss or expense (1) is attributable Shop Drawing. Product Data or Sampie shall be com- to bodilv Injury, sickness. disease or death, or to injury menced until the submittal has been approved by the to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Architect as provided in Subparagraph 2,.2.14. All such Work itseifl Including the loss of use resulting therefrom. ASA DOCUMENT A291 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION- TMIRTEENTM EDITION- AUC'ST 1976 AIA'? - 'rj 1Vh - THE APIAERICU-4 I-4STITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1715 vFW YORK AvE%UE, v W WASP-wGTON D.0 :m A201-1976 till 35 ow the Architect for any damage resulting from any such fees, licenses and inspections necessary for the prope- errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Docu- execution and compieton or the Work which are custom. ments. The Contractor shall perform no portion of the a.My secured after execution of the Contract and whit' Work at any time without Contract Documents or, where are legally required at the time the bids are received. required, approved Shop Drawings, Product Data or 4.71 The Contractor shall give all notices and compl. Samples for such portion of the Work. with all laws. ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful or- 4.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES ders of any public authority bearing on the performanct 43.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, of the Work. using his best skill and attention. He shall be solely re- 4.7.3 It is not the responsibility of the Contractor tc sponsibie for all construction means, methods. tech- make certain that the Contract Documents are in accord niques, sequences and procedures and for coordinating ante with applicable laws, statutes. building codes anc all portions of the Work under the Contract. regulations. If the Contractor observes that any of th, 4.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner Contract Documents are at variance therewith in any re for the acts and omissions of his employees. Subcontrac- spect, he shall promptly notify the Architect in wrtttnr ton and their agents and employees, and other persons and any necessary changes shall be accomplished by ap performing any of the Work under a contract with the propriate ,Modification. Contractor. 4.7.4 If the Contractor performs any Work knowing it I. 4.33 The Contractor shall not be relieved from his obli. be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regula gations to perform the Work in accordance with the tions, and without such notice to the Architect, he sha Contract Documents either by the activities or duties of assume full responsibility therefor and shall bear all cost am the Architect in his administration of the Contract. or by attributable thereto. inspections, tests or approvals required or performed un- - 4.8 ALLOWANCES der Paragraph 7.7 by persons other than the Contractor. 4,8.1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sur ow 4.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. Item 4.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- covered by these allowances shall be supplied for suc: menu, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all labor, amounts and by such persons as the Owner may direc- materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and but the Contractor will not be required to employ person •R machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other against whom he makes a reasonable objection. facilities and services necessary for the proper execution 42.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Doct. and completion of the Work, whether temporary or per- menu: no manent and whether or not incorporated or to be incor- .1 these allowances shall cover the cost to the Cor porated in the Work. tractor, less any applicable trade discount, of th 4.4.2 The Contractor shall at all times enforce strict dis- materials and equipment required by the allowanc cipline and good order among his employees and shall not delivered at the site, and all applicable taxes; ,,, employ on the Work any unfit person or anyone not 3 the Contractor's costs for unloading and handlin skilled in the task assigned to him. on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, pro- it and other expenses contemplated for the origin. 4S WARRANTY - allowance shall be included in the Contract Sum an .IS 43.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner and the not in the allowance; Architect that all materials and equipment furnished 3 whenever the cost is more than or less than It under this Contract will be new unless otherwise speci- allowance, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted a, fied, and that all Work will be of good quality, free from cordingly by Change Order, the amount of whit .r faults and defects and in conformance with the Contract will recognize chanties. if any, in handling costs e Documents. All Work not conforming to these require- the site, labor, installation costs. overhead, pro, ments, including substitutions not properly approved and and other expenses. authorized. may be considered defective. If required by PINK Architect. the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evi- dence as to the kind and quality of materials and equip- 4.9.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent supenr ment. This warranty is not limited by the provisions of tendent and necessary assistants who shall be in attent Paragraph 13.2. ante at the Project site during the progress of the Wori ow The superintendent shall represent the Contractor and 4.6 TAXES communications given to the superintendent shall be 4.6.1 The Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use binding as if given to the Contractor. Important Comm: and other similar taxes for the Work or portions thereof nications shall be confirmed in writing. Other commur provided by the Contractor which are legally enacted at cations shall be so confirmed on written request in ea( the time bids are received, whether or not yet effective. case. 4.7 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES 4,10 PROGRESS SCHEDULE 4.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- 4.10.1 The Contractor, immediately after being award, ments. the Contractor shall secure and pay for the build- the Contract. shall prepare and submit for the Owne ing permit and for all other permits and governmental and Architect's Information an estimated progress ache • AIA DOCUMENT A201- CENERAC COVOiTiOyS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUC,10%- tM+RTEE-4TM EDITION- AUCUST 8 A201-1976 AIA" - eC 1976 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCMITECTS 1'3S tiEW YORK •vi%I.E %W WASHI.400N. O.C. 201 w� 34 1 2.2.16 The Architect will conduct inspections to deter- 3.2.5 Uniess otherwise provided in Ine Contract Docu- mine the dates or Substantial Comoietion and final com- ments. the Contrac-or will be ;urnis-ned. free of charge, pletion, will receive and forward to *,he Owner for 'he ail copies of Drawings and Soevfications reasonably nec- Owner's review written warranties and related cocuments essary for the execution or the Work. required by the Contract and assembied by the Contrac- 3.2.6 The Owner shall forward all instructions to the tor, and will issue a final Certificate for Payment upon Contractor through the Architect. compliance with the requirements of Paragraph 9.9. 2-1 17 If the Owner and Architect agree, the Architect 3.2-7 The toregoing are in addition to other duties and will provide one or more Project Representatives to responsibilities of the Owner enumerated herein and assist the Architect in carrying out his responsibilities at especially those in respect to Work by Owner or by the site. The duties. responsibilities and limitations of Separate Contractors. Payments and Comoietion. and In- authority of any such Project Representative shall be as surance in Articies 6. 9 and 11 respectively. set iorth in in exhibit to be incorporated in the Contract 3.3 OWNER-S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK Documents. 3.3.1 If the Contractor fails to correct defective Work as recuired by Paragraph 13.2 or persistently fails to carry 2.2.18 The duties. responsibilities and limitations of au- out the W.ork in accordance with 'he Contract Docu.- thority of the Architect as the Owner's representative dur. ments, the Owner, by a written order signed personally ing construction as set forth in the Contract Documents or by an agent specif.ically so empowered by the Owner will not be modified or extended wirhout written con- in writing, may order the Contractor to stop the Work, sent of the Owner. the Contractor and the Architect. or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has 2.2.19 In case of the termination of the employment of been eliminated; however, this right of the Owner to the Architect, the Owner shall appoint an architect stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part againsr whom the Contractor makes no reasonable objec- of the Owner to exercise this right for the �enefit of the tion whose status under the Contract Documents shall be Contractor or any other person or entity, except to the 'hat of the former architect. Any dispute in connection extent required by Subparagraph 6.1.3. with such appointment shall be subject to arbitration. 3.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK ARTICLE 3 3.4.1 If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents OWNER and fails within seven days after receipt of written notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction 3.1 DEFINITION of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness, the Owner may, after seven days following receipt by the 3.1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as such Contractor or an additional written notice and without in the Owner-Contractor Agreement and is referred to prejudice to any other remedy he may have. make good throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in num- such deficiencies. in such case an ao'propriate Change ber and masculine in gender. The term Owner means the Order shall be issued deducting from the payments then Owner or his authorized representative. or thereafter due the Contractor the cost of correcting 3.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED such deficiencies, including compensation for the ArChi- OF THE OWNER tect's additional services made necessary by such default, neglect or failure. Such action by the Owner and the 3.2.1 The Owner shall. at the request of the Contractor, amount charged to the Contractor are both subject to the at the time of execution of the Owner-Con tractor Agree- prior approval of the Architect. If the payments then or ment. furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover he has made financial arrangements to fulfill his obliga- such amount. the Contractor shalt pay the difference to tions under the Contract. Unless such reasonable evi- the Owner. dence is furnished, the Contractor is not required to execute the Owner-Con tractor Agreement or to com- ARTICLE 4 mence the Work. 3.2.2 The Owner shall furnish all surveys describing the CONTRACTOR physical characteristics. legal limitations and utility loca- 4.1 DEFINITION tions tor the site of the Project, and a legal description of 4.1.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as the site. such in the Owner-Contracior Agreement and is referred 3.2.3 Except as provided in Subparagraph 4.7.1, the to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in Owner shall secure and pay for necessary approvals. ease- number and masculine in gender. The term Contractor ments, assessments and charges required for the construc- means the Contractor or his authorized representative. tion, use or occupancy of permanent structures or for per. 4.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS manent changes in ex isting facilities. 4.2.1 The Contractor shall carefully study and compare 3.14 Information or services under the Owner's control the Contract Documents and �hall at once report to the shall be furnished by the Owner with reasonable prompt- Architec: any error. inconsistencv or omission he may dis- ness to avoid delay in the orderly progress of the Work. - cover. The Contractor snall not he liable to the Owner or AIIA OOCUMENT AM - CENIERAL CONIDITIONS OF THE CONTRA(`T. fOR CO%STRI.XTION - rHfRTFENTH EDITION - kUC;;ST 1776 AW9 - 'D 1974 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 173S NEW YORK AVENUE. 14W.. WASHIMI-10% D.C. :300b A201-1976 7 33 through the Architect. The Architect will have authonry show partcaltty to either, and will not be liable for th, to act on benaif of the Owner only to the extent provided result of anv interpretation or decision rendered in goo, in the Contract Documents. uniess otherwise modified faith In such caoactty. by written instrument in accordance with Subparagraph 2.111 The Architect's decisions in matters relating t artistic enect will be final if consistent with the intent c 2.23 The Architect will visit the site at intervals appro- the Contract Documents. priate to the stage of construction to familiarize himself 2.2.12 Any claim, dispute or other matter in auestioc generally with the progress and quality of the Work and between the Contractor and the Owner referred to the to determine in general if the Work is proceeding in ac- cordance with the Contract Documents. However, the Architect. except those relating to artistic effect as pre vfded in Subparagraph :.2.11 and except those which hay Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or con- been waived by the making or acceptance of final pay trnuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quart- meat as provided in Subparagraphs 9.9.4 and 9.9.3, shy dry of the work. On the basis of his on-site observations be subject to arbitration upon the written demand of a as an architect, he will keep the Owner Informed of the Cher party. However,no demand for arbitration of any suc progress of the Work, and will endeavor to guard the claim, dispute or other matter may be made until th Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work of the earlier of (1) the date on which the Architect has rendere ,Contractor, a written decision, or (2) the tenth day after the part,( 224 The Architect will not be responsible for and will have presented their evidence to the Architect or ha,, not have control or charge of construction means, meth- been given a reasonable opportunity to do so, if th ods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for safety Architect has not rendered his written decision by th. precautions and programs in connection with the Work, date. When such a written decision of the Architect state and he will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure (1) that the decision is final but subject to appeal, an to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract (2) that any demand for arbitration of a claim, dispute c Documents. The Architect will not be responsible for or other matter covered by such decision must be mac have control or charge over the acts or-omissions of the within thirty days after the date on which the party ma, Contractor, Subcontractors. or any of their agents or em- ing the demand receives the written decision, failure : ployees, or any other persons performing any of the demand arbitration within said thirty days' period will rt Work, suit in the Architect's decision becoming final and bindir. 225 The Architect shall at all times have access to the upon the Owner and the Contractor. If the Archiw Work wherever it is i l preparation and renders a decision after arbitration proceedings have bee p p progress. The initiated, such decision may be entered as evidence bi Contractor shall provide facilities for such access so the will not supersede any arbitration proceedings uniess tt Architect may perform his functions under the Contract decision is acceptable to all parties concerned. Documents. 2:-13 The Architect will have authority to reject Wo 226 Based on the Architects observations and an evalu- which does not conform to the Contract Document ation of the Contractor's Applications for Payment, the Whenever, in his opinion, he considers it necessary I + Architect will determine the amounts owing to the Con- advisable for the implementation of the intent of & tractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such Contract Documents, he will have authority to requi. amounts,as provided in Paragraph 9.4, special inspection or testing of the Work in accordant 227 The Architect will be the 'interpreter of the require- with Subparagraph 7.72 whether or not such Work t meats of the Contract Documents and the judge of the then fabricated, installed or completed. However, neith performance thereunder by both the Owner and Con- the Architect's authority to act under this Subparagrar tractor. 2?.13. nor any decision made by him in good faith eith to exercise or not to exercise such authority, shall gi•. 2.18 The Architect will render interpretations necessary rise to any duty or responsibility of the Architect to tf for the proper execution or progress of the Work, with . Contractor, any Subcontractor, any of their agents reasonable promptness and in accordance with any time employees. or any other person performing any of t.1 limit agreed upon. Either party to the Contract may make Work. written request to the Architect for such interpretations. 2-1 14 The Architect will review and approve or tai 229 Claims, disputes and other matters in question be- other appropriate action upon Contractor's submittz tween the Contractor and the Owner relating to the exe- such as Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, b cution or progress of the Work or the interpretation of the only for conformance with the design concept of t) Contact Documents shall be referred initially to the Work and with the information given in the Contra Architect for decision which he will render in writing Documents. Such action shall be taken with reasonab within a reasonable time. promptness so as to cause no delay. The Architect's a 2 1.10 All interpretations and decisions of the Architect proval of a specific item shall not indicate approval : shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably in- an assembly of which the item is a component. ferable from the Contract Documents and will be in writ- 221S The Architect will prepare Change Orders in :,.,A l ing or in the form of drawings. In his capacity as inter- cordance with Article 12. and will have authority to orc preter and judge. he will endeavor to secure faithful per- minor changes in the Work as provided in Subparagra. formance by both the Owner and the Contractor• will not 12.4.1. 6 A201-1976 ' AAA OOCWwENT AM - GENERAL CONOITiONS OF THE CONTRA(;FOR CONSTRUCTION- THIRTEENTH EDITION- AUGUST AIAO - m 11174 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCMITEcTS. IMS NEW YORK AVENUE. N.W., wASNiNCON. O.C. 2D 32 „ aI. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ARTICLE 1 1.2.2 By executing the Contract, the Contractor represents that he has visited the site, famiiiarized himself with the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS local conditions under which the Work is to be per- 1.1 DEFINITIONS formed, and correlated his observations with the require- ments of the Contract Documents. FOR 1.1,1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1= The intent of the Contract Documents is to include The Contract Documents consist of the Owner-Contrac- all items necessary for the proper execution and comple- tor Agreement, the Conditions of the Contract (General, tion of the Work. The Contract Documents are comple- Supplementary and other Conditions), the Drawings, the mentary, and what is required by any one shall be as ers Specifications, and all Addenda issued prior to and all binding as if required by all.Work not covered in the Con- Modifications issued after execution of the Contract. A tract Documents will not be required unless it is consistent Modification is (1) a written amendment to the Contract therewith and is reasonably inferable thereirom as being signed by both parties, (2) a Change Order, (3) a written necessary to produce the intended results. Words and ab- interpretation issued by the Architect pursuant to Sub- breviations which have well-known technical or trade paragraph 2.2.8, or (4) a written order for a minor change meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accord- in the Work issued by the Architect pursuant to Paragraph ante with such recognized meanings. 12.4. The Contract Documents do not include Bidding 1.2.4 The organization of the Specifications into divisions, *� Documents such as the Advertisement or Invitation to _ Bid, the Instructions to Bidders, sample forms, the Con- sections and articles, and the arrangement of Drawings tractor's Bid or portions of Addenda relating to any of shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work these. or any other documents, unless specifically enu- among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of ■ merated in the Owner-Contractor Agreement. Work to be performed by any trade. 1.1,2 THE CONTRACT 13 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construc- 13.1 All Drawings, Specifications and copies thereof ** tion. This Contract represents the entire and integrated furnished by the Architect are and shall remain his prop- agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes all erry. They are to be used only with respect to this Project prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, either and are not to be used on any other projecL With the written or oral.The Contract may be amended or modified exception of one contract set for each parry to the Con- only by a Modification as defined in Subparagraph 1.1.1. tract, such documents are to be returned or suitably The Contract Documents shall not be construed to create accounted for to the Architect on request at the comple- any contractual relationship of any kind between the Ar- tion of the Work. Submission or distribution to meet offi- chitect and the Contractor, but the Architect shall be cial regulatory requirements or for other purposes in entitled to performance of obligations intended for his connection with the Project is not to be construed as benefit, and to enforcement thereof. Nothing contained publication in derogation of the Architect's common law in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual copyright or other reserved rights. relationship between the Owner or the Architect and any ARTICLE 2 Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor. 1,1,3 THE WORK ARCHITECT The Work comprises the completed construction required 21 DEFINITION by the Contract Documents and includes all labor neces- sary to produce such construction, and all materials and 2.1.1 The Architect is the person lawfully licensed to equipment incorporated or to be incorporated in such practice architecture, or an entity lawfully practicing construction. architecture identified as such in the Owner-Contractor Agreement, and is referred to throughout the Contract 1.1.4 THE PROTECT Documents as if singuiar in number and masculine in The Project is the total construction of which the Work gender. The term Architect means the Architect or his performed under the Contract Documents may be the authorized representative. NOR whole or a part. 1Z EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT 2.2 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 1.2.1 The Contract Documents shall be signed in not less =1 The Architect will provide administration of the aw Contract as hereinafter described. than triplicate by the Owner and Contractor. If either the Owner or the Contractor or both do not sign the Condi- 23.2 The Architect will be the Owner's representative tions of the Contract, Drawings, Specifications, or any of during construction and until Final payment is due. The the other Contract Documents, the Architect shall iden- Architect will advise and consult with the Owner. The ** tifv such Documents. Owner's instructions to the Contractor shall be forwarded AIIA DOCUMfNT A291 - GENERAL CONOITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - THIRTEENTH EDITION- AUCI:ST 1176 AIA9 - 31 1974 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1:35 NEW YORK AVENUE. N.W., WASHINGTON. O.C. :KKA A201-1976 S w 31 NIP- Payment. Failure of ................9.5.2.9.6.13,9.7,9.9.2,14 SUBCONTRACTORS ... 2222,,..,,.,,.. • * Payment. Final ................... ..2.112.2.116,9.9,13.3.1 Subcontractors. Definition of ............................L1 Payments, Progress ..........7.8,7.93,95.3,9.8.2,9.9.3.12.1.4 Subcontractors, Work by ...............1 14,2.2.4,4.3,1,4.3.2 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION ...........................9 subcontract" Relations ...............................S3 Payments to Subcontractors .................9.52.953, 95.4, Submittals ....................1,3,4.10. 4.12. S.L1,S.23. 9.2, 9.6.1.3. 11.3.3, 14.11 9.3.1,9.8.1.9.92.9.9.3 Payments Withheld ....................................9.6 Subrogation. Waiver of ..113.6 Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond ..75 Substantial Completion ......2.2.16.8.1-1.8.1.3,822 9.8,13.2.2 Permits, Fees and Notices .....................3.2-3.4.7,4.13 Substantial Completion. Deiinition of ...................8.1.3 wr PERSONS AND PROPERTY, PROTECTION OF ..............10 Substitution of Subcontractors ....................522.3,5.2.4 Product Data.Definition of ...........................4.12.2 Substitution of the Architect ....................... ..Z-1 19 Product Data. Shop Drawings, Samples and ...2_.214.4.2.1,4.12 Substitutions of Materials .........................4.5,12.14 Progress and Completion ....................2.2.3,7.9.3,8.2 Sub-subcontractors,Definition of ..........,............5.1.2 Progress Payments .7.8,7.93,95.5,9.8.2,9.9.3.12.1.4 Subsurface Conditions .. ................12,2.1 Progress Schedule ...................................4.10 Successors and Assigns ................................7.2 .. Project, Definition of .................................1.1.4 Supervision and Construction Procedures .1.2.4.2-14,4.3,4.4,10 Protect Representative ...............................2.2.17 Superintendent, Contractor's ......................49,10.2.6 Property Insurance ...................................113 Surety, Consent of ..............................9.92,9.9.3 w PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY ..............70 Surveys .......................................3.2.2,4.18.3 Regulations and Laws .....1.3,'_.1.1,4.6,4.7,4.13,7.1,102.2.14 Taxes ................................................4.6 Rejection of Work ........................2.2.13,4.5.1,13.2 Termination by the Contractor .........................14.1 Releases of Waivers and Liens ....................9.92,9.9.4 Termination by the Owner ............14.2 Representations .............1.2.2.4.5,4.125,9.4.2,9.6.1,9.9.1 Termination of the Architect .........................2,:.19 Representatives ............................2.1,22.2,2.12 17, TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT 2.2.18.3.1.4.1,4.9,5.1,9.33 Tests .................................2.2.13,4-33,7.7,9.42 Responsibility for Those Performing the Work .....Z2 4,43.2, Time .....8 .......................... 6.13,62.9.8.1 Time, Definition of ....................................6.1 Retainage .......................93.1,9.52.9.82,9.9.2.9.93 Time,Delays and Extensions of ...........83,121,12.3,132-7 Review of Contract Documents Time Limits, Specific ..................2.18.22.12.3.2.1,3.4, by the Contractor ... ....................1.2.2.4.2,4.7.3 4.10,5.3.6.22.7.9.2,B.Z.8.32.8.3.3,92.9.3.1, Reviews of Contractor's Submittals by 9.4.1.95.1,9.7,11.1.4,113.1,11J.8,11.3.9, w. Owner and Architect .....2.2.14,4.10.4.12,5.2.1,52.3,92 12.2.12.3,13.2.2,13.25,13.27,14.1,142.1 Rights and Remedies ......1.12,22.12.2.2.13.3.3,3.4,5.3,6.1, Title to work ...................................932.933 6.3, 7.6.7.9,8.3.1,9.6.1,9.7,103,12.1-2,112,1321,14 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK .............13 Royalties and Patents .................................4.17 Uncovering of Work . ......13.7 Will ........................... Safety of Persons and Property .10,2 Uniorseen Conditions .83,122 ........................ .................. Safety Precautions and Programs ..................2.2.4,10.1 Unit Prices ...................................12.1.3,1215 ................................. Samples, Definition of ...............................4.123 Use of Documents ............ ..........1.1.1,13,325,53 Samples, Shop Drawings, Product Data and .....22.14,4.2,4.12 Use of Site ...... ......4.13,62.1 ......................... Samples at the Site, Documents and ....................4.11 Values, Schedule of .. ..... ...9.2 ........ .................. Schedule of Values ....................................9.2 Waiver of Claims by the Contractor ....7.6.2.832.9.95,113.6 Schedule, Progress ...................................4.10 Waiver of Claims by the Owner ......7.6.2.9.9.4,113.6,11.4.1 Separate Contracts and Contractors .....3.142,6,113.6,13.12 Waiver of Liens ......................................9.92 Shop Drawings, Definition of .........................4.12.1 Warranty and Warranties ....2.216,4.5,93.3,9.8.1,9.9.4, 13.2_2 ist Shop Drawings, Product Dau and Samples ... 2.2.14,4.2,4.12 weather Deiays ......................................83.1 Site, Use of .. ...4.13.6.2.1 Work, Definition of .................................1.13 Site Visits,Architect's ....... ...2.2-3,2.2.5.2.16,2.2 17, Work by Owner or by Separate Contractors ................6 7.7.1,7.7.4.9.41.9.6.1.9.9.1 Written Consent ......22.18.4.142,72,7.62.9.8.1,9.93.9.9.4 Site Inspections ............. 2.2.16,77,9.8.1,9.9.1 Written Interpretations ...............1.1.1,1.2,4,228,12.3.2 . 2222 � Special Inspection and Testing ....................2.2.13,�.7 Written Notice .....2_'.8.2 212.3.4,42 413,4.7.4,4.9,4.12.6, Specifications ...............................1.1.1,114,13 4.12.7. 4.17, 5..2..1. 73. 7.4, 7.7, 7.9.2. 8.1.2, 822. 83.3. Statutes of Limitations ....................7.92.13.2.2.132.7 9.4.1, 9.6.1, 9.7, 9.9.1, 9.93. 102-6, 11.1.4, 1131, 113.4, Stopping the Work ......................33.9.7.1,103,14.1 11,35, 77,3.7,11.3.8,122,12.3.1322,13.2.5.14 no Stored Materials ............6.2.1.9.32,102.12,11.3.1,13.2.5 written Orders ...................3.3,4.9,17.1.4,12.4.1,13.1 w. I I MA DOCUMENT A20 - GENERAL CONDITIONS Of THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION- THIRTEENTH EDITION- AUGUST 1976 4 AM-1976 AIM - ® 1976 - THE AMERIrAN INSTITUTr ni: •PCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE. N.W., wASHINGTON, D.C. 30 w. Decisions of the Architect ......2.2.9 through 2.2.12. 6.3, 7.7.2, 4.12.6,4..7,4.18.3.6.:.2,7.6.2,9.4.2, 7.9.1,8.3.1.9.2,9.4,9.6.1.9.8.1, 12.1.4,12.3.1. 14.2.1 9.9.4.9.9.5.10.:.5. 11.1.:,11.3.6 Detective rir Non-Contorming Work. Acceptance, Retection Limitations of Time. General .....2.2.8. 2.2.14, 3.2.4, 4_1.4.7.3. Ana Correction of ....2.2.3. 2.113, 3.3.3.4. 4.5. 6.2.: 6.2.3, 4.12.4.4 15.3.2.1.5.2.3.7.4,7.7,8.2.9.5.2.9.6, 9.6.1.1,9.9.4.2,13 9.8.9.9,11.3.4, 1:.1.4.12.4,13/.2.1. 13.2.2. 13.2.5 Definitions ........1.1, 2.1. 3.1. 4.1, 4.12.1 through 4.12.3, 5.1, Limitations of Time. Specific .......... 2.2.6. 2.2.12. 3.2.1. 3.4. 6.1.2. 8.1, 9.1.1, 12.1.1, 12.1.4 4.1U.3.5. ).2.2. 7.9.2.B.Z.8.3.2.8.3.3.9.2,9.3.1,9.4.1,9.5.1, *t Delays and Extensions of Time ..........................83 9.7. 11.1.4,11.3.1,11.3.8.11.3.9.122.12.3.13 2.3. Disputes ...... ..........2.2.9. 2-2.12. 2.2.19, 6.2.5. 6.3, 7.9.1 13.2.5. 13.2.7. 14.1, 14.2.1 Documents and Samples at the Site .....................4.11 Limitations, Statutes of ...................7.9.2, 13.2.2, 13.2.7 Drawings and Speciiications. Use and Loss of Use Insurance .................................11.4 i� Ownership of ......................1.1.1, 13. 3.2.5, 5.3 Materials, Labor. Equipment and ....1.1.3,4.4,4.5, 4.12,4.13. Emergencies .........................................1Q3 4.15.1. 6.2.1. 1119.3-3. 113.1, 13.2-1. 13.25, 14 Employees, Contractor's .....4.3.2. 4.4.2, 4.8.1, 4.9, 4.18. 10.2.1 Materials Suppliers .......................4.12.1, 51.1, 9.3.3 through 10.2.4, 10.2.6. 10.3, 11.1.1 Means.Methods,Techniques, Sequences and Equipment. Labor, ,Materials and ....1.1.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.12, 4.13, Procedures of Construction .............2.2.4, 4.3.1, 9.4.2 4.15.1, 6.2.1. 9.3.2 9.3.3. 11.3, 13.2.2. 13.2.S. 14 Minor Changes in the Woric .. .............1.1.1, 2.2.15, 12.4 Execution and Progress of the Work ....1.13. 1.2.3, 2.23, 22.4, MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS........................ ..7 2.2.8,4.2. 4.4.1. 4.5. 6.2.2. 7.9.3, 8.2, Modifications, Definition of ...........................1.1.1 8.3, 9.6.1, 10.2.3, 10.2.4, 14.2 Modifications to the Contract ........i.1.1, 1.13, 2.22. 23.18, wtr Execution, Correlation and Intent of the 4.7.3, 7.9.3. 12 Contract Documents .........................1.2 4.7.1 Mutual Responsibility ..................................6.2 Extensions of Time ................................8.3, 111 Non-Conforming Work,Acceptance of Deiective or .....13.3.1 Failure of Payment by Owner ......................9.7,14.1 Notice, Written ..........2 2.8,2212,3.4, 43,4.i 3,4.7.4,4 .9, Failure of Payment of Subcontractors ..9.5.2.9.6.1.3.9-9.2,14.2.1 4.12.6.4.12.7,4.17,5.2.1,7.3,7.4,7.7,7.9.2.8.1.2,8.32, Final Completion and Final Payment ..Z 1-12, 22 16, 9.9, 13.3.1 8.3.3,9.4.1,9.6.1.9.7,9.9.1,9.95,10.2.6,11.1.4,11.3.1, Financial Arrangements, Owner's ......................32.1 113.4.11.3.5,11-3.:,113.8.1'.2,12.3,13.L'.13.2S.14 Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance ................113.1 Notices. Permits. Fees and ........................4.7,10.12 Governing Law ....7.1 Notice of Testing and Inspections .................7.7 ......... ...... Guarantees (See Warranty Notice to Proceed ...................................8.1.2 and Warranties) ........2.2.16,4.5,9.3.3,9.8.1,9.9.4,13.2.2 Observations,Architect's On-Site . 2.2.3,'.7.1,7.7.4,9.42 Indemnification ......................4.17, 4.18, 6.2.5, 9.9.2 Observations, Contractor's ..................121,4.2.1,4.7.3 Identification of Contract Documents ..................1.2.1 Occupancy ......... ....................8.1.3,9.5.3,11.3.9 on Identification of Subcontractors and Suppliers ..........,5.2.1 On-Site Inspections by the Architect ........213,2.2.16,9.42, Information and 9.8.1,9.9.1 Services Required of the Owner ........3.2,6,9,112,11.3 On-Site Observations by the Architect .......2-1.3.22.6.2.2.17, Inspections ...............2.2.13. 2.2.16, 4.3.3, 7.7, 9.8.1, 9.9.1 7.7.1.7.7.4,9.4.2,9.6.1,9.9.1 Instructions to Bid ders ............................1.1.1,7.5 Orders, written ...................3.3,4.9.12.1.4,12.4.1,13.1 Instructions to the OWNER ...............................................3 Contractor ..........2.21, 3.2.6, 4.8.1, 7.7.2, 12.12, 12.1.4 Owner, Definition of .................... .. ..•... .3.1 INSURANCE ............................ .. .. .9.8.1. 11 Owner, Information and Services Required of the ....3.2.6.1.3, Insurance, Contractor's Liability .........................11.1 62.9,11.2,11.3 sR+• Insurance, Loss of Use ................................11.4 Owner's Authnrity .............2.2.16, 4.8.1, 7.72. 9.3.1, 9.31, Insurance, Owner's Liability „. .,,,,, 11,2 9.8.1, 11.3.8. 12.1.2. 12.1.4 Insurance. Property ...................................11.3 Owner's Financial Caaability ...........................3.2.1 Insurance, Stored Materials .....................9.3.2,11.3.1 Owners Liability Insurance ............................11.2 eel insurance Companies, Consent to Partial Occupancy ....11.3.9 Owner's Relationship with Subcontractors ..........1.12.95.4 Insurance Companies, Settlement With ................11.3.8 Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work ..............3.4, 13.2.4 Intent of Owner's Right to Clean Up .......................4.152, 63 the Contract Documents ...1.2.3,3.2.10,=.13,2.114,IZ4 Owners Right to Perform Work and to Award Interest ................................. ... .. .7.8 Separate Contracts .................................6.1 MR . . ..... Interpretations. Written .........1.1.1, '2-,2.7, 22.8, 21.10, 1Z.4 Owner's Right to Terminate the Contract ................14.2 Labor and Materials, Equipment ....1.1.3, 4.4, 4S, 4.12. 4.13, Owners Right to Stop the Work .........................3.3 4.15.1,61.1,9.31.9.3.3,11.3,13.2.2,1325.14 Ownership and Use of Documents ........1.1.1,13,3.25.5.2.3 Labor and Material Payment Bond ......................75 Patching of Work, Cutting and 2 Labor Disputes ......................................8.3.1 Patents. Royalties and ................... .. 4417.1 41 Laws and Regulations ..............1.3, 2.1.. 4.6. 4.7, 4.13, 7.1, Payment Bond.Labor and Material .......................7.5 7.7. 1021, 14 Payment,Appiications for ............2_2,6. 9.2. 9.3. 9.4, 95.3. Liens ........................ .9.33, 9.9.2, 9.9.4.1 9.6.1,9.8.2.9.9.1.9.9.3.14.2.2 ®w Limitations of Authority .....2.»-2. 2.2.17, 2.2.18. 11.3.8, 12.4.1 Payment,Certificates for . ...2.2.6.2.2.16. 9.4, 9.5.1, Limitations of Liability ......2.2.10.2.2.13,2.2.14, 3.3.42,4.73, 9.5.5.9.6.1,9.7.1,9.8.2.9.9.1,9.9.3.12.1.4,14.2.2 AIA OOCUMENT AM - GENERAL CONOMIONS OF THE CONTRACT FAR CONSTRUCTIpN- THIRTEENTH EDITION• AUCJsT 1,976 AIAW • m 1976 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE. *4 W.. WASHINC,TON, D.0 20006 A201-1976 3 29 INDEX Acceptance of Defective or Non-Conforming Work ..6.1.2, 133 Cleaning Up .....................................4,1S, Acceptance of Woric ..................9.5.5. 9.8.1, 9.9.1. 9.9.3 Commencement of the work, Conditions Relating to..3.2.1,= Access to Work ................................2.2.5. 611 4.7.1,4.10,S,.,1,6.2.2,7S,9.Z 11.1.4, 11 Accident Prevention ............ ...... ..2.2.4.10 Commencement of the work. Oeftnition of • .....8 Acts and Omissions ........2.2.4, 4.18.3, 7 4, 7.6.2, 8.3.1, 10.25 Communications .......... ........Z3.Z 3.2.6. 4,9.1, 4 .. Additional Costs. Claims for ...........................12.3 Completion, Administration of the Contract ....................'«2. 4.3.3 Conditions Relating to ...1.2.16,4.11,4.15.9.4.2.9.9, 13 All Risk Insurance ..................................11.3.1 COMPUTION, PAYMENTS AND ......... ......... .. Allowances .........................................4.2 Comoietion, Suostantial ..2.2.16. 8.1.1, 8.1.3. 8.2.2 9.8, 13 Applications for Payment ..................2.2.6, 9.2. 4)3,9.4, Compliance with Laws ................1,3. :.1.1,4.6.4.7. 4 am - 9.S.3.9.6.1,9.8.2.9.9.1,9 9.3,14.2.2 7.1, 7.7, 10.2.2. Approvals ...............22.14, 3,4, 43,3, 45, 4.12.4 through Concealed Conditions ......... ..1 ..... ............... 4,12.6, 4,12.8, 4,18.3. 7.7,9.3.2 Consent. Arbitration ................2 2~,7 through 2.1.13, 2-2..19, 6.2.5. Written ...2.2.18, 4.14.2, 7.2.7.6.2, 9.8.1, 9.9.2. 9.9.3, 11 ow 7.9,8.3.1,11.3.7,11,3.8 Contract,Definition of ................................1. ARCHITECT ................................. .. .. Contract Administration ..... ...................._._. 4 Architect. Definition of .................................2.1 Contract Award and Execution, Conditions Architect. Extent of Authority ....2.2, 3.4, 4.11.8, S.Z. 6.3. 7.7.2. Relating to .........4,7,1, 4,10, S2. 75, 9.2, 11,1.4, 11 8.3.1,9.2, 9.3.7, 9.4, 9.5.3.9.6, 9.8, 9.9.1,9.9.3. 12.1.1,• CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ............................. 12.1.4,12.3.1, 12.4.1, 13.1,13.2.1, 13.15. 14.2 Contract Documents, Architect, Limitations of Authority and Responsibility + 2 Copies Furnished and Use of ...............1,3,3.25, through 2.2.4, 2.2:0 through 2.2.14, 2.2.17,2.2.18, Contract Documents, Definition of .....................1. .w 4.3.3,4.12.6,52.1, 9.4.2,9.5.4,95.5.12.4 Contract Sum, Detin,tion of ...........................9. " Architect's Additional Services ..3.4, 7.7:, 132.1, 13.2.5, 142.1 Contract Termination .................................. Architects Approvals ......2.2.14, 3.4, 45, 4.116, 4.12.8, 4.18.3 Contract Time, Definition of ..........................8 Architects Authority to Reject Work ....1.2.13, 4.5, 13.1.2, 13.2 CONTRACTOR ........ Contractor. Definition of ..........................4,1, 6 Artd+itetS's Copyright ...................................13 Architect's Decisions ..........22.7 through 2.2.13, 6.3. 7,7.2. Contractor's Empiovees ......4,3.2,4.4.2,4,8.1 4.9,4.18, 1C 7.9.1,8.3.1,9.2,9.4,9.6.1,9.8.1,12.1.4,12.3.1 through 102.4,10.2.6, 103, 11 ' Architect ._ Architects Inspections .............._.-.13. _ .16, 9.8.1, 9.9.1 Contractor's Liability insurance ........................Contractor's Reiationsnlp with Architect's Instructions 2.2.13. 12.15, 7.7.2, 11,4, 13.1 +w Architect's Interpretations .........2.2.7 through 2.2.10, 12.3.2 Separate Contractors and Owner's Forces .........3.2. Architect's On-Site Observations ......2.2.3, 2.2.5. 2.2,6, 22,17, Contractor's Relationship with 4.7.1, 77.4, 9.4.2, 9.6.1, 99.1 Subcontractors ...0....,12.4, 5.2, S3, 9.5.2. 11.3.3, 11 2.2.17, �� Contractor's Reiationsh, with the Architect ........7.1 Architect's Project Representative .18 2 2.5.21.10.22.13.4.3.3,4,5,4.7 3.4.12.6,4.18. 11 *" Architect's Relationship with Contractor .....7.1.2. 2.2.4. 2.15, - .13. Representations ............12.1,4.S,4,12.5,9 1.2.10,2.2.13, 4.3.3. 4.5, 4,73,4.12.6, 4.18, 11.3.6 Contractor's Responsibiilty for Architect's Relationship with Those Periorm,ng the Work ...............4.3.2, 4.18 Subcontractors ..................1.1.2, 2.2.13, 9.5.3, 9.5.4 Contractors Review of Contract Documents ....1.2.:, 4.2, s aw Architect's Representations .................9.4.2. 9.6.1, 9.9.1 Contractor's R,gnt to $too the work Artistic Effect .1.2.3.2.2.11,2.2.12.7.9.1 Contractor's Right to Terminate the Contract. ..••.•••.. Attorneys Fees ........................4.18.1, 6.2.5, 9.9.2 .... .... . Award of Separate Contracts Contractors Submitrais ..............2.2. .1 4.8.1 4.9. S ......6.1.1 S.2.3.9.2.9.3.1.9.8.1,9.9.2,9 .rr Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for Contractor's Suoer,nte^dent ......................4.9, 1C Portions of the Work .... .5.2 Contractor's Supervision and Bonds. Lien .................... .9.9.2 Construction Procedures ..........1.2.4, 2.2.4, 4.3, 4.4 Bonds. Periormance, Labor and Material Pavment .7.5. 9.9.3 Contractual L,ab,l,ty insurance ... ...11 ' Building Permit ........................................4.7 Coordination and Certificate of Substantial Completion ...................9.8.1 Correlation ....1.2.2, 1.2.4, 4.3.1, 4.10.1, 4.12.5. 6.1.3. 6 Certificates of Inspection, Testing or Approval ...........7.7.3 Copies Furnished of Drawings and Specifications ..1.3.3.2.S. Certificates of Insurance ........................9.3.2. 11.1.4 Correction of Work .....................3.3. 3.4, 10,3.5, Certificates for Payment ....2.2.6, 22.16, 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.5.5, 9.6.1, Cost, Detin,tion of .................................. wry 9.7.1, 9,8.2. 9.9.1, 9.9.3, 12,1.4, 14.2.2 Costs ......3.4. 4.8.2. 4.15.2, S2.3, 6.1.1, 6.2.3, 6.2.5. 6.3. 7 Change Orders ..•••.....1.3.1, 9.i, 9.9.3, , 81,115.2.3. 7.7.2 7.7.2,9.7,11.3.1,11.35 72.1.3,12.7.4,12.3.13.7.2,13.' 3 .3.5, 11.3.7, Cutting and Patching of Work ......................4.14 12.1,13.1.:, 13.2.5, 13.3.1 Damage to the work ................6.2.4,6.2.5.9.6.1,5. 9 .. Change Orden, Definition of ........................12.1.1 CHANGES IN THE WORK .................... '._.t5 tt.t !' 1. 6.2 10.3.1 .4, 1 Claims for Additional Cost or Time ..,.8.3.2 8.3.3, 12.2,7, Damages. Clams for ............6.1,1, 6,..5, 7.4, 8.3.4. A Claims for Damages ..............6.1.1, 723 Damages for Decay ..........................6.7.1, 8.3. 6.2.5..7.4, 8.3, 9.6.1.1 Day. Definition of .......................,............I ,R AM DOCIJMINT 7 I CE VERAC CONDIT10%S OF THE CO%TRAC' FOR CO.%STR;.C710% - T-sTEEUTN EDFTIOIV- AcCUST 2 A201-1976 A,A* - Z 1976 - THE AMERICA♦ IvSTITLTt Of ARCMITEC-S ":S %E%s `AR,c •v(%6E. %W. WASMINCTON O.C. Fir 28 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS t1111I A/A Document A201 General Conditions of the Contract for Construction R1R THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES; CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS MODIFICATION twa 1976 EDITION TABLE OF ARTICLES 1. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 8. TIME 2. ARCHITECT 9. PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 3. OWNER 10. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND *� PROPERTY 4. CONTRACTOR 11. INSURANCE 5. SUBCONTRACTORS 12. CHANGES IN THE WORK 6. WORK BY OWNER OR BY 13. UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION - w" SEPARATE CONTRACTORS OF WORK 7. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 14. TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT This document has been approved and endorsed by The Asst,ciated General Contractors of America. CulrYrtght 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925.1917. 1951, 1958. 1961,1%3,194,(), 1%7, 1970. Z 19%6 by The American institute of Architect$. 1:31 New York llvenuo, NAV..1Na,htnitton, U.C.20006. Reoroductitn+of the material herein or substamtal quotation of its pro- fTa! vutum without permt.sion ui the AIA %tolalef the cop right law%rti the Untied States and will be Subject to legal prosecution. AIA DOCUMENT AM - GENERAL CON0IT10NS Of THE CONTRACT FAR LUNSTRUCTIUr - THIRTEENTH EDITION - AUGUST!976 AtAsO - (D I'M - THE AMERICA. INSTITUrE Of ARCHITECTS, CIS NEW IORK AVENUE. N.W. WASHINGTON, D.C. MM6 A=01.1976 1 tt#t 27 _ Sart` S � T t � I � I l NX S. 4, " x g ,. xg� z 4< y, cb 'rp 9 GENERAL CONDITIONS Eli i CONSENT OF OWNER ARCHITECT SURETY COMPANY CONTRACTOR TO FINAL PAYMENT OTHE r AIA DOCUMENT C707 PROJECT: (name,address) TO (Owner) r ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NO: JIM CONTRACT FOR: (_ CONTRACT DATE: CONTRACTOR: - .,W In accordance with the provisions of the Contract between the Owner and the Contractor as indicated above, the (here insert name and address of Surety Company) issw SURETY COMPANY, on bond of (here insert name and aridness of Contraaon CONTRACTOR, hereby approves of the final payment to the Contractor, and agrees that final payment to the Contractor shall not relieve the Surety Company of any of its obligations to (here insert name and address of Owner► OWNER, as set forth in the said Surety Company's bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surety Company has hereunto set its hand this day of 19 Surety Company Signature of Authorized Representative .� Attest: (Seal): Title _ Mile NOTE This form is to be used as a comoanion document to AIA DOCUMENT 6706, CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT OF PAYMENT OF DEBTS AND a AIA4S,Current Edition AIA DOCUMENT G707•rONSEN' OF SURETY COMPANY TO FINAL PAYMENT•APRIL 1970 EDITION • AIA49 ONE PAGE w .... .♦ ...rw.r .• r.... .�C •OPuvrtrrt •--- v26V •Vi VW *%1ACWVrTAV n r ."A CONTRACTOWS OWNER C1 ARCHITECT r7 AFFIDAVIT OF CONTRACTOR SURETY RELEASE OF LIENS OTHER AIA DOCUMENT C706A TO (Owner) ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NO: CONTRACT FOR: PROJECT: L _j CONTRACT DATE: (name, address) State of: County of: The undersigned, pursuant to Article-9 of the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, AIA Document A201, hereby certifies that to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, except as listed below, the Releases or Waivers of Lien attached hereto include the Contractor, all Subcontractors. all suppliers of materials and equip- ment, and all performers of Work, labor or-services who have or may have liens against any property of the Owner arising in any manner out of the performance of the Contract referenced above. EXCEPTIONS: (If none, write "None". If required by the Owner, the Contractor shall furnish bond satisfactory to the Owner for each exception.) SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS ATTACHED HERETO: CONTRACTOR: 1. Contractor's Release or Waiver of Liens, condi- tional upon receipt of final payment. 2. Separate Releases or Waivers of Liens from Sub- Address: contractors and material and equipment sup- pliers, to the extent required by the Owner, ac- companied by a list thereof. BY: Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of 19 Notary Public: My Commission Expires: AIA DOCUMENT Gj"A *CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT OF RELEASE IF LIENS * APRIL 1970 EDITION * AIAS ONE PACE 0 1970*THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE Of ARCHITECTS,173S NEW YORK AVE., NW, WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 25 ARCHITECT'S Owner ❑ MW SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS Architect Consultant Contractor ] ., Field AIA DOCUMENT 0710 (Instructions on reverse side) Other ❑ PROJECT:- ARCHITECT'S SUPPLEMENTAL (name, address) INSTRUCTION NO: OWNER: DATE OF ISSUANCE: TO: ARCHITECT: w. (Contractor) CONTRACT FOR: ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NO: The Work shall be carried out in accordance with the following supplemental instructions issued in accord-. ante with the Contract Documents without change in Contract Sum or Contract Time. Prior to proceeding in accordance with these instructions, indicate your acceptance of these instructions for minor change to the Work as consistent with the Contract Documents and return a copy to the Architect Description: Attachments: (Noe imen luting of dwuffwnes&me wppwt dewiption-i ISSUED: ACCEPTED: BY BY Architect Contractor Date AIA DOCUMENT 0710 • ARCHITECT'S SU"UAENTAL INSTRUCTIONS • MARCH 1979 EDITION • AIAO 01979 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20004 6710-1979 24 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE ALA COC;'',MENT C705 This certificate is Issued as a matter of Information oniv and comers no r:2nzs jaon the addressee. It does not amend. extend or alter;fie coverage afforded by the ookcle- listed below. Name and Address of Insured COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE s A Covering (Project Name and Location) BI RR , C I Addressee: r `` lOwnerl D I E L. J F This is to certify that the following described policies, subject to their terms, conditions and exclusions, have been issued to the above named insured and are in force at this time. TYTE OF INSURANCE CO. PoUCY EMRATION UMITS OF LIA nY IN THOUSANDS EGATE CODE NUMBER DATE AGGA OCCURRENCE o 1. tat workers' Compensation StitYtOfV �:}~ :; CM. i4:Fr}:'w:'tja{S,tiv'•.ti 4y;:'•.C{vKv%'ie:it W Emvlovers Liability s; ::;<;;?;:::: S Each Accident Z Comprenensive General Liability including: Ily Injury $ $ w. ❑ Premises-Operations properly Damage $ $ ❑ Independent Contractors ❑ Products and Completed Operations wRl ❑ Broad Form Property Bodily Injury S S Damage and Property ❑ Contractual Liability Damage Combined ❑ Explosion and Collapse �w Hazard ❑ Underground Hazard 'Applies to Products and Completed $ E3 Personal Injury with Operations Hazard (Personal Employment Exclusion Injury) w Deleted 3. Comprehensive Automobil Bodily Injury $ Liability. (Each Person) ❑ Owned Bodily Injury „■ ❑ Hired (Each Accident) ❑ !Von-Owned Prooerty Damage S :''"' +'; •. y.;`,`.;4ir Bodily Injury $ and Property2 xr;�,.:e�K<:ti, .';;• Damage Combined +. Excess Liability and Bodily Injury • $ $ C1 Umbrella Form gym' ❑ Other than Umbrella Damage Combined S. Other(Specify) 1.'Products and Completed Operations coverage will be maintained for a minimum period of ❑ 1 ❑ 2 year(s) after final payment. 2. Has each of the above listed policies been endorsed to reflect the company's obligation to notify the addressee in the event of cancellation or non-renewal? ❑ Yes ❑ No >Ra CERTIFICATION I hereby certify that I am an authorized representative of each of the insurance companies listed above, and that the cover- ages afforded under the policies listed above will not be cancelled or allowed to expire unless thirty (30) days written notice has been given to the addressee of this certificate. Name of Issuing Agency -- Signature of Authonzed.Representative Address Date of issue AIA DOCUMENT CM - CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE - NLvEMRER 1778 EDITION - AIA @ - O 1771 G705--197B Will THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1733 NEw YORK AVENUE,N.w.,wASHINCTON.0_-C=M 23 �.�••• . .'.. . OWNER G SUBSTANTIAL ARCHITECT ❑ a COMPLETION CONTRACTOR IE O RAC70R Q AIA DOCUMENT 0704 OTHER ❑ PROJECT: ARCHITECT: (name,address) ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NUMBER: TO (Owner): CONTRACTOR: CONTRACT FOR: .� L CONTRACT DATE: DATE OF ISSUANCE: .� PROJECT OR DESIGNATED PORTION SHALL INCLUDE: The Work performed under this Contract has been reviewed and found to be substantially complete.The Date of Substand Completion of the Project or portion thereof designated above is hereby established as which is also the date of commencement of applicable warranties required by the Contract Documents,except as stated belwom DEFINITION OF DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION The Date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof is the Date certified by the Architect whew ,.construction is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so the Owner can occupy or utilize if Work or designated portion thereof for the use for which it is intended, as expressed in the Contract Documents. A list of items to be completed or corrected, prepared by the Contractor and verified and amended by the Architect, attached hereto. The failure to include any items on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete an Work'in accordance with the Contract Documents. The date of commencement of warranties for items on the attached list will be the date of final payment unless otherwise agreed to in writing. ARCHITECT BY DATE The Contractor will complete or correct the Work on the list of items attached hereto within days from the above Date of Substantial Completion. CONTRACTOR BY DATE The Owner accepts the Work or designated portion thereof as substantially complete and will assume full possession there_ at (time) on (date). OWNER BY DATE The responsibilities or the Owner and the Contractor for security, maintenance, neat, utilities, damage to the Wo' and insurance shall be as follows: AIA 00CL'NENT 67114 CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION • .APRIL 1978 EDITION AIA+ war '^1978• THE..k%+ERICAh INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 173S 14fW YORK AVE.. v%V.. WASHI\GTnv. D C. .10Wv - G-704--19 22 +w • N V w � � v N _ z Cl p R Ln V W N � , W w= u = Z z V Y ~ N ti Y • T � V C m < � Z 3t+ e � zOC1 0 zocc = Q6 O 46 oc V eOWe W.: G °1Noa CL p0►-o w C6 u c < s w or �WppO Z wtA d O 0 O O 11111 D a .� W W " 4 eo a r- C c a. p `c .�" : • a u C w QQ z C 1-� E p 3 a + a_ wll W M O w E } Y O� f Y s - oC O C I ww O v W. 4 .. W z W N •� �{w V w an -' v Y w V Q' W- C C W 7. Y � zNNs e cn o C Q f= 0 N t Aw O c Q c o.= 0 o z �. E O • � u c v O w O —� w O p .0 V �O � o N �•z 21 M M W M v■• W W .. M _ C ` L Y E fin wl P- 4.1 V O in cl:W Z O C - �- h die cd a_ Z _a L = W or 0 'CJ N _ OZG O L v v V ,�.. C.R W W H L _ ~ x u v v= Z r" -j__ Z .+ d W V OW Ln LiJ `< Z I� I l nt v? }_ ZL Z _ < ZZ LO _= r. � _M V I �' — , Olk zo tr i0� via C. O Z Z IZI '1 = � = t i swlw. 20 CHANGE Distribution to: ORDER OWNER ARCHITECT AIA DOCUMENT C701 CONTRACTOR FIELD 171 OTHER PROJECT: CHANCE ORDER NUMBER: (name. address) TO (Contractor): INITIATION DATE: ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NO: CONTRACT FOR: L CONTRACT DATE: You are directed to make the following changes in this Contract: Not valid until signed by both the Owner and Architect. Signature of the Contractor indicates his agreement herewith, including any adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. The original (Contract Sum) (Gaaa-ant� Nie,i turvi-, 0 was ........................... $ Net change by-previously aurhorized'Change Orders .......... ............ ............. S The (Contract Sum) (GtiaFOR -Mamw vn--�st) prior to this Change Order was .......... S The (Contract Sum) (Cmsiar teed h�ex"itumr-Ge*0 will be (increased) (decreased) (unchanged) bythis Change Order ......................................................... S The new (Contract Sum) (Gveremieed ovie*imemr�) including this Change Order will be ... $ The Contract Time will be (increased) (decreased) (unchanged) by Days. The Date of Substantial Completion as of the date of this Change Order therefore is Authorized: ARCHITEC`7 CONTRACTOR OWNER Adaress Address Acciress BY BY BY DATE DATE DATE MR AIA DOCUMENT GM CHA14CE ORDER I APRIL 1978 EDITION AIAS 0 1978 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1733 NEW TORK AvE.. N.W.. WASHINGTON, D.C. 20m, r,701 1978 19 MW ARTICLE 21 OTHER CONDITIONS OR PROVISIONS MW s 4W MW am M" tW This Agreement entered into as of the day and year first written above. am OWNER CONTRACTOR .V AIA DOCUMENT A107 • AMNMf\'I-%fil) 0riY\1R(lrilRnCfOtt 1l-xi l•u1 I(.MlM FI)I!1OV . AVKI1. t'('14 . AIA» %j,.•, ! I.;,% ��''�• .(. �. :, ..w A107-1978 8 18 and maintained by the Contractor 'to protect him from 18.2 The Contract Surn and the Contract Time may be claims under workers' or workmen's compensation acts changed only by Change Order. and other employee benefit acts, claims for damages be- 18.3 The cost or credit to the Owner from a change in cause of bodilv injury, including death, and from claims the Work shall be determined by mutual agreement for damages. other than to the Work itself. to property which may arise out of or result from the Contractor's ART;CLE 19 operations under this Contract, whether such operations CORRECTION OF WORK be by himself or by any Subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them. This insurance 19.1 The Contractor shall promptly correct any Work shall he written for not less than any limits of liability rejected by the Architect as defective or as failing to con- specified in the Contract Documents. or required by law, form to the' Contract Documents whether observed before whichever is the greater, and shall include contractual or after Substantial Completion and whether or not fabri- liability insurance applicable to the Contractor's obliga- cated. installed or completed, and shall correct any Work tions under Paragraph 10.11. Certificates of such insur- found to be defective or nonconforming within a period ance ;hall ba filed with the Owner prior to the com- of one year from the Date of Substantial Completion of mencement oi the Work. z the Contract or within such longer period of time as may 17Z The Owner%hall be respon,,ible for purchasing and be prescribed by law or by the terms of any applicable maintaining his own liability insurance and. at his option, special warranty required by the Contract Documents.The may maintain such insurance as will protect him against provisions of tl�iis Article 19 apply to Work done by Sub- claims which may arise from operations under the Con- contractors as well as to Work done by direct employees tract. of the Contractor. 17.3 UnleA otherwise provided. the Owner shall pur- clij!.c and maintain property insurance upon the entire ARTICLE 20 Work at the site to the full Insurable value thereof. This TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT iM;LIfJI1CC SIMil include the interests of the Owner, the Contractor. Subcontractors and Sub-subcon tractors in the 20.1 If the Architect fids to issue a Certificate for Pay- Work and shall insure against the perils of fire and ex- ment for a period of thirty days through no fault of the tendt,'d coverage and shall include "all risk" insurance for Contractor,or if the Owner fails to make payment thereon physiZ-al III%,; or damage including.without duplication of for a period of thirty days. the Contractor may, upon coverage, theft. vandalism, and malicious mischief. seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and 17.4 Anv loss insured tinder Paragr I aph t7.3 is to be ad- the Architect. terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for all Work executed and for any -jusled-with the Owner and inade payable to the Owner proven loss 'sustained upon any materials. equipment, as trustee for the insurcd�;, as their interests may appear, tools. and construction equipment and machinery, includ- subivct to the requirements oiany Mortgagee clause. ing reasonable profit and damages applicable to the 17.5 The Owner %hall file a copy of all policies with the Project. Contractor before an expo,;urc to loss may occur. 210.2 if the Contractor defaults or persistently fails or 17.6 The Owner and Contractor waive all rig *with the ghts against neglects to carry out the Work in accordance each oilier for damages caused by fire or other perils to Contract Documents or fails to perform any provision of the extent covered liv in-mrance obtained pursuant to the Contract, the Owner, after seven days' written notice this Artic le or any odwr property insurance applicable to to the Contractor and without prejudice to any other the%Vg)rk. except such rio., its as they mav have to the pro- remedy he may have, may make good such deficiencies cee&; of surli insurance held by the Owner as trustee. and may deduct the cost thereof including compensation The Contractor-,liall require similar waivers in favor of the for the' Architect's additional services made necessary Owner and the Cuntractor by Subcontractors and Sub- thereby, from the payment then or thereafter due the 5LII)contracturs. Contractor or. it his op(ion, and upon certification by the Architect that sufficient cause exists to justify such action, ARTICLE 18 may terminate the Contract and take possession of the CHANGES IN THE WORK site and of all materials, equipment, tools, and Lonstruc- tion equipment and machinery thereon owned by the 18.1 The Owner, without invalidating the Contract. may Contractor and mav finish the Work by whatever method order Chinges in the Work consisting of additions. deic- paid balance of the he may deem expedient, and if the un tion,, or modificatiom, the Contract SLIM and the Con- Contract Sum exceeds the expense of finishing the Work. trat r Time heing Jdil.I%ted accordingiv. All tidi changes -s shall be paid to the Contractor, but if such such exces in the Work shall I)e authorized liv written Chin-e Order expen,,e exceeds such unpaid balance. the Contractor signed b-, the Owner and the Architect. shall pay the difference to the Owner. AIA nort,%Ars.r 7 Alet--111-3 17' .m 12.3 Any costs caused by defective or ill-timed work 15.2 Payments may be withheld on account of(1) defec- shall be borne by the party responsible therefor. tive work not remedied, (2) claims filed, (3) failure of the ARTICLE 13 Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors or for labor, materials, or equipment, (4) damage to the MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS Owner or another contractor, or (5) persistent failure to 13.1 The Contract shall be governed by the law of the carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract place where the Project is located. Documents. 13.2 All claims or disputes between the Contractor and 153 When the Architect agrees that the Work is sub- the Owner arising out of, or relating to, the Contract stantially complete, he will issue a Certificate of Substan- Documents or the breach thereof shall be decided by tial Completion. ,.. arbitration in accordance with the Construction Industry 15.4 Final payment shall not be due until the Contractor Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association has delivered to the Owner a complete release of all liens then obtaining unless the parties mutually agree other- arising out of this Contract or receipts in full covering ail wise. Notice of the demand for arbitration shall be riled labor, materials and equipment for which a lien could be in writing with the other party to the Owner-Contractor filed, or a bond satisfactory to the Owner indemnifying Agreement and with the American Arbitration Association him against any lien. If any lien remains unsatisfied after and shall be made within a reasonable time after the dis- all payments are made, the Contractor shall refund to the .puce has arisen. The award rendered by the arbitrators Owner all moneys the latter may be compelled to pay in shall be final, and judgment may be entered upon it in discharging such lien, including all costs and reasonable accordance with applicable law in any court having juris- attorneys' fees. diction thereof. Except by written consent of the person 15.3 The making of final payments shall constitute a or entity sought to be joined, no arbitration arising out waiver of all claims by the Owner.except those arising of or relating to the Contract Documents' shall include,_ from (1) unsettled liens, (2) faulty or defective Work ap- by consolidation, joinder or in any other manner, any pearing after Substantial Completion, (3) failure of the -person or entity not a party to the agreement under which Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract such arbitration arises. unless it is shown at the time the Documents, or (4) terms of any special warranties re- demand for arbitration is riled that (1) such person or quired by the Contract Documents. The acceptance of entity,is substantially involved in a common question of final payment shall constitute a waiver of all claims by the fact or law, (2) the presence of such person or-entity is' " -Contractor-except-those-previously made in writing and NIP required if complete relief is to be accorded in the arbi- identified by the Contractor as unsettled at the time of the tradon, (3) the interest or responsibility of such person or final Application for Payment. entity in the matter is not insubstantial, and (4) such per- son or entity is not the Architect or any of his employees ARTICLE 16 or consultants. The agreement herein among the parties PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY to the Agreement and any other written agreement to 16.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, arbitrate referred to herein shall be specifically enforce- maintaining, and supervising all safety precautions and able under the prevailing arbitration law, programs in connection with the Work. He shall take all ARTICLE 14 reasonable precautions for the safety of,and shall provide all reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury or TIME loss to (1) all employees on the Work and other persons 14.1 All time limits stated in the Contract Documents who may be affected thereby, (2) all the Work and all are of the essence of the Contract. The Contractor shall materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, and expedite the Work and achieve Substantial Completion (3) other property at the site or adjacent thereto. He shall within the Contract Time. give all notices and comply with all applicable laws, ordi- 14.2 The Date of Substantial Completion of the Work is nances, rules, regulations and orders of any public author- the date certified by the Architect when construction is ity hearing on the safety of persons and property and their sufficiently complete so that the Owner can occupy or protection from damage, injury or loss. The Contractor utilize the Work for the use for which it is intended_ shall promptly remedy all damage or loss to any property 14.3 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the caused in whole or in part by the Contractor, any Sub- progress of the Work by changes ordered in the Work, contractor, any Sub-subcontractor, or anyone directly or by labor disputes, fire, unusual delay in transportation, indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for adverse weather conditions not reasonably anticipatable, `"hose acts anv of them may be liable, except damage or unavoidable casualties. or any causes beyond the Con- loss attributable to the acts or omissions of the Owner or tractor's control, or by any other cause which the Archi= Architect or anyone directly or indirectly employed by tect determines may justify the delay, then the Contract either of them or by anyone for whose acts either of them Time shall be extended by Change Order for such reason- may be liable, and not attributable to the fault or negli- .+® able time as the Architect may determine. gence of the Contractor. The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in addition to his obligations under Para- ARTICLE 15 graph 10.11. PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION ARTICLE 17• - 15.1 Payments shall be made as provided in Article 4 and INSURANCE Article S of rhic Agreement. 17.1 Contractor's liability insurance shall he purchased ■.. - AIA OoctjMEVr 4I47 • +NNRF\1.\ti1 t i+\V%fR r't+s.rR4f"nM r(:Rlh+r%r • c++n+ �tu�a.� . \Nr1� •.,-� \,�.� 16 A107-1978 6 execution and completion of the Work, whether tempo- obligation of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to rary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to any parry or person described in this Paragraph 10.11. In be incoroorated in the Work. any and all claims against the Owner or the Architect or 10.3 The Contractor shall at all times enforce strict dis- any of their agents or employees by any employee-of the cipiine and good order among his employees and shall Contractor, any Subcontractor, anyone directly or indi- not employ on the Work any unfit person or anyone not rectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts skilled in the task assigned to him. any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation 10.4 The Contractor warrants to the Owner and the under this Paragraph 10.11 shall not be limited in any Architect that all materials and equipment incorporated way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, in the Work will be new unless otherwise specified, and compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor that all Work will be of good quality, free from faults and or any Subcontractor under workers' or workmen's com- defects and in conformance with the Contract Documents. pensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee All Work not conforming to these requirements may be benefit acts. The obligations of the Contractor under this considered defective. Paragraph 10.11 shall not extend to the liability of the 10.S Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Oocu- Architect. his agents or employees. arising out of (1) the ments. the Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use preparation or approval of maps. dritwings, opinions, m- and other similar taxes which are legally enacted at the ports.surveys,change orders,designs or specifications,or time bids are received, and shall secure and pav for the (2) the giving of or the failure to give directions or in- building permit 'and for all other permits and, govern- structions by the Architect, his agents or employees pro- vided such giving or failure to give is the primary cause mental fees, licenses and inspections necessary for the of the injury or damage. proper execution and completion of the work. -10.6 The Contractor shall give all notices and comply ARTICLE 11 with all laws, ordinances. rules. regulations, and lawful SUBCONTRACTS orders of any public authority bearing on the performance 11.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a of the Work,and shall promptly notify the Architect if the direct contract with the Contractor to perform any of the Drawings and Specifications are at variance therewith. Work at the site. 10.7'*'The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner 11.2 Unless otherwise required by the Contract Docu- ow-- --for t6 acts and-omissions of.his employees,Subcontrac- ments or in the Bidding Documents, the Contractor, as tors and their agents and employees, and other persons soon as practicable after the award of the Contract. shall performing any of the Work under a contract with the furnish to the Architect in writing the names of Subcon- Contractor. tractors for each of the principal portions of the Work. 10.8 The Contractor shall review, approve and submit all The Contractor shall not employ any Subcontractor to Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples required by whom the Architect or the Owner may have a reasonable the Contract Documents. The Work shall be in accord- objection. The Contractor shall not be required to con- ance with approved submittals. tract with anyone to whom he has a reasonable objection. 10.9 The Contractor at all times shall keep the premises Contracts between the Contractor and the Subcontractors free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish shall (1) require each Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor, to be bound caused by his operations. At the completion of the Work to the Contractor by the terms of the Contract Docu- he shall remove all his waste materials and rubbish from and about the Project as well as his tools, construction ments, and to assume toward the Contractor all the obli equipment, machinery and surplus materials. gations and responsibilities which the Contractor,by these Documents,assumes toward the Owner and the Architect, 10.10 The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license and (2) allow to the Subcontractor the benefit of all rights, fees. He shall defend all suits or claims for infringement remedies and redress afforded to the Contractor by these of any patent rights and shall save the Owner harmless Contract Documents. from loss on account thereof. ARTICLE 12 10.11 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Con- WORK BY OWNER OR BY tractor shail indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and SEPARATE CONTRACTORS the Architect and their agents and employees from and against all claims, damages, tosses and expenses. including 12.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform work re- but not limited to attorneys' fees arising out of or result- lated to the Project with his own forces, and to award ing from the performance of the Work, provided that anv separate contracts in connection with other portions of such claim, damage, loss or expense (1) is attributable to the Project or other work on the site under these or simi- bodily injury,sickness. disease or death, or to injury to or lar Conditions oi the Contract. If the Contractor claims destruction of tangible property (other than the Work it- that delay or additional cost is involved because of such self) including the loss of use resulting therefrom, and action by the Owner, he shall make such claim as pro- (2) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or vided elsewhere in the Contract Documents. omission of the Contractor, any Subcontractor, anyone 12.2 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and separate directly or indirectly emploved by any of them or anyone contractors reasonable opportunity for the introduction for whose acts any of them may be liable. regardless of and storage'oi their materials and equipment and the whether or not it is caused in part by a party indemnified execution of their work,and shall connect and coordinate hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to his Work with 'heirs as required by the Contract Docu- JIM negate. ahridge. or othcr%vi%e reduce ariv other right or ments. AIA nnrumf-4r A ini- - NK,,Rv.i*,,i i) lkv%;6t 7.-4 1 :'1'4 - M A* 5 A107-1973 t� GENERAL CONDITIONS ... ARTICLE 7 tion of the Contractor's Applications for Payment, the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Architect will determine the amounts owing to the Con- tractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in accord- 7.1 The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement ante with Article 15. with Ceneral Conditions,Supplementary and other Condi- 85 The Architect will be the interpreter of the require- tions, the Drawings, the Specifications,all Addenda issued ments of the Contract Documents. He will make decisions prior to the execution of this Agreement, and all Modifit- on all claims, disputes or other matters in question be- cations issued by the Architect after execution of the tween the Contractor and the Owner, but he will not be Contract such as Change Orders, written interpretations liable for the results of any interpretation or decision ren- and written orders for minor changes in the Work. The dered in good faith. The Architect's decisions in matters intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items relating to artistic effect will be Final if consistent with the necessary for the proper execution and completion of the intent of the Contract Documents. All other decisions of Work. The Contract Documents are complementary, and the Architect, except those which have been waived by what is required by any one shall be as binding as if re- the making or acceptance of final payment, shall be sub- quired by all. Work not covered in the Contract Docu- ject to arbitration upon the written demand of either ments will not be required unless it is consistent therewith parry. and reasonably inferable therefrom as being necessary to 8.6 The Architect will have authority to reject Work produce the intended results.. _ which does not conform to the Contract Documents. 7 2 Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual relationship between the Owner or 8.7 The Architect will review and approve or take other "the Architect and any Subcontractor or Sub-subcon tractor. appropriate action upon the Contractors submittals such 73 By executing the Contract, the Contractor represents as Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples,but only for Conformance with the design concept of the Work and that fae has visited the site and familiarized himself with with the information given in the Contract Documents. the local conditions under which the Work is to be performed. ARTICLE 9 7.4 The work comprises the completed construction re- OWNER quired by the Contract Documents and includes all labor necessary to produce such construction, avid air materials 9.1 The-Owner shall fumish-all. surveys and a legal de- and equipment incorporated or to be incorporated in scription of the site. ., such construction. 9.2 Except as provided in Paragraph 10.5, the Owner shall secure and pay for necessary approvals, easements, ARTICLE 8 assessments and charges required for the construction, use or occupancy of permanent structures or permanent **� ARCHITECT _ changes in existing facilities. 8.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Con- 93 The Owner shall forward all instructions to the Con- tract and will be the Owner's representative during con- tractor through the Architect. struction and until final payment is due. 9.4 If the Contractor fails to correct defective Work or 8.2 The Architect shall at all times have access to the persistently fails to carry out the Work in accordance with Work wherever it is in preparation and progress. the Contract Documents, the Owner, by a written order, 83 The Architect will visit the site at intervals appropri- may order the Contractor to stop the Work, or any por- ate to the ,tage of construction to familiarize himself gen- tion thereof, until the cause for such order has been erally with the progress and quality of the Work and to eliminated; however, this right of the Owner to stop the determine in general if the Work is proceeding in accord- Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of the ante with the Contract Documents. However, the Archi- Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the Con- test will not be required to make exhaustive or continu- tractor or any other person or entity. ous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of ARTICLE 10 the Work. On the basis of his on-site observations as an architect, he will keep the Owner informed of the prog- CONTRACTOR ress of the Work, and will endeavor to guard the Owner 10.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, against defects and deficiencies in the Work of the Con- using his best skill and attention and he shall be solely tractor. The Architect will not have control or charge of responsible for all construction means, methods, tech- .� and will not he responsible for construction means, meth- niques, sequences and procedures and for coordinating ods. techniques. sequences or procedures, or for safety all portions of the Work under the Contract. precautions and programs in connection with the Work, 10.2 Unless otherwise specifically provided in the Con- and he will not be respontiihle for the Contractor's failure tract Documents. the Contractor ,hail provide and pay for to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract all labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equip- Documents. ment and machinery, water, heat. utilities, transportation, 8.4 Based on the architect's observations and an evaluar and other facilities and services necessary for the proper A(A oocu•ttow A1*7 • ,118t(I ,t\It t) tit('O\rlt•%crI)R \GKI rV)\r • t1r:1tiii itittpt♦ • %PVII 110714 • \IA+ „\ A107-1978 4 14 tt. ARTICLE 4 PROGRESS PAYMENTS 4.1 Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to the Architect by the Contractor and Certificates for Payment issued by the Architect, the Owner shall make progress payments on accounvof-the Corttract Sum-to the-Con- tractor as provided in the Contract Documents for the period ending the day of the month as follows: + (Here insert payment procedures and provision/or retainase,if anyJ ties s an - --4-.2— Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest from the date payment is due at the rate entered below,or in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing at the place of the Project. (Here invert any rate of interest agreed upon.) t# (Usury laws and requirements under the federal Troth in Lending Act. similar state and local consumer credit laws and other regulations at the Owner's and Contractor's principal places of business. the location of the Project and elsewhere may affect the validity ai this provision. Specific legal advice should be obtained with respect to deletion,modification,or other requirements such as written disclosure or waivers.) WIN -- --- - ARTICLE 5 FINAL PAYMENT S.1 Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, shall be paid by the Owner to the Contractor when the Work has been completed, the Contract fully performed;and a final Certificate for Payment has been issued by the Architect. ARTICLE 6 ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 6.1 The Contract Documents, which constitute the entire agreement between the Owner and the Contractor, are we, listed in Article 7 and,except for Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement,are enumerated as follows: ILnt below the Agreement. the Conditions of the Contract. (Cenral.SupMementary. atsd ether Conditsoml, the Drawings, the Specsitcations. and any Addenda and accepted alternates, showing page or sheet numbers in all cases and dates where applicable.i NOR esw eu Nttt No aw AIA DOCUMENT A1e7 • 4NNRr VIArm t16v%FR.rn-4rRACTr)R At:Rf E?AEVr • El('.HrM EDirtt).4 • APRIL IVR • AiAO 4rq nn %wver .-V �%.lIfi 1f Ott %wrnlr 4wi. gN4�4 s �.� ��n....�r nt♦. tit' 14.14 A107-1973 3 13 .0" ARTICLE 1 THE WORK 1.1 The Contractor shall perform all the Work required by the Contract Documents for (Here insert the caption descriptive of the work as used on other Contract D=mentsJ ♦ ssw cafe ss� sswu ARTICLE 2 _ TIME Of COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 2.1 The Work to be performed under this Contract shall be commenced and, subject to authorized adjustments, Substantial Completion shall be achieved not later than ?Hare insert any special provisions for liquidated damages relating to lailum to complaaC on time.) ... ees ARTICLE 3 CONTRACT SUM 3.1 The Owner shall pay the Contractor in current funds for the performance of the Work, subject to additions and deductions by Change Order as provided in the Contract Documents, the Contract Sum of 3.2 The Contract Sum is determined as follows: (State here the hase hed or other lump wm amount.aaceptrd alternate,,and unit prices,as annRcable.! wit R♦r sws . NIP w AIA onru MEVr Ale? • %mititi vi A rro Ulv\hR ff IVrRA('rt sit ,\t.0F%0-%( • kIG)/1N 11)111(IN . •\YRII i)?R . \IA+ \ .\�:... .� a •.;f .••ir .. \• :. ,v..wl�ly I \1'. t\� ..\v.:r ur A107-1978 2 -THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS K AIA Document A107 - Abbreviated Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor For CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS_ OF LIMITED SCOPE where - - the Basis of Payment is a STIPULATED SUM 1978 EDITION THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LECAL CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT 70 ITS COMPLETION OR NIODIFICATION This document includes abbreviated General Conditions and should not be used with other General Conditions. It has been approved and endorsed by The associated General Contractors of America. AGREEiME:NT made as or the day of in the year of Nineteen Hundred and BETWEEN the Owner: and the Contractor: the Project: the Architect: The Owner and the Contractor a;ree as set fortKbelow. colfwl,:l! !936, '951. 1958. .%I. ?%i, I9W t9T+ t 19"1 AY !111• •\R r-fican In%joist1• .•1 Net mu. .-,1 '44— V"ri, .\revlYl• \W W-At'nWnn i i C. _rY11 Is' . iirl1r1N1Y11,,Ili ..1 1111•'fla 1•r1.1i II••rl•!11 If �IIIh;Jtl•:.11 (;Y111.I1a N1 III ..• 1)l11�111I M\ W.l)111U1 iN•t Ait--n�l'NI•:NIA .i1li.11lr :111•I INivrr j!t '4y i.l ••it• 'ifl111Y1 �IJtI.4 Ulf atlrl v...l h1•.Ilia..: •.1 !.•:.1: :'rI•.•.•oti—m AIA i)nCt1,\11EM1r ♦iii? • :•riwI \!1i) 1Il. .. z . 11\;L\<. ..w '•.l.tiii111\' • )t,;il!. U! I.\ • \YXII ,• • "I'N' A107-1973 1 i � I r , I € � jn 2 I >� R � � II t. � r e ZRf r , ?.� t .,� �,, ., p q 'y a 5 i CONTRACT AND CONSTRUCTION FORMS FORM FOR BID PROPOSAL Page 3 of 3 Contractor shall furnish a list of Subcontractors that he intends to use on the project for the owner's review, in the spaces provided below: Carpentry: Drywall : Painting: Acoustical Ceilings : H.V.A.C. : Sprinkler Supppression System: Plumbing: Electrical : 10 .w. FORM FOR BID PROPOSAL 4 Page 2 of 3 Am ow E. LABOR: aw The undersigned certifies that he shall furnish labor that can work in harmony with all other elements of labor employed or to be employed on the work. MW F. WARRANTY: The undersigned certifies that he shall furnish a one (1) -W year warranty on all materials and labor from the date of the Certificate of Substantial Completion. MW G. CONTRACT: The undersigned agrees that , if he is selected as the aw Contractor, he will execute a Contract in accordance with the terms of his bid and furnish all required insurance certificates . .E Name of Bidder aw- Signature and Title W9 Business Address .. City, State and Zip Code ow Telephone: Date: IM NOTE: This proposal must bear the written signature of the bidder. If the bidder is a partnership, the proposal must be signed by a partner. If the bidder is a corporation, the proposal must be signed by a duly authorized officer or agent of such corporation. 9 FORM FOR BID PROPOSAL Page 1 of 3 TO THE AWARDING AUTHORITY A. BASE BID: The undersigned proposes to supply and install all labor and materials required for the renovation and fit-out to it 's new facilities, at 10 Main Street , Florence, Massachusetts , in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications as prepared by Architects Inc. , 64 Gothic Street, Northampton, Massachusetts, for the Contract Price specified below, subject to additions and deductions according to the terms and conditions of the Contract . The Proposed Contract Price is : Dollars ($ ) . B. ALTERNATES: For Alternate No. 1 : Add $ Subtract $ For Alternate No. 2 : Add $ Subtract $ For Alternate No. : Add $ Subtract $ C. ADDENDA: This Bid includes Addenda numbered: and D. TIME FOR COMPLETION: The successful bidder must agree to commence work within five (5) days after execution of a Contract and Notice to Proceed, and to Substantially Complete the work on or before seventy five (75) calendar days from the date of the Notice to Proceed. 8 x j I s � 1, Flu I 01" , c rr 3 t "F 3 " �a> a t.� lqq&l J ly- e i 1 y� a x FORAM FOR SID PROPOSAL roll, t INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 5 of 5 2 . Any and all interpretations and any supplemental instructions will be in the form of written Addenda to the Specifications and, if issued, will be sent to all prospective bidders at the respective addresses furnished for such purposes . Failure of any bidder to receive any Addendum or interpretation shall not relieve such bidder from any obligation under his bid as submitted. 3 . All Addenda so issued shall become a part of the Contract Documents. ON I . PRE-BID CONFERENCE AND SITE INSPECTION WALK-THROUGH 1 . A Pre-Bid Conference and Site Inspection Walk-Through will be held on Wednesday, March 19, 1996, beginning at 9:30 a.m. at the project site on 10 Main Street, Florence, Massachusetts . END OF SECTION 7 MW INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ow Page 4 of 5 am performance of the Contract, or the assignment of a savings bank book in lieu of such surety company bond in the full amount of the Contract . If such performance bond is requested, the premiums will be paid for by the Owner . 2 . If requested, the party to whom the Contract is awarded will be required to present forthwith the name of the surety company to be offered and to execute a Contract and furnish a bond duly executed by a satisfactory surety company, within the limit stated in the proposal , after -p notification that the Contract is ready for signature. 3. In case the party to whom the Contract is awarded shall fail or neglect to execute a Contract or, if requested, .p furnish a satisfactory bond within the time specified, the Owner may determine that the bidder has abandoned the Contract and thereupon the proposal and acceptance shall ow be null and void, and the certified check or bid bond accompanying the proposal shall be forfeited to and retained by said Owner as liquidated damages for such ..� failure or neglect, and to indemnify said Owner for any loss which may be sustained by failure of the bidder to execute a Contract and furnish a bond as aforesaid. After execution of the Contract and acceptance of the bond by the Owner, the check or bid bond accompanying the proposal of the successful bidder shall be returned. G. ALTERNATES 1 . All bidders shall include a price for each Alternate. The prices given shall be total prices and shall include all costs for insurance, overhead and profit, and any other costs , but not including Performance Bond. If no change in the Base Bid is required, enter "No Change". H. ADDENDA AND INTERPRETATIONS 1 . No interpretations of the meaning of the Drawings , Specifications or other documents will be made to any bidder orally. Every request for such interpretation shall be in writing, addressed to: Healthcare Architects Inc. , 64 Gothic Street , Northampton, Massachusetts 01060 , and, to be given consideration, must be received at least five (5) days prior to the date fixed for the opening of the bids . 6 MW ON INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 3 of 5 b. The remaining security will be returned to the three lowest , eligible bidders within three days after the Owner and the accepted bidder have executed a Contract . If no Contract has been so executed within sixty (60) days after the date of opening of bids, the bid security will be returned at any time thereafter upon demand of the bidder so long as he has not been notified of the acceptance of his bid. C. If all bids are rejected, all bid securities will be returned forthwith. 3 . Bids may be withdrawn at any time prior to the designated time for the opening of bids . No bid may be withdrawn within sixty ( 60) days , Saturdays , Sundays and legal holidays excluded, after the actual date of opening thereof. 4 . Bids will be compared on the basis of lump sum. In the event that there is a discrepancy between the lump sum price written in figures and words, the price written in words shall govern. 5 . The bidder shall agree to commence work within five (5) days after execution of a Contract and Notice to Proceed, and to Substantially Complete the work on or before seventy five (75) calendar days from the date of the Notice to Proceed. 6 . The Awarding Authority may reject as informal , bids which are incomplete, conditional or obscure, or which contain additions not called for, erasures not properly initialed, alterations or irregularities of any kind; or the Awarding Authority may waive such formalities . 7 . The right is reserved by The Cooley Dickinson Hospital , the Awarding Authority, to reject any or all bids if it is in its interest to do so. F. CONTRACT AWARDS 1 . If requested, a bond, in the sum of the full amount of the proposal with a surety company satisfactory to the Owner, as surety will be required for the faithful 5 MW INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS WW Page 2 of 5 MW .W C. EXISTING CONDITIONS 1. Bidders are required to submit their proposals upon the MW following express conditions , which shall apply to and become part of every bid received, viz : Bidders must satisfy themselves by personal examination ow of the location of the proposed work, by any such other means as they may desire, as to actual conditions and requirements of work. .m D. SPECIAL JOB REQUIREMENTS MW 1. All components, materials, parts and labor executed under this Contract shall be warrantied for a period of not less than one (1) year from the Date of Substantial Completion, except for equipment or materials having ow warranties in excess of one (1) year. E. GENERAL BIDS .w 1 . All bids must be upon the blank form for proposal annexed hereto, give the price for each item of work proposed, .m both in words and figures, and be signed by the bidder. 2 . Bid Security: MW a. Each bid must be accompanied by a bid bond, cash or certified check, drawn on a national bank or trust company for not less than five percent (5%) of the -p Base Bid Price, payable to The Cooley Dickinson Hospital , said security to be returned to the bidder unless forfeited under the conditions herein MW stipulated. The security should be enclosed in the sealed envelope containing the bid. Such security shall be returned to all except the three lowest , responsible and eligible bidders within five (5) "" days , Saturdays , Sundays and legal holidays excluded, after formal opening of the bids . 4W .m 4 IM MW INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 1 of 5 +� INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS A. GENERAL 1 . The Cooley Dickinson Hospital , hereinafter called the Awarding Authority, will receive sealed bid proposals for the supply and installation of all labor and materials required for the renovation and fit-out to it 's new facilities at 10 Main Street, Florence, Massachusetts, on the respective forms herein. 2 . Sealed bids for the Contract will be received at the office of Healthcare Architects Inc. , 64 Gothic Street , Northampton, Massachusetts 01060 , no later than 5 :00 p.m. , local time, on or before March 24, 1997 . The bids will be privately opened and taken under advisement . 3 . Any bids may be withdrawn prior to the respective times scheduled above for opening of such bids or authorized postponement thereof . No bid may be withdrawn for sixty (60) days, Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays excluded, after opening of the bids . No telephone or telegraphic bid, change in bid, or withdrawal of bid will be received or recognized. B. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS 1 . Bidders may obtain one (1) complete set of Drawings and Specifications at The Office of Healthcare Architects Inc . , 64 Gothic Street, Northampton, Massachusetts , upon deposit of $50 . 00 for each set , in the form of a check made payable to The Cooley Dickinson Hospital . Additional sets may be obtained at the cost of reproduction, which is non-refundable. The Contract Documents will be mailed upon request for a $15 .00 per set mailing charge (made payable to Healthcare Architects Inc. ) , which is non-refundable. 2 . The full amount of the Plan deposit will be refunded to all bidders returning Drawings and Specifications in good condition within ten (10) days after the date of the Bid Opening. 3 1 1 7 7 7 7 i 1 7 l INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1 .w INVITATION TO BID am Page 2 of 2 am .w Each bid shall be accompanied by a bid deposit in the form of cash, a certified check, or a treasurer's or cashier's check, or a bid bond issued by a responsible bank or trust company, made .w payable to The Cooley Dickinson Hospital . The amount of such bid deposits shall be five percent (5%) of the Base Bids. In inviting bids, the Awarding Authority reserves the right to aw waive any formalities and to reject any or all bids if it is in its interest to do so. sm All bids shall remain in effect for thirty (30) days, Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays excluded, after opening of the bids . ow The successful bidder must agree to commence work within five (5) days after execution of a Contract and Notice to Proceed and to Substantially Complete the work on or before seventy five (75) calendar days from the date of the Notice to Proceed. .m The successful bidder, if requested, must also supply a Surety Bond in the full sum of the Contract Price. Insurance coverage .W must be furnished as outlined in the Contract Documents . A Pre-Bid Conference and Site Inspection/Walk-Through will be am held on Wednesday, March 19, 1997, beginning at 9: 30 a.m. , at the project site on 10 Main Street, Florence, Massachusetts . am COOLEY DICKINSON HOSPITAL .w Northampton, Massachusetts 01060 aw no am .w 2 INVITATION TO BID Page 1 of 2 INVITATION TO BID The Cooley Dickinson Hospital , 30 Locust Street, Northampton, Massachusetts, hereinafter called the Awarding Authority, invites sealed bids for the supply and installation of all labor and materials required for the renovation and fit-out to it 's new facilities, at 10 Main Street, Florence, Massachusetts , in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications as prepared by Healthcare Architects Inc. , 64 Gothic Street, Northampton, Massachusetts 01060 . * The work proposed includes : 1. Renovation and fit-out of office spaces on the second and third floors for Cooley Dickinson Hospital 's Prevention Center and Physical Therapy Department . . 2 . Alternate No. 1: Renovation and fit-out of office spaces on '" the second floor for Valley Urolo gical Associates . Sealed bids for this work will be received at the office of Healthcare Architects Inc. , 64 Gothic Street, Northampton, Massachusetts 01060 , no later than 5 :00 p.m. , on or before March 24, 1997 . The bids will be privately opened and taken under advisement . Facsimile transmissions will not be accepted. Bidders may obtain one (1) complete set of Drawings and Specifications at the office of Healthcare Architects Inc. , 64 Gothic Street, Northampton, Massachusetts 01060 , upon deposit of $50 .00 per set, in the form of a check made payable to The Cooley Dickinson Hospital . Additional sets may be obtained at the cost of reproduction. The Contract Documents will be mailed upon request for a $15 .00 per set mailing charge (made payable to Healthcare Architects Inc. ) , which is non-refundable. Contract Drawings will be available for pick-up to interested Contractors on Friday Afternoon, March 14, 1997 . The full amount of the deposit will be refunded to all bidders returning Drawings and Specifications in good condition within ten (10) days after the date of the Bid Opening. The Contract Documents may be examined at : - Healthcare Architects Inc. 64 Gothic Street Northampton, Massachusetts 1 i i INVITATION TO BID rill Ow M ELECTRICAL go Section 16010 : Basic Electrical Requirements . . 16010-1 - 16010-8 Section 16111: Conduit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16111-1 - 16111-5 Section 16112 : Surface Raceways . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16112-1 - 16112-3 on Section 16130 : Boxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16130-1 - 16130-3 Section 16141: Wiring Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16141-1 - 16141-5 Section 16180 : Equipment Wiring Systems. . . . . . . 16180-1 - 16180-3 Section 16190 : Supporting Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . 16190-1 - 16190-2 "' Section 16400 : Electric Service and Distribution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16400-1 - 16400-4 Section 16420: Panelboards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16420-1 - 16420-6 Section 16440 : Disconnect Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . 16440-1 - 16440-3. Section 16510 : Lighting Fixtures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16510-1 - 16510-6 Section 16535 : Emergency Lighting Equipment. . . 16535-1 - 16535-3 Section 16600 : Special Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16600-1 - 16600-3 Section 16721: Fire Alarm and Smoke Detection Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16721-1 - 16721-9 Section 16742 : Telephone Service - Remodeling. 16742-1 - 16742-1 � iii TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS: Section 02072 : Minor Demolition For Remodeling 02072-1 - 02072-2 .� Section 05999: Miscellaneous Metals . . . . . . . . . . . 05999-1 - 05999-4 Section 06100 : Rough Carpentry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 06100-1 - 06100-3 Section 06200 : Finish Carpentry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 06200-1 - 06200-4 Section 07213.01: Fibrous Batt MW Insulation. . . . . . . . . . . . 07213.01-1 - 07213 .01-2 Section 07900 : Joint Sealants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07900-1 - 07900-2 Section 08110: Standard Steel Doors . . . . . . . . . . . 08110-1 - 08110-3 *® Section 08111: Hollow Metal Frames. . . . . . . . . . . . 08111-1 - 08111-3 Section 08630 : Interior Aluminum Storm Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08630-1 - 08630-3 ., Section 08700 : Hardware. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08700-1 - 08700-3 Section 08800 : Glazing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08800-1 - 08800-3 Section 09260 : Gypsum Wallboard Systems 09260-1 - 09260-3 Section 09510 : Acoustical Ceilings. . . . . . . . . . . . 09510-1 - 09510-4 Section 09900: Painting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09900-1 - 09900-7 Section 09952 : Vinyl Wallcovering. . . . . . . . . . . . . 09952-1 - 09952-4 Section 10800 : Toilet Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . 10800-1 - 10800-3 PLUMBING Section 15300: Fire Protection Work. . . . . . . . . . . 15300-1 - 15300-5 Section 15400: Plumbing Requirements. . . . . . . . . . 15400-1 - 15400-11 Section 15410 : Plumbing Piping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15410-1 - 15410-14 Section 15430 : Plumbing Specialties . . . . . . . . . . . 15430-1 - 15430-4 Section 15440 : Plumbing Fixtures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15440-1 - 15440-7 Section 15450 : Plumbing Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . 15450-1 - 15450-5 HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING Section 15010: HVAC General Provisions. . . . . . . . 15010-1 - 15010-9 Section 15290: Ductwork Insulation. . . . . . . . . . . . 15290-1 - 15290-4 Section 15511: Heating Fuel Piping. . . . . . . . . . . . 15511-1 - 15511-3 Section 15622: Forced Air Furnaces - Condensing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15622-1 - 15622-5 Section 15671: Air Cooled Condensing Units . . . . 15671-1 - 15671-7 Section 15870 : Power Ventilators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15870-1 - 15870-3 Section 15890 : Ductwork. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15890-1 - 15890-5 �.. Section 15910 : Ductwork Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . 15910-1 - 15910-6 Section 15936: Air Outlets and Inlets . . . . . . . . . 15936-1 - 15936-6 Section 15975: Temperature Controls - Forced Air Furnace Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . 15975-1 - 15975-5 Section 15991: Testing and Balancing. . . . . . . . . . 15991-1 - 15991-3 ii *� TABLE OF CONTENTS INVITATION TO BID. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 to 2 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 to 7 PROPOSAL FORMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 to 10 CONTRACT AND CONSTRUCTION FORMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 to 26 GENERAL CONDITIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 to 45 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 to 50 SPECIAL CONDITIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 to 52 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: Section 01010 : Summary of Work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01010-1 - 01010-4 Section 01015 : Alternates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01015-1 - 01015-2 Section 01027 : Applications for Payment. . . . . . . 01027-1 - 01027-2 Section 01028 : Change Order Procedures. . . . . . . . 01028-1 - 01028-4 Section 01040 : Coordination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01040-1 - 01040-2 Section 01045 : Cutting and Patching. . . . . . . . . . . 01045-1 - 01045-4 Section 01090 : Reference Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . 01090-1 - 01090-5 Section 01120 : Alteration Project Procedures . . 01120-1 - 01120-4 Section 01200 : Project Meetings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01200-1 - 01200-3 Section 01310 : Progress Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01310-1 - 01310-3 Section 01340 : Shop Drawings, Product Data „ and Samples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01340-1 - 01340-3 Section 01370 : Schedule of Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . 01370-1 - 01370-2 Section 01500 : Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01500-1 - 01500-4 Section 01569: Construction Cleaning. . . . . . . . . . 01569-1 - 01569-2 Section 01610: Transportation and Handling. . . . 01610-1 - 01610-2 Section 01620 : Storage and Protection. . . . . . . . . 01620-1 - 01620-3 Section 01630 : Product Options and Substitutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01630-1 - 01630-4 Section 01701 : Contract Closeout Procedures . . . 01701-1 - 01701-4 Section 01710 : Final Cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01710-1 - 01710-2 Section 01720 : Project Record Documents . . . . . . . 01720-1 - 01720-3 Section 01730 : Operation and Maintenance Data. 01730-1 - 01730-4 Section 01740 : Warranties and Bonds. . . . . . . . . . . 01740-1 - 01740-2 i w GENERAL DOCUMENTS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR: . Fit-Out For Medical Offices Cooley Dickinson Hospital/ Valley Urological Associates 10 Main Street Florence, Massachusetts 01060 AS PREPARED BY: Healthcare Architects Inc. 64 Gothic Street Northampton, Massachusetts 01060 (413) 585-1512 DATE: ,,, March 14, 1997 . ., m � ■ � � � � � � . � � � \ � .J � . � � � � w, . � . � � �\ : � . � . � � 36 GENERAL DOCUMENTS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR: Fit-Out For Medical Offices Cooley Dickinson Hospital/ Valley Urological Associates 10 Main Street / Florence, Massachusetts 01060 )r � APR 8T P 4 t AS PREPARED BY: Healthcare Architects Inc. 64 Gothic Street , Northampton, Massachusetts 01060p; (413) 585-1512 DATE: March 14, 1997 L ,4 :. P